Skip to main content

Full text of "Bell telephone magazine"

See other formats


HF 


mi  ■•■■.. 

•  :  j?: v  •-'■•••.•    !'"■ 

.    :'V.;:>.,,;''^.:' 


I     MM 


!■.'.■'■"'  v'.v- 

HMtt 

:;■.'■:■>  ;"■'■•  ;.:!■■■;■ 


/    »<NO/A,G 


List 


mi 


5  79ag 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/belltelephonemag01amer 


*s 


-y^ 


BELL 
TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY 


VOLUME  I,  1922 


#%z 


INFORMATION  DEPARTMENT 
AMERICAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  COMPANY 

195  Broadway,  New  York 


A, 


TK 
+1 


M 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY 

VOLUME  J,  1922 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 
APRIL,  1922 

Foreword,  H.  B.  Thayer 1 

The  Radio  Telephone  Situation,  A.  H.  Griswold 2 

The  Work  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company,  D.  F. 

Houston 13 

The  Telephone's  Development  (An  Abstract  of  Verbal  Testimony), 
./.  J.  Carty 23 

Some  Notes  on  Statistics,  S.  L.<  Andrew 38 

Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Relations  of  Supply  and 

Signal  Circuits,  Bancroft  Gherardi 49 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 55 

Organization  Changes 63 

JULY,  1922 

What  Are  We  Trying  To  Do?,  H.  B.  Thayer 1 

Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and  Executive  Work,   W.  S. 

Gifford 5 

Sleet  Storms,  A.  B.  Crunden 14 

The  Recent  Parliamentary  Investigation  of  the  Telephone  Situ- 
ation in  Great  Britain,  S.  L.  Andrew '.  23 

Conference  of  Personnel  Group,  Bancroft  Gherardi 39 

Business  Principles  in  Organization  Practice,  C.  I.  Barnard.  ...  44 
Progress  in  Cooperation  with  the  National  Electric  Light  As- 
sociation, H .  P.  Charlesworth 49 

Technical  Papers  Published  During  Quarter  Just  Ended 51 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 54 

OCTOBER,  1922 

Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service,  J.  J.  Carty 1 

Notes  on  Radio,  0.  B.  Blackwell 12 

Service  in  the  Making,  A'.  W.  Waterson 26 

Poles,  F.  L.  Rhodes 34 

World's  Telephone  Statistics,  S.  L.  Andrew 45 

Abstracts  of  Recent  Technical  Papers  from  Bell  System  Sources.  55 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 62 


4 


Single  Copy,  50c 


$1.50  per  Year 


Bell 
Telephone  Quarterly 

APRIL,  1922 


Contents 

Foreword     H.B.  Thayer 

The  Radio  Telephone  Situation     .    .  A.  H.  Griswold 

The  Work  op  the  Bell  Telephone 
Securities  Company D.  F.  Houston 

The  Telephone's  Development  (An 
Abstract  of  Verbal  Testimony)  .    .J.J.  Carty 

Some  Notes  on  Statistics S.  L.  Andrew 

Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on 
Relations  op  Supply  and  Signal 
Circuits Bancroft  Gherardi 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences    .    .    . 

Organization  Changes 

/si 


American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 

New  York 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 

A  MEDIUM  OF  SUGGESTION 
AND  A  RECORD  OF  PROGRESS 

Published  quarterly  for  the  Bell  System  by  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company 


Subscription,  $1.50  per  year,  in  United  States  and  Canada;  single  copies,  50  cents 

Address  all  communications  to 

INFORMATION  DEPARTMENT 

AMERICAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  COMPANY 

195  Broadway,  New  York 

Vol.  I  APRIL,  1922  No.  ] 


Foreword 

BEING  a  young,  active  and  progressive  institution, 
the  Bell  Telephone  System  is  continually  doing 
new  things,  sometimes  in  service  to  the  public, 
sometimes  in  operating  technique,  sometimes  in  com- 
mercial policy.  The  new  thing  may  be  done  in  any  part 
of  the  country.  These  new  things  are  interesting  to 
telephone  men  in  other  parts  of  the  country.  If  they  are 
experiments  in  service  or  technique  and  are  successful, 
they  ultimately  become  generally  known  by  being 
standardized  and  covered  by  specifications  and  de- 
scribed in  bulletins.  There  are  some  even  more  im- 
portant innovations,  interesting  even  in  the  nebulous 
state  and  more  so  as  they  become  accomplished  facts, 
which  the  presidents  and  general  officers  would  like  to 
observe  during  the  experimental  period.  I  refer  to  the 
type  of  things  which  we  have  usually  discussed  in  con- 
ferences of  presidents  and  general  managers.  As  a 
medium  of  suggestion,  a  report  of  progress  and  perhaps 
an  announcement  of  results  on  matters  of  that  type 
between  conferences,  we  launch  with  this  number  the 
Bell  Telephone  Quarterly. 

H.  B.  Thayer. 


[1] 


The  Radio  Telephone  Situation 

RADIO  today  is  a  magic  word  throughout  the 
country  and,  like  anything  else  occupying  head- 
^  lines,  much  has  been  said  of  it,  both  good  and 
bad,  which  it  has  not  rightfully  deserved. 

What  is  radio?  While  it  would  probably  take  volumes 
to  give  a  complete  explanation  of  radio,  yet  perhaps  it 
can  be  briefly  explained  in  the  following  manner. 

In  the  ordinary  alternating  current  electric  light  and 
power  circuit,  such  as  used  to  furnish  light  to  homes  and 
power  to  factories,  the  periodicity  of  the  electrical  current 
is  almost  universally  sixty  cycles  per  second.  In  other 
words,  there  are  sixty  complete  reversals  of  the  electrical 
current  every  second.  At  this  low  periodicity  or  frequency 
practically  all  of  the  electrical  energy  is  confined  to  the 
wire  system  and  none  of  it  radiated  into  space.  However, 
by  sufficiently  increasing  the  frequency  or  period  of 
oscillation  of  an  electrical  circuit  and  by  suitable  circuit 
arrangements  a  large  proportion  of  the  electrical  energy 
generated  may  be  radiated  into  space  as  electro-magnetic 
waves.  These  electro-magnetic  waves  travel  through 
space  with  the  speed  of  light  and  have  frequencies  varying 
from  around  15,000  to  several  million  cycles  per  second. 

In  order  to  transmit  a  telephone  message  by  radio 
the  amplitude  of  the  high  frequency  waves  sent  out  is 
made  to  vary  in  accordance  with  the  variation  of  current 
produced  by  the  voice  in  an  ordinary  telephone  circuit. 
The  problem  of  producing  these  high  frequency  electrical 
waves  and  of  thus  controlling  them  by  telephone  currents 
has  been  solved  in  a  satisfactory  manner  only  by  means 
of  the  three-electrode  vacuum  tube. 

During  our  development  of  the  vacuum  tube  in  con- 
nection with  the  telephone  repeater,  we  found  that  it 
was  possible  to  make  larger  and  more  powerful  tubes 
which  could  be  used  for  radio  telephony,  and  it  was  this 
development  that  brought  about  the  memorable  and  re- 
markable experiments  of  1915,  when  we  talked  by  radio 
to  Paris,   San  Francisco  and  Honolulu.     Subsequently 

[2] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


the  laboratories  of  the  Bell  System  have  diligently  con- 
tinued their  development  and  research  work,  until  today 
the  fundamentals  of  radio  telephone  communication  are 
fairly  well  established,  and  the  kind  of  equipment  neces- 
sary is  generally  known,  although  it  has  not  been  com- 
mercially produced  except  for  such  real  uses  as  have  been 
found  in  the  field  of  telephone  communication. 

The  Patent  Situation 

At  the  same  time  development  by  others  of  radio  and 
allied  equipment  was  taking  place  and,  as  might  be  ex- 
pected, it  was  not  long  before  it  was  found  that  the  patent 
situation  was  considerably  involved  and  that  the  public 
would  be  unable  to  obtain  the  full  benefits  of  radio  unless 
some  arrangement  could  be  made  between  the  holders  of 
the  patent  rights  which  would  permit  of  unhampered 
development.  Accordingly,  at  the  request  of  the  United 
States  Government,  the  General  Electric  Company  and 
the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  entered 
into  a  cross-license  patent  agreement,  effective  as  of  July 
1,  1920.  In  general,  by  this  agreement  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  received  licenses  in 
the  field  of  commercial  and  public  service  radio  telephony, 
while  the  General  Electric  Company  received  licenses  in 
the  field  of  amateur  radio  telephony  and  all  radio 
telegraphy. 

Following  the  execution  of  the  principal  agreement 
between  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
and  the  General  Electric  Company  an  extension  agree- 
ment was  entered  into  whereby  the  General  Electric 
Company  may  extend  to  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  any  of  the  licenses  which  the  General  Electric 
Company  received  under  the  principal  agreement,  and 
likewise  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
may  extend  to  the  Western  Electric  Company  any  of  the 
licenses  which  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company  received  under  the  principal  agreement.  Sub- 
sequently, the  Westinghouse  Electric  and  Manufacturing 

[3] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Company,  who  also  had  been  at  work  in  the  radio  field, 
entered  into  the  agreement  in  the  same  patent  license 
fields  as  the  General  Electric  Company  and  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America. 

Prior  to  all  this,  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
had  been  formed,  had  taken  over  the  interests  of  the 
Marconi  Company  in  the  United  States  and  had  entered 
into  an  agreement  with  the  General  Electric  Company 
whereby  it  acquired  rights  to  use  and  sell  all  radio  equip- 
ment which  the  General  Electric  Company  was  licensed 
to  manufacture. 

The  situation  today,  therefore,  is  as  follows: 
In  general,  radio  telephone  equipment  for  commercial 
or  public  service  uses  is  provided  by  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  or  through  its  manu- 
facturer, the  Western  Electric  Company.  Amateur  radio 
telephone  equipment,  radio  telephone  broadcasting  re- 
ceiving sets,  and  radio  telegraph  equipment  are  manu- 
factured by  the  General  Electric  Company  and  West- 
inghouse  Company  and  are  sold  through  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration. The  underlying  principle  throughout  this 
cross-licensing  agreement  is  to  insure  and  make  available 
to  the  public  the  complete  development  of  radio. 

Radio  Telephony  a  Supplement  to  and  Not  a 
Substitute  for  Wire  Service 

The  interest  of  the  Bell  System  in  radio  lies  in  what- 
ever application  it  may  have  to  the  possible  future 
development  of  telephone  services.  In  the  Bell  System 
or  any  other  system  based  on  sound  economic  principles, 
the  fundamental  consideration  in  any  communication 
problem  is  the  provision  of  the  type  of  facilities  which 
will  give  the  best  and  most  economical  service  to  meet 
the  particular  set  of  conditions  involved.  In  this  there 
is  made  no  distinction  between  wires  and  radio,  as  the 
premise  is  the  proper  type  of  communication  and  the  con- 
clusion may  be  wires  or  radio.  However,  it  happens  that 
the  inherent  features  of  radio  telephony  are  such  that 

[4J 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


it  has  no  economic  or  service  application  in  the  United 
States,  or  in  any  other  place  where  conditions  are  similar, 
except  as  a  supplement  or  auxiliary,  in  certain  instances, 
to  the  wire  service,  but  in  no  case  a  substitute  therefor. 
The  real  applications  of  radio  are  in  communications 
across  wide  stretches  of  water,  in  ship  to  ship,  in  ship  to 
shore,  in  airships  to  land,  in  possibly  some  other  types 
of  mobile  stations,  in  some  forms  of  broadcasting  where 
the  same  communication  is  given  simultaneously  to  a 
large  number  of  people,  and  in  remote  cases  where,  due  to 
geographical  or  other  conditions,  it  is  impossible  or  im- 
practicable to  place  wire  lines.  All  of  these  applications 
will  be  recognized  as  supplements  to  the  regular  wire 
service  and  not  substitutes  for  them.  For  the  regular 
telephone  services  both  local  and  long  distance,  for  which 
wires  are  now  so  extensively  employed  in  the  United 
States,  the  limitations  of  radio  are  such  that  it  cannot  be 
used. 

Radio  Telephony  Can  Never  Replace 
Universal  Wire  Service 

The  general  telephone  communication  goal  in  the 
United  States  is  universal  service.  This  is  merely  a  brief 
way  of  saying  that  any  person,  anywhere,  at  any  time, 
can  quickly,  reliably  and  at  a  reasonable  cost,  talk  with 
any  other  person  anywhere  else  in  the  United  States, 
and  for  this  talk  these  two  persons  will  have  available 
facilities  for  their  personal,  private  and  uninterrupted 
use.  Radio  does  not  meet  these  requirements.  It  pro- 
vides unguided  transmission,  sending  out  its  message 
broadcast  to  anyone  within  range  properly  equipped  to 
receive  it,  while  wires,  although  they  came  first  in  scien- 
tific development,  really  represent  the  refinement  of  the 
art  and  provide  guided  transmission  directed  only  to  the 
person  for  whom  intended.  Scientifically  it  is  actually 
more  remarkable  that  we  are  able  to  guide  messages  by 
means  of  wires  than  to  send  them  out  broadcast  by  radio. 

The  number  of  communications  which  can  be  trans- 
mitted   simultaneously    by   radio    is    narrowly    limited. 

[5] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Daily  over  60,000,000  telephone  calls  take  place  over 
wires  in  the  United  States.  In  New  York  City  4,000,000 
calls  are  handled  per  day  and  100,000  calls  per  minute 
during  the  busy  hours.  The  facilities  of  the  ether  within 
any  reasonable  practical  range  are  so  limited  that  but  a 
very  small  fractional  part  of  such  an  enormous  volume  of 
messages  could  be  handled  by  radio.  Further,  the  real 
applications  of  radio  as  hereinbefore  outlined  will  un- 
doubtedly demand  greater  facilities  than  the  ether  will 
afford  and  it  is  certainly  desirable  that  the  ether  be  con- 
served for  such  real  and  necessary  uses.  If  this  is  not 
done,  it  will  be  almost  hopeless  to  expect  that  satis- 
factory service  can  be  given  even  in  the  real  fields  of 
radio. 

The  cost  of  radio  equipment  and  operation  for  uni- 
versal service  would  be  enormous.  The  investment  of 
the  Bell  System  in  the  United  States  today  is  less  than 
$200  per  subscriber's  station,  including  both  local  and 
long  distance  lines,  and  comprehending  all  the  poles, 
wires,  cable,  conduit,  equipment,  land,  buildings  and 
accessories  of  the  entire  system.  It  is  impossible  to  con- 
ceive at  any  cost  any  form  of  radio  equipment 
which  would  provide  the  same  universal  telephone 
service. 

However,  suppose  an  attempt  were  made  to  set  up  such 
a  radio  service.  It  can  be  imagined  to  be  along  either  of 
two  lines:  First,  the  apparatus  at  each  subscriber's 
premises  might  be  kept  as  simple  as  possible,  and  ar- 
ranged only  to  connect  that  subscriber  to  a  central  office 
in  a  manner  similar  to  that  by  which  each  subscriber  is 
now  connected  by  wire.  Second,  by  making  the  sub- 
scriber's apparatus  more  complicated,  the  subscriber 
might  be  given  apparatus  enabling  him  to  directly  connect 
with  other  stations  in  his  vicinity,  and  he  would  reach 
more  distant  subscribers  by  connecting  to  a  central  office. 
It  is  impossible  to  imagine  any  arrangement  so  compre- 
hensive as  to  enable  him  to  directly  reach  all  other 
subscribers. 

In  the  first  case  his  apparatus  would  consist  of  both 

[6] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


transmitting  and  receiving  equipment  with  suitable  signal- 
ing and  power  apparatus  and  with  some  form  of  antenna. 
It  would  need  to  be  much  more  complete  and  reliable 
than  any  of  the  present  simple  forms  of  amateur  equip- 
ment. In  this  case  the  radio  equipment  would  merely 
take  the  place  of  the  wire  connection  between  the  sub- 
scriber and  the  central  office,  but  the  cost  of  the  radio 
equipment  would  be  much  greater  than  the  total  cost  per 
subscriber  of  the  entire  existing  telephone  wire  plant. 
In  addition  central  offices  and  trunks,  involving  very 
expensive  and  elaborate  radio  apparatus,  would  be  re- 
quired to  complete  the  connections. 

On  the  second  assumption,  part  of  the  central  office 
expenditures  would  be  avoided,  but  the  cost  of  the 
apparatus  at  each  subscriber's  station  would  run  into 
thousands  of  dollars,  and  in  addition  a  considerable  part 
of  the  central  office  expenditures  would  still  be  necessary. 

For  long  distance  service  radio  has  a  more  favorable 
application  than  it  has  for  local  service,  but  again  it  is 
found  here  that  both  in  first  cost  and  subsequent  cost  of 
operation  it  is  many  times  more  expensive  than  for  wire 
circuits  and  does  not  approach  them  in  reliability  or  free- 
dom from  interference  and  is  not  secret. 

Thus  the  cost  of  a  complete  radio  plant  for  either 
local  or  long  distance  service  or  both  is  far  in  excess  of 
the  corresponding  wire  plant,  and  not  only  is  the  first 
cost  of  radio  equipment  greater  than  for  wire  equipment, 
but  the  experience  to  date  indicates  that  the  cost  of  oper- 
ation of  radio  is  greater  per  dollar  of  investment  than  for 
wire  plant.  This  means  that  radio  telephone  service, 
even  if  it  were  possible,  must  have  rates,  in  order  to  pay 
the  costs  of  operation,  many  times  greater  than  charged 
for  the  present  wire  service. 

From  the  above  it  is  evident  that  the  cost  of  radio 
service  would  be  excessive  and  that  the  character  of  the 
very  limited  service  which  could  be  given  by  radio  would 
be  so  far  inferior  to  the  service  now  given  over  wires  that 
the  general  public,  even  if  they  could  afford  to  pay  for 
it,  would  not  tolerate  it. 

[7] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  words  of  the  Secretary  of  Commerce,  Mr.  Hoover, 
at  the  recent  Radio  Conference  in  Washington  are  inter- 
esting and  to  the  point: 

"I  think  it  will  be  agreed  at  the  outset  that  the  use 
of  the  radio  telephone  for  communication  between  single 
individuals  as  in  the  case  of  the  ordinary  telephone  is  a 
perfectly  hopeless  notion." 

Some  Present  Applications  of  Radio  Telephony 

Let  us  then  consider  some  of  the  applications  of  radio 
telephony  which  in  the  present  state  of  the  art  can  now  be 
foreseen.  Between  moving  vehicles,  ships,  ships  and  shore, 
airships  and  ground,  and  similar  classes  of  services  radio 
telephony  has  an  application.  All  of  these  are  possible 
fields,  and  as  time  goes  on,  it  may  be  expected  that  they 
will  be  developed  into  useful  auxiliaries  to  the  wire  service. 
Recently  interesting  and  successful  experiments  on  ship 
to  shore  transmission  were  conducted  with  the  United 
States  Steamship  America,  operating  by  radio  in  connec- 
tion with  our  Deal  Beach  radio  station  and  thence  over 
land  wires  to  New  York  and  other  points.  These  tests 
showed  that  ship  to  shore  service  is  possible  but  whether 
or  not  it  is  established  as  a  commercial  service  must 
necessarily  depend  upon  its  value,  which  must  be  great 
enough  to  make  the  service  self-sustaining. 

Transoceanic  wireless  telephony  is,  of  course  pos- 
sible, as  was  demonstrated  by  us  in  1915.  However, 
[he  present  costs  are  very  great  and  before  it  can  be 
generally  employed,  the  commercial  value,  as  in  the  case 
of  ship  to  shore,  will  have  to  be  determined  and  assured. 
A  factor  operating  seriously  against  such  service  is  the 
great  difference  in  time  between  countries  located  widely 
apart. 

Broadcasting 

One  of  the  most  interesting  applications  of  radio 
telephony  is  that  of  broadcasting,  which  is  not  intercom- 
munication but  a  one-way  service.     It  is  in  this  field 

[8] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


that  radio,  by  virtue  of  its  inherent  nature,  seems  to  have 
great  possibilities.  At  the  present  time  broadcasting  is 
being  done  by  various  departments  of  the  Government, 
by  certain  manufacturers  or  agents  of  radio  apparatus, 
by  experimenters,  by  newspapers,  and  until  recently  by 
amateurs.  The  existing  broadcasting  transmitting  sta- 
tions are  operating  in  the  particular  interest  of  the 
owners  of  such  stations  and  are  not  providing  broadcast- 
ing transmitting  service  for  the  use  of  the  public  in 
general.  The  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Com- 
pany controls  the  important  patents  on  radio  telephone 
broadcasting  transmitting  equipment  for  general  public 
use  and  consequently  is  being  besieged  with  requests  to 
sell  radio  telephone  broadcasting  equipment  or  to  pro- 
vide radio  telephone  broadcasting  service.  We  are  selling 
the  broadcasting  equipment  and  so  many  of  these  requests 
have  been  received  that  it  has  become  apparent  that  if 
every  one  who  desires  his  own  broadcasting  equipment 
should  purchase  it,  there  will  soon  be  so  many  broadcast- 
ing stations  all  operating  on  the  same  or  a  comparatively 
few  number  of  wave  lengths  that  real  service  from  any 
of  them  will  be  impossible.  Accordingly,  we  are  now 
establishing  in  New  York  on  the  Walker-Lispenard 
building  a  broadcasting  station  of  the  latest  and  best 
type  known  to  the  art.  It  is  not  planned  that  we  put  on 
any  program  ourselves  but  rather  provide  the  facilities 
over  which  others  may  broadcast  at  specified  rates.  We 
could  doubtless  provide  and  broadcast  a  splendid  pro- 
gram, but  by  such  a  procedure  we  would  be  inviting  the 
public  to  purchase  receiving  equipment  in  order  to  hear 
our  program  and  we  would  be  committed  to  the  indefinite 
continuance  of  a  service  for  which  no  revenues  would  be 
received.  By  providing  facilities  for  the  use  of  others 
it  rests  with  those  who  broadcast  to  furnish  a  class  of 
program  to  which  the  general  public  will  desire  to  listen. 
It  is  thought  that  in  this  manner  the  true  attitude  of  the 
public  toward  broadcasting  may  be  determined,  as  it  is 
realized  that  at  present  the  public  is  in  a  more  or  less 
optimistic  state  of  mind  and  that  broadcasting  must  be 

[9] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


placed  on  a  much  more  sound  basis  if  it  is  to  remain  as 
a  valuable  service. 

If  the  experimental  broadcasting  station  in  New  York 
is  commercially  successful,  it  is  our  plan  to  establish,  as 
circumstances  warrant,  similar  stations  throughout  the 
country,  and  not  only  may  each  station  have  available 
for  use  in  connection  with  it  all  of  the  local  lines  in  the 
zone  served  by  that  station  but  also  at  some  future 
time  it  may  be  possible  that  all  of  such  broadcasting 
stations  throughout  the  country  may,  if  conditions 
warrant,  be  tied  together  by  the  long  line  plant,  so  that 
any  one,  from  practically  any  point,  may  use  any  num- 
ber or  all  of  these  stations  simultaneously  if  he  so  desires. 
It  is  our  thought  that  only  in  this  manner  can  the  best, 
cheapest,  and  most  extensive  radio  broadcasting  service 
be  given. 

It  should  be  understood  that  this  service  will  not 
react  to  the  exclusion  of  private  or  other  broadcasting 
service  and  will  not  necessarily  in  any  way  directly  dis- 
place such  services.  However,  it  is  obvious  that  every 
one  cannot  own  his  own  broadcasting  equipment,  and 
unless  some  provision  for  service  such  as  we  have  outlined 
is  made,  only  a  limited  number  of  people  in  the  country 
will  have  broadcasting  service  available  for  their  use. 

Present  Laws  and  Proposed  Regulations 

The  present  radio  laws,  which  were  made  originally 
in  1905  and  later  modified  in  1912  and  adopted  by  Con- 
gress, cover  principally  the  international  situation  with 
reference  to  radio  telegraphy,  as  radio  telephone  service 
was  not  practicable  at  that  time.  With  the  rapid  de- 
velopment of  radio  telephony,  particularly  since  the  war, 
there  has  been  a  strong  realization  that  the  present  radio 
laws  are  entirely  inadequate  for  the  present  situation  and 
not  only  is  the  international  communication  question 
now  under  consideration  but  also  the  national  problem. 
During  February  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  appointed 
a  Committee  to  consider  radio  telephone  matters.    This 

[10] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Committee  first  met  on  February  27th  and  has  been  care- 
fully considering  the  requirements  for  radio  telephony 
with  the  idea,  through  subsequent  legislation,  of  provid- 
ing space  in  the  ether  for  the  necessary  and  real  services. 
It  is  proposed  in  the  preliminary  report  of  the  Secretary's 
Committee  that  a  large  part  of  the  available  space  in  the 
ether  be  set  aside  for  various  kinds  of  broadcasting,  with 
a  small  reservation  for  ship  to  shore,  for  transoceanic 
and  for  fixed  station  service.  The  temporary  assignments 
which  the  Committee  have  suggested  for  the  desirable 
uses  of  radio  are  naturally  limited  by  the  ether  and  by 
the  character  of  practical  apparatus  so  that  no  one  of  the 
services  will  probably  receive  as  full  an  allotment  as 
might  be  desired. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  proposed  legislation  will  provide 
reservations  in  the  ether  for  what  now  seems  to  be  the 
possible  applications  of  radio  telephony  to  the  public 
service  in  order  that  these  applications  may  have  an  op- 
portunity for  development  along  proper  lines.  It  is  also 
desirable  that  there  be  established  and  maintained  a 
rigid  regulation  of  radio  matters  with  the  end  in  view  that 
prime  consideration  will  always  be  given  to  the  necessary 
and  essential  uses  of  radio. 

The  Bell  System  and  Radio 

While  we  have  important  exclusive  rights  protected 
by  patents,  our  interest  in  the  extension  of  our  field  of 
service  overshadows  any  interest  in  any  patent  or  group 
of  patents.  Above  all,  we  do  not  want  to  obstruct  the 
work  or  play  of  scientists  and  amateurs.  Progress  fol- 
lows experiment  and  use.  In  this  new  art  we  should 
experiment  and  encourage  the  experiments  of  others  but 
without  prejudice  to  later  enforcement  of  our  rights  if 
and  when  such  enforcement  becomes  necessary  to  the 
efficiency  of  a  public  service. 

The  question  of  most  interest  in  the  Bell  System  is 
naturally — "What  do  we  propose  to  do  with  radio?" 
We  propose  to  keep  in  mind  our  main  purpose  which  is 

[11] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


to  furnish  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  as  wide  a 
range  of  communication  facilities  as  possible.  It  may 
mean  service  with  ships,  railway  trains  and  airplanes. 
It  may  mean  a  transatlantic  service,  but  promises  cannot 
now  be  made.  It  may  mean  broadcasting,  the  future 
of  which  cannot  be  determined  as  yet.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  radio  telephony,  with  its  scope  definitely 
limited  by  natural  conditions,  has  only  reached  an  ele- 
mentary stage,  even  in  its  possible  fields.  Bearing  in 
mind  our  fundamental  policy  of  providing  the  best  and 
most  economical  type  of  facilities  to  meet  any  given  set  of 
conditions,  we  shall  continue  our  work  of  developing 
whatever  possibilities  there  are  for  radio  in  the  field  of 
telephone  communications. 

A.  H.  Griswold. 


[12] 


The  Work  of  the  Bell  Telephone 
Securities  Company 

THE  Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company  is  the 
latest  addition  to  the  group  of  companies  which 
form  the  Bell  System.  The  purpose  of  its  organ- 
ization is  stated  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  for  1921,  and  I  need 
not  set  it  forth  at  length  here.  It  will  be  sufficient  to 
say  that  its  main  function  is  to  disseminate  information 
about  Bell  System  securities  to  the  public,  particularly 
to  Bell  telephone  users,  and,  when  desired,  to  advise  in- 
terested investors  and  to  facilitate  their  transactions  in 
Bell  System  securities,  and  thereby  to  aid  in  securing  a 
more  widely  distributed  ownership. 

Even  now  there  is  a  wide  ownership  of  the  stock  and 
other  securities  of  the  Bell  System.  The  savings  of  sev- 
eral hundred  thousand  men  and  women  throughout  the 
country  have  gone  into  the  building  of  the  Bell  telephone 
plant.  But  it  will  require  the  savings  of  many  new  in- 
vestors to  take  care  of  future  extensions.  The  demands 
for  service  now  are  heavy  and  they  will  continue  with  the 
growth  of  the  telephone  habit  and  with  increases  in 
population  and  business. 

There  are  today  over  197,000  stockholders  of  the 
American  Company.  The  increase  has  been  steady  and 
rapid.  In  1900  there  were  only  7,500  stockholders;  ten 
years  later  the  number  had  risen  to  20,400;  by  1915  it 
was  65,500;  and  at  the  end  of  1921  it  was  186,342.  The 
wide  distribution  of  the  shares  among  individuals  is  re- 
vealed by  the  fact  that  29  was  their  average  holding; 
176,085  stockholders  owning  less  than  100  shares 
each. 

Largely  because  of  the  fact  that  the  telephone  was 
invented  in  Boston  and  first  financed  in  that  locality,  the 
Bell  System  and  its  securities  are  better  known  and  under- 
stood, and  the  holdings  are  largest  in  New  England  and 
New  York  which  today  owns  approximately  74%  of  it. 

[13] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


As  the  service  has  been  extended,  the  ownership  has 
spread;  but  it  is  desirable  to  increase  this  distribution 
still  further.  Very  many  more  people  over  the  Nation, 
who  are  the  Company's  customers,  can  and  should  acquire 
some  of  its  stock.  They  can  buy  the  stock  in  the  market 
at  a  price  which  gives  a  reasonable  return,  and  this  is 
the  only  way  in  which  those  who  are  not  now  stockholders 
and  are  not  employees  can  secure  the  stock. 

This  wider  distribution  of  Bell  System  securities 
will  add  to  the  number  of  those  who  have  safe  invest- 
ments. Customers  who  became  shareholders,  will  take  an 
interest  in  the  Bell  Telephone  Companies  and  will  ac- 
quire an  understanding  of  their  problems  and  needs. 
It  will  also  lay  broader  financial  foundations  for  the  Bell 
System,  and  will  aid  it  to  secure,  at  a  lower  cost,  the  money 
needed  for  extensions  of  the  service. 

Money  Required  for  Extensions 

It  is  clearly  to  the  interest  of  the  public,  no  less  than 
to  that  of  the  System,  that  the  latter's  financial  structure 
should  be  strong.  It  takes  much  money  annually  to  pro- 
vide for  its  new  business.  The  requirements  of  the  people 
for  telephone  facilities  imposes  the  task  upon  the  System 
of  providing  approximately  $215,000,000  each  year  for 
additions  and  replacements.  These  requirements  cannot 
be  ignored.  They  must  be  met.  The  sum  involved  is 
huge  even  to  people  who  recently  have  been  taught  to 
think  in  billions.  Think  of  it  in  this  way  and  the  meaning 
of  it  can  be  grasped:  The  Bell  Telephone  System  must 
provide  more  money  each  year,  to  give  the  public  the 
facilities  it  demands,  than  any  government  in  Europe, 
except  those  of  Great  Britain,  Germany,  Russia,  Austria 
and  Italy,  expended  annually  for  all  public  purposes  before 
the  Great  War.  The  sum  is  greater  than  the  yearly  pre- 
war expenditures  of  Spain,  Brazil,  Argentina,  or  Canada. 
It  is  much  greater  than  the  present  annual  expenditure 
of  New  York  State.  It  is  not  much  less  than  the 
expenditure  of  Japan  in  1913,  and  it  is  two  and  a  half 

[14] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


times  that  of  the  United  States  the  year  before  the  Civil 
War. 

The  greater  part  of  the  sum  needed  annually  must  be 
secured  through  the  sale  of  stocks  or  other  securities; 
and  the  System's  financial  condition  must  be  such  as  to 
attract  the  funds  of  investors.  No  pressure  can  be 
brought  to  bear  upon  them.  The  Company  cannot, 
like  governments,  secure  funds  through  any  compulsory 
process. 

It  is  not  contemplated  that  the  plans  to  promote 
customer  ownership  and  to  secure  a  wider  distribution 
of  securities,  will  provide  a  substitute  for  former  methods 
of  raising  new  capital,  but  rather  that  they  will  sup- 
plement and  facilitate  them.  It  is  expected,  however, 
that  they  will  result  in  substantial  additions  to  the  sum  of 
money  secured  in  other  ways,  and,  especially,  that  they 
will  promote  better  relationships. 

The  First  Campaign  Succeeds 

The  organization  of  the  Securities  Company  was  com- 
pleted, and  the  Company  was  ready  to  enter  upon  the 
tasks  assigned  to  it  on  September  15,  1921.  Before 
this  date,  there  had  been  under  consideration  a  campaign 
for  the  sale  by  the  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone  Company 
of  $2,500,000  of  7%  cumulative  preferred  stock.  In  a 
comparatively  short  time  the  requisite  plans  were 
completed. 

The  territory  of  the  Southwestern  Company  is  very 
large,  and  it  was  recognized  that  the  task  of  organizing 
it  would  be  exceedingly  heavy.  It  was  determined  to 
organize  it  piece-meal  and  to  make  haste  slowly.  It  was 
recognized  that  the  economic  conditions  of  the  territory 
were  not  satisfactory.  In  fact,  in  certain  financial 
quarters,  we  were  assured  that  there  was  little  or  no 
money  in  that  territory  seeking  investment  and  especially 
in  a  7%  stock  to  be  sold  at  par.  The  Southwest  is  largely 
agricultural,  and  it  was  well-known  that  the  farmers, 
especially  the  cattlemen,  were  hard  hit.     The  oil  boom 

[15] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


had  collapsed;  and  the  lumber  industry  was  much  de- 
pressed. Still,  the  officers  both  of  the  Southwestern 
Bell  and  of  the  Securities  Company,  were  confident 
that  reasonable  success  could  be  obtained. 

The  territory  finally  selected  for  beginning  operations 
was  in  the  division  embracing  Houston,  Galveston  and 
Beaumont.  Contacts  were  established  with  local  banks 
and  investment  houses,  all  of  which  expressed  confi- 
dence in  the  Company  and  its  security  and  willingness 
to  cooperate.  Meetings  of  the  employees  were  held  in 
each  of  the  cities.  Circulars  were  distributed  and  the 
requisite  advertising  matter  was  inserted  in  the  leading 
papers.  Immediately  following  the  organization  of  this 
division,  attention  was  directed  to  Kansas  and  to  the 
development  of  the  work  in  that  State.  Later  the  other 
divisions  in  Texas  were  organized.  On  November  21, 
1921,  the  machinery  was  set  in  motion  in  Eastern  Mis- 
souri, especially  in  St.  Louis,  and  subsequently  was 
extended  throughout  Missouri,  and  about  the  beginning 
of  the  new  year  the  necessary  steps  were  taken  to  begin 
the  selling  of  the  stock  in  Arkansas  and  Oklahoma. 

On  an  average  for  the  entire  Southwestern  territory, 
the  campaign  ran  approximately  three  months  and  a 
half  and  the  entire  amount  of  the  authorized  issue  was  sold 
before  March  25. 

In  this  campaign,  25,000  shares  of  preferred  stock 
were  disposed  of  to  approximately  6,500  people,  the 
average  number  of  shares  sold  to  each  purchaser  being 
less  than  four.  It  is  interesting  and  significant  that  at 
a  time  of  great  depression,  so  many  individuals  were  able 
to  save  and  willing  to  invest  $2,500,000  in  securities,  and 
by  doing  so,  to  assist  in  providing  additional  facilities 
for  their  own  use.  These  communities  gain  from  being 
able  to  retain  this  sum  of  money  at  home  for  construction 
purposes,  and  the  individuals  gain  from  their  investment 
in  a  sound  security  yielding  a  reasonable  return.  The 
Company  welcomes  the  investors  as  stockholders,  whose 
cooperation  it  will  have  in  rendering  the  best  possible 
service  at  the  lowest  possible  cost. 

[16] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Typical  and  Instructive  Incidents 

Many  interesting  incidents  occurred  in  connection 
with  the  sale  of  this  stock.  At  Wichita  Falls,  Texas,  a 
blind  man  purchased  five  shares  of  stock  from  a  girl 
teller  in  the  commercial  office.  When  first  told  about 
the  stock,  the  man  said  he  had  read  nothing  about  it 
because  he  was  blind.  The  girl  then  told  the  story  of 
the  Southwestern  Company's  7%  preferred  stock,  which 
interested  the  blind  man  very  much.  However,  he  left 
without  signing  the  purchase  contract.  The  next  day  he 
returned.  He  asked  for  the  same  girl  and  had  her  make 
out  a  check  for  his  signature  covering  the  payment  on 
five  shares.  The  following  day  he  appeared  and  asked 
for  the  General  Manager.  He  was  taken  to  the  Local 
Manager,  to  whom  he  said:  "I  am  now  an  owner  of  your 
Company.  I  have  found  out  that  my  next-door  neighbor 
has  been  trying  to  get  telephone  service  for  over  three 
months.  As  an  owner  of  your  Company  I  would  like  to 
know  why  you  have  not  furnished  him  the  service."  The 
Local  Manager  saw  an  opportunity  to  clear  up  a  situation. 
He  explained  that  there  were  no  telephone  facilities  in 
the  neighborhood  at  that  time  and  that  a  special  in- 
stallation in'  advance  of  the  completion  of  the  regular 
construction,  which  was  under  way,  would  cost  $400  or 
$500.  The  blind  man  got  the  story  thoroughly.  He 
slapped  the  desk  emphatically  and  said:  "As  one  of  the 
owners  of  this  Company  I  would  not  let  you  give  that 
man  service  at  such  an  installation  cost.  I  will  go  back 
there  and  explain  to  him  that  he  should  wait  until  your 
new  cable  is  installed." 

In  another  Texas  town,  a  prominent  citizen  had  a 
prejudice  against  corporations  in  general.  A  telephone 
man  was  at  his  residence  repairing  his  telephone,  and 
when  the  job  was  finished,  attempted  to  sell  Telephone 
Preferred  to  the  gentleman's  wife.  During  the  conver- 
sation, her  husband  came  in  and  listened  attentively. 
Finally  he  told  the  telephone  man  that  if  all  the  public 
service  companies'  employees  were  as  interested  and  as 

[17] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


loyal  as  he,  the  companies  would  never  have  any  trouble 
with  the  public,  the  commissions  or  the  courts. 

An  encouraging  result  as  the  campaign  progressed 
was  the  change  of  attitude  in  the  financial  quarters 
previously  mentioned.  After  our  campaign  had  been 
running  a  few  weeks,  an  offer  was  made  to  underwrite 
$2,500,000  of  the  issue.  This  was  not  accepted,  but 
investment  houses  were  allotted  $1,000,000  to  sell  on 
the  same  commission  as  that  paid  to  telephone  em- 
ployees. Other  underwriting  offers  were  made  by  eastern 
bankers. 

The  attitude  of  the  banks  was  decidedly  friendly. 
Many  of  them  made  direct  sales;  all  spoke  well  of  the 
stock  when  investors  sought  information  from  them. 
They  recognized  that  our  partial-payment  plan  fosters 
thrift  and  thus  helps  the  community.  The  friendly 
attitude  of  the  banks  increased  the  feeling  of  confidence 
among  their  patrons  and  had  a  most  helpful  reaction 
throughout  the  territory. 

Wisconsin  Makes  a  Record 

The  next  large  task  of  the  Securities  Company  was 
undertaken  in  cooperation  with  the  Wisconsin  Telephone 
Company.  That  Company  planned  to  sell  $5,000,000 
7%  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock.  The  resulting  campaign 
which  has  just  closed  with  an  over-subscription  of  several 
hundred  thousand  dollars,  is  a  pointed  example  of  the 
working  out  of  the  formula — 

Preparation + Enthusiasm  =  Success. 

In  the  Wisconsin  territory,  which  is  compact,  an 
intensive  plan  was  adopted.  Work  was  to  begin  March 
1st  and  to  last  from  six  to  eight  weeks.  Of  the  issue 
of  $5,000,000,  it  was  hoped  to  seU  $4,000,000  during  the 
campaign,  and  the  remainder  during  the  next  few  months. 
Every  employee  had  a  place  in  the  selling  organization; 
the  necessary  routines  and  forms  were  ready;  and  pub- 
licity material  was  prepared  and  ready  for  distribution. 
But  on  February  22nd  and  23rd  the  State  was  swept 

[18] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


by  the  worst  sleet  storm  in  its  history.  Over  10,000 
telephone  poles  went  down,  and  all  forms  of  transpor- 
tation were  paralyzed. 

Because  of  the  damage,  the  derangement  of  traffic, 
and  the  necessary  resulting  work  of  restoration,  which 
fully  occupied  the  Wisconsin  Company's  plant  forces, 
it  was  announced  that  the  opening  day  would  be  post- 
poned until  March  6.  However,  some  of  the  material 
was  already  in  employees'  hands,  and  the  banks  had 
started  their  publicity  work,  so  it  was  decided  to  let 
those  go  ahead  who  could  do  so.  Under  these  severe 
handicaps,  the  Wisconsin  Company  made  advance  sales 
of  $3,100,000  worth  of  stock;  and  before  the  end  of  the 
fourth  day  after  the  formal  opening  (March  9th,  to  be 
exact),  the  entire  $5,000,000  had  been  over-subscribed. 
Approximately  two-thirds  of  the  stock  was  sold  for  cash; 
employees  sold  a  little  more  than  half  the  issue;  the  sales 
averaged  less  than  five  shares  for  each  purchaser;  and  as 
a  result,  the  Wisconsin  Company  has  about  eleven 
thousand  new  stockholders. 

While,  of  course,  no  pressure  was  brought  to  bear 
on  any  employees  to  make  sales,  yet  the  fact  that  every- 
one was  assigned  to  a  definite  place  in  the  campaign 
organization  was  a  great  impetus  to  them.  A  quota  of 
6  shares  for  every  employee  was  used  in  figuring  the 
quotas  of  the  various  exchanges;  and  on  this  basis,  22 
out  of  80  exchanges  had  "gone  over  the  top"  in  the  first 
four  days.  Oconomowoc,  the  first  one  to  pass  its  quota, 
did  so  by  four  o'clock  the  first  day  announced  for  the 
opening  of  the  campaign.  Its  quota  was  132  shares 
and  up  to  Friday  night,  March  3,  it  had  sold  404 
shares. 

In  his  comment  on  the  campaign,  President  McGovern 
says:  "One  of  the  outstanding  features  of  this  sale  is  that 
many  people  did  not  seem  to  look  into  the  real  merits  of 
the  stock,  but  relied  very  largely  on  what  our  people  said 
to  them.  Of  course,  the  fact  that  most  all  the  banks  in 
the  State  are  favorable  to  our  stock  proposition,  has  very 
materially  assisted  in  the  sales." 

[19] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Fine  Public  Relations 

As  in  the  Southwest,  so  in  Wisconsin,  there  were 
happenings  which  reveal  not  only  the  enthusiasm  and 
enterprise  of  the  employees  but  also  the  good-will  of  the 
people  and  the  satisfactory  relations  which  such  a  cam- 
paign establishes. 

At  Oshkosh,  one  of  the  linemen  was  very  much  dis- 
couraged because  he  thought  that  he  would  be  unable 
to  make  any  sales.  His  spirit  was  good,  but  he  was 
afraid  that  stock  selling  was  too  complicated  for  him. 
The  plant  supervisor  did  his  best  to  encourage  him,  but 
apparently  with  little  success.  The  next  day  the  lineman 
came  in  smiling  and  said  that  on  his  way  home  he  had 
stopped  in  to  have  his  shoes  repaired  and  had  sold  the 
cobbler  $2,500  worth  of  stock  with  very  little  effort. 

Early  in  the  course  of  the  campaign,  a  charwoman 
working  for  the  Company,  who  spoke  very  broken  English, 
came  to  the  desk  where  telephone  bills  are  paid  and  with- 
out any  comment  handed  in  five  $20  bills.  The  teller 
asked  her  what  the  money  was  for.  She  replied  in  rather 
broken  English:  "Stock — corner  grocer."  After  a  great 
deal  of  difficulty  it  developed  that  the  charwoman  had 
sold  a  share  of  the  stock  to  a  corner  grocer,  had  col- 
lected $100,  and  had  not  even  given  him  a  contract  or 
receipt. 

The  first  share  of  stock  in  the  Wisconsin  campaign 
was  sold  by  Miss  Bond.  This  sale  was  made  to  an 
invalid  woman,  who  had  read  the  Company's  announce- 
ment of  the  sale  of  stock  and  telephoned  in,  asking  to 
have  someone  come  out  and  explain  it  to  her.  Miss 
Bond  responded  and  had  no  difficulty  in  answering  the 
woman's  questions  and  in  making  the  sale. 

In  a  certain  section  of  Milwaukee,  there  is  a  German 
shopkeeper  who  is  very  influential  in  his  community,  and 
who  has  generally  been  opposed  to  the  Wisconsin  Com- 
pany. On  the  whole,  he  has  been  rather  anti-corporation. 
One  day  this  storekeeper  telephoned  in  to  the  security 
manager's  office  and  asked  him  to  send  a  number  of  stock 

[20] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


application  blanks  to  his  shop.  In  explanation,  he  said 
that  his  friends  and  customers  were  coming  in  to  his  store, 
that  they  were  discussing  the  stock,  that  he  thought  they 
ought  to  be  purchasing  some,  and  that  he  wanted  a  supply 
of  blanks  for  them. 

The  success  of  this  campaign  evidences  not  only  the 
confidence  of  the  people  of  Wisconsin  in  the  Wisconsin 
Telephone  Company  but  also  their  thrift  and  their  readi- 
ness to  invest  their  savings  in  sound  securities. 

Pointing  Out  the  Desirability  of  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Stock 

A  third  undertaking  of  a  slightly  different  type  is 
that  in  cooperation  with  the  Chesapeake  &  Potomac 
Telephone  Company  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  West 
Virginia,  Maryland,  and  Virginia,  and  the  Bell  Telephone 
Company  of  Pennsylvania,  embracing  Pennsylvania, 
Delaware  and  the  southern  part  of  New  Jersey,  to  secure 
a  wider  distribution  of  American  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph stock  in  those  territories.  I  have  already  pointed 
out  that  it  is  desired  especially  to  interest  the  users  of  the 
Bell  telephone  throughout  the  Nation,  in  the  stock  of  the 
American  Company.  New  stock  of  this  Company,  when 
issued,  can  be  offered  only  to  stockholders,  and,  under 
certain  regulations,  to  employees;  and  the  only  way  in 
which  others  can  secure  the  stock,  is  either  by  purchasing 
rights,  or  by  buying  the  stock  at  the  market.  In  the 
territories  of  the  Chesapeake  &  Potomac  Company  and 
of  the  Bell  of  Pennsylvania,  through  the  employees 
of  the  Company  with  the  cooperation  of  banks,  the  at- 
tention of  subscribers  was  called  to  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  stock.  Steps  were  taken 
to  furnish  them  full  information  concerning  its  invest- 
ment value,  and  it  was  indicated  that  arrangements  could 
be  made  in  many  cases,  if  it  was  desired,  for  them  to 
pay  for  the  stock  in  installments.  The  undertaking  has 
met  with  a  very  hospitable  reception  and  large  response. 
Many  who  were  not  acquainted  with  the  stock  and  its 

[21] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


value,  welcomed  an  opportunity  to  know  about  it  and  to 
invest  their  savings.  It  is  estimated  that  as  a  result  of 
this  work  there  will  be  a  net  gain  in  these  districts  of 
between  3,500  and  4,000  non-employee  stockholders  of 
the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  pur- 
chasing from  35,000  to  37,000  shares. 

It  is  clearly  desirable  that  investors  throughout  the 
Nation  be  informed  concerning  the  securities  of  the  Bell 
System,  their  safety,  and  how  they  can  be  acquired. 
Numerous  inquiries  alone  indicate  that  it  is  desirable  to 
spread  such  information.  The  Securities  Company  is 
therefore  planning  to  keep  before  the  people  of  each 
community  by  means  of  window  cards,  bill  enclosures, 
and  in  certain  cases  through  advertisements  or  circulars, 
the  kind  of  Bell  S}Tstem  securities  which  subscribers  might 
interest  themselves  in,  and  the  steps  they  should  take  to 
purchase  them.  As  the  securities  must  be  purchased  in 
the  open  market,  we  plan  to  have  the  purchaser  file  his 
order,  to  assist  him  in  securing  its  execution  with  the 
minimum  delay  and  expense  through  a  bank  or  a  responsi- 
ble broker  with  which  he  may  wish  to  deal,  and  in  certain 
cases,  where  payment  in  installments  is  desired,  to  assist 
him  in  arranging  with  some  bank  to  handle  the  trans- 
action. 

These,  and  other  activities  of  the  Securities  Company 
which  will  develop  along  appropriate  lines  as  circum- 
stances suggest,  will  involve  in  most  cases  close  coopera- 
tion with  the  Associated  Companies  and  the  intelligent 
and  enthusiastic  participation  of  their  employees.  These 
things  we  know  that  we  can  always  confidently  count 
upon;  for  the  keynote  of  the  Bell  System  is  teamwork 
and  high  consideration  for  the  Company's  welfare  as  well 
as  for  that  of  the  American  people  whom  it  serves. 

D.  F.  Houston. 


[22] 


The  Telephone's  Development 

Some  of  the  early  history  of  the  development  of  the 
telephone  art  as  freely  edited  from  the  verbal  testimony  of 
John  J.  Carty,  Vice  President  of  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company,  in  charge  of  development  and  research, 
before  the  Public  Service  Commission,  State  of  New  York, 
at  Albany,  New  York,  March  15,  1922. 


IN  the  beginning  of  the  development  of  the  telephone 
art — when  the  telephone  was  first  being  introduced 
to  the  public — all  that  there  was  to  the  telephone 
system  was  a  couple  of  telephones  and  the  principle  upon 
which  the  telephone  could  work.  That  principle  was 
known.  There  were  two  telephones  that  would  barely 
work  and  there  was  about  100  feet  of  wire  tying  them  to- 
gether. It  was  almost  impossible  to  hear  through  the  in- 
strument even  in  the  next  room.  In  fact,  it  was  said  by 
some  that  you  could  not  hear  at  all,  but  speech  was  trans- 
mitted. That  was  all  that  there  was  to  start  with  and 
all  that  was  known  about  the  telephone  was  known  by 
Mr.  Bell  and  Mr.  Watson.  Watson  was  the  man  who 
made  the  original  telephone,  the  man  who  heard  the 
first  words;  Bell  was  the  one  who  spoke  them;  and 
between  them  those  two  men  knew  all  there  was  about 
the  telephone  and  nobody  else  in  the  world  anywhere 
knew  anything  about  it.  That  is  what  we  had  to  start  with. 
Attempts  were  made  to  talk  over  an  actual  line  and 
finally  talking  was  accomplished  from  Boston  to  Cam- 
bridge; but  there  were  no  signalling  devices  and  no  tele- 
phone circuits  as  we  know  them  now,  so  that  to  start 
with  they  copied  the  telegraph  line,  which  was  a  line  of 
iron  wire  run  upon  house-tops  and  using  the  ground  as  an 
earth  return. 

To  illustrate  how  little  was  known  about  telephoning 
at  that  time:  a  copy  of  the  instrument  exhibited  by  Bell 
at  the  Philadelphia  Centennial,  in  1876,  was  taken  to 

[23] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


England  by  Sir  William  Thomson  who  was  the  greatest 
scientist  of  the  time.  When  it  reached  England  it  was 
somewhat  damaged  and  there  was  nobody  there  that 
could  make  it  work. 

The  instruments  were  soon  modified  into  a  little  differ- 
ent type  so  that  talking  could  be  accomplished  over  a  line, 
say,  a  mile  or  two  long.  It  was  necessary  to  talk  and 
listen  through  the  same  instrument,  there  being  no  special 
transmitter  then,  but  the  telephone  was  put  to  the  mouth 
and  then  to  the  ear  alternately.  It  was  soon  found  that 
while  the  telegraph  line  worked  very  well  for  telegraph 
it  did  not  work  well  for  telephone  because  of  all  sorts  of 
difficulties,  noises  and  cross-talk  from  telegraph  circuits 
lightning  storms  and  other  serious  disturbances. 

There  were  no  telephone  switchboards  and  the  early 
switchboards  were  telegraph  switchboards  used  to  change 
a  line  once  a  day  or  so  without  any  regard  to  speed.  The 
telephone  switchboard  must  change  the  switching  of  the 
lines  hundreds  of  times  a  day.  The  problems  are  quite 
different.  There  was  no  cable  of  the  telephone  type  that 
was  satisfactory.  A  half  a  mile  or  a  mile  of  the  cable  was 
more  than  these  instruments  could  talk  through.  For 
several  years  the  instrument  was  regarded,  and  with 
much  reason,  as  but  a  scientific  toy  without  business 
importance.  In  those  places  where  we  succeeded  in 
getting  it  in  business  houses,  it  was  largely  through  favor 
rather  than  on  the  merits  of  the  instruments  and  it  was 
regarded  as  a  business  nuisance  and  a  scientific  toy. 

With  the  art  in  such  a  miserable  state  and  so  much 
unknown,  and  such  a  multitude  of  difficulties  it  was  found 
very  difficult  to  make  any  business  arrangements  at  all 
to  get  it  introduced  because  conservative  and  capable 
business  institutions  felt  that  it  was  entirely  speculative. 
The  plan  adopted  was  to  induce  individuals  in  different 
localities  to  take  out  licenses,  the  object  being  to  intro- 
duce the  telephone  throughout  every  part  of  the  United 
States.  All  through  the  country  licenses  were  issued  to 
small  concerns,  men,  of  course,  who  had  no  experience 
whatever  in  the  business  and  with  absolutely  no  knowl- 

[24] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


edge  of  it,  but  who  were  attracted  by  its  novelty  and  by 
the  arguments  that  were  made  to  get  them  to  come  in. 

Difficulties  were  encountered  by  everybody  who  un- 
dertook to  install  the  telephone — by  all  of  the  licensees — 
and  they  knew  nothing  about  the  troubles  or  their  remedy, 
or  whether  there  was  a  remedy  or  not.  They  were  con- 
stantly appealing  to  the  licensor  company  for  help  and 
arrangements  were  made  to  render  the  service  required 
to  give  them  help  in  their  problems.  Laboratories,  in 
which  Dr.  Bell  and  Watson  worked  and  in  which  they 
invented  the  telephone,  were  taken  over  and  Mr.  Watson 
was  put  in  charge  and  the  staff  was  begun.  They  first 
thought  that  perhaps  medical  men  who  knew  all  about 
the  ear  and  the  voice  might  be  ab'.e  to  solve  these  prob- 
lems but  they  could  give  no  help  whatever,  although  the 
best  of  them  were  consulted.  The  company  then  went  to 
professors  of  physics.  There  were  no  professors  of 
electrical  engineering  at  that  time  because  there  wasn't 
any  such  thing  as  an  electrical  engineer,  or  electrical 
engineering. 

But  they  gathered  together  the  very  best  men  that 
could  be  obtained  at  that  time  to  advise  the  licensees, 
not  only  on  the  technical  side,  but  on  legal  questions, 
on  questions  of  how  to  keep  books  in  this  new  sort  of 
business  and  other  problems  that  arose.  So  that  there 
started  and  grew  up  at  once  a  nucleus  of  what  is  now 
often  referred  to  as  the  staff  at  headquarters,  being  the 
general  staff.  They  were  what  we  might  now  call  liaison 
officers,  to  obtain  the  best  understanding  with  the  licen- 
sees and  help  them  out  the  best  way. 

Transmitter  and  Receiver  Development 

For  a  long  time  there  was  no  real  transmitter  as  we 
know  it,  it  being  necessary  to  use  what  we  now  call  the 
receiver  for  talking  as  well  as  for  listening.  The  first 
instruments  did  not  have  any  permanent  magnet  so  it 
was  impossible  to  use  an  ordinary  telephone  receiver  with- 
out carrying  around  a  battery  with  it.    One  of  the  im- 

[25] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


portant  steps  was  to  introduce  a  permanent  magnet. 
The  receiver  passed  through  the  stage  to  where,  I  suppose, 
we  tried  out  thousands  of  different  types,  many  thousands 
of  different  models,  and  a  few  years  ago,  I  counted  up  the 
number  that  were  actually  made  standard  and  there  were 
about  50  different  types  that  had  been  standardized  from 
time  to  time  and  then  superseded  by  others. 

Early  transmitters  were  what  we  call  magneto.  There 
was  no  battery  at  all.  It  was  just  like  talking  through 
the  telephone  receiver  and  they  were  very  lacking  in 
power  and  it  was  possible  to  talk  for  onry  a  short  distance. 
Then  came  the  battery  transmitter,  invented  by  Blake, 
the  use  of  which  was  a  very  revolutionary  step  forward, 
but  with  the  need  for  greater  and  greater  distances  of 
talking  over  longer  and  longer  wires,  it  became  necessary 
to  have  transmitters  that  were  more  and  more  effective. 
The  transmitter  of  Blake  was  superseded,  after  passing 
through  a  long  series  of  evolutions  itself,  by  what  is  known 
as  the  granular  carbon  transmitter  which,  instead  of  fixed 
pieces  of  carbon  working  against  a  piece  of  platinum,  uses 
granules  of  carbon  that  are  actuated  by  the  diaphragm. 
The  original  granular  carbon  transmitter  came  from  a 
minister  of  some  church  in  England,  the  Reverend  Mr. 
Hunning.  The  Bell  Company  bought  his  patent  and  a 
long  series  of  experiments  was  undertaken  and  finally 
the  idea  of  Hunning  was  made  available  for  the  public. 
He  would  not  have  known  his  own  transmitter. 

From  the  Hunning  transmitter  has  been  developed 
the  transmitter  that  is  now  used  universally  in  this 
country  and  is  also  the  standard  all  over  the  world  wher- 
ever they  have  the  best  instruments.  Of  course,  even 
now  we  are  constantly  working  to  perfect  these  instru- 
ments still  further.  Something  over  70  types  of  trans- 
mitter have  been  made  standard  from  time  to  time  and 
replaced  by  others. 

Improving  Transmission 

In  the  beginning  it  was  necessary  to  use  a  telegraph 
line,  which  was  made  of  iron.   The  iron  and  the  telegraph 

[26] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


construction  worked  very  well  indeed  for  the  telegraph, 
but  it  did  not  work  so  well  for  the  telephone,  because  the 
telephone  was  the  most  sensitive  instrument  known  and 
it  was  capable  of  being  actuated  by  very  minute  currents 
that  would  not  interfere  with  the  telegraph.  We  had 
great  difficulty  with  cross-talk  and  all  kinds  of  devices 
were  tried  to  remedy  difficulties  arising  from  induction. 
There  were  literally  hundreds  of  these  induction  killers. 
They  were  very  successful  in  killing  the  induction  but 
they  also  were  successful  in  killing  the  talk  so  that  nothing 
ever  came  from  that  line  of  development. 

A  wire  was  strung  from  Boston  to  Lawrence,  about 
26  miles,  on  telegraph  line.  Anybody  listening  on  that 
telephone  line  could  hear  all  the  telegraph  messages.  It 
was  as  though  we  had,  as  I  once  said,  an  old-fashioned 
drum  corps  and  each  drummer  began  drumming  a  separate 
tune. 

All  kinds  of  experiments  were  tried.  We  tried  the 
use  of  different  kinds  of  steel  and  iron  wire.  Wire  was 
run  from  Boston  to  Lowell  that  had  a  spiral  cut  all 
around  it.  Somebody  had  a  theory  that  the  voice  would 
follow  that  spiral.  A  line  of  four  iron  wires  was  built 
from  Boston  to  Providence  and  on  Sunday,  when  nothing 
else  was  doing  on  the  wires,  it  was  possible  to  talk  on  one 
of  them,  but  if  you  tried  to  talk  at  the  same  time  on  the 
other  wire,  there  was  confusion.  Then,  to  make  matters 
worse,  a  new  fangled  telegraph  system  was  started  which 
used  very  high  frequency  current  and  that  practically 
destroyed  the  business  of  the  line  altogether. 

There  was  tried  out  between  Boston  and  Providence, 
at  my  suggestion — in  fact,  I  tried  the  experiment  myself 
— what  is  now  known  as  a  metallic  circuit.  Instead  of 
using  the  earth  as  a  ground,  a  return  wire  was  employed. 
That  is  now  the  standard  and  the  strange  thing  is  that 
we  ever  did  use  the  ground. 

This  metallic  circuit  experiment  was  a  very  great 
success  and  we  planned  to  build  a  line  to  New  York,  but 
there  were  limitations  in  the  iron  wire  itself,  even  using 
the  metallic  circuit,  and  when  we  put  a  number  of  these 

[27] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


circuits  on  the  same  line,  we  still  got  cross-talk.  These 
difficulties  were  overcome  by  the  development  of  hard 
drawn  copper  wire  which  is  one  of  the  most  fundamental 
contributions  that  has  ever  been  made  to  telephony.  A 
line  was  built  from  New  York  to  Boston,  using  the  hard 
drawn  copper  wire,  but  we  still  had  cross-talk  from 
neighboring  circuits  and  that  had  to  be  overcome,  so  a 
method  of  transposition  was  adopted.  All  of  the  licensee 
companies  experienced  these  same  difficulties  with  line 
trouble  during  the  early  days  of  the  telephone  history, 
and  when  the  general  staff  worked  out  a  solution  for  a 
trouble  for  one  of  these  licensees,  it  took  care  of  all  the 
rest  at  the  same  time. 

In  working  out  the  increasing  distances  over  which 
one  could  talk,  we  had  to  take  into  account,  not  only  the 
line,  but  the  instruments.  There  were  two  schools  of 
thought.  At  an  International  Congress  which  I  attended 
in  France,  the  best  European  thought  was  to  solve  the 
problem  of  talking  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco  by 
loud  speaking  transmitters.  We  had  studied  the  problem 
ourselves  and  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  loud 
speaking  transmitter  was  not  the  way  to  accomplish  the 
purpose.  If  we  used  the  loud  transmitter,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  put  in  more  complicated  apparatus  in  the 
subscribers'  stations  and  more  powerful  batteries  and 
switches,  and  the  cross-talk  with  these  instruments  would 
require  a  re-arrangement  of  the  switchboards  and  cables 
which  would  cost  many  millions  of  dollars,  so  we  made 
the  attack  on  the  line. 

When  the  electric  trolley  was  introduced,  it  presented 
a  very  serious  problem  because  the  noise  it  caused  in  the 
telephone  circuit  made  talking  difficult  and  in  many  cases 
impossible.  Also,  current  from  the  trolley  wires  operated 
the  central  office  switchboard  signals  and  caused  currents 
also  to  flow  through  the  ground  and  onto  the  lead  cables 
of  the  telephone  companies,  corroding  the  cables  by  what 
is  known  as  electrolysis.  After  a  number  of  years  of  work- 
ing, a  practical  solution  of  this  electrolysis  trouble  was 
arrived  at  and  was  adopted  by  all  of  the  licensee  companies. 

[28] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  extension  of  high  tension  circuits  of  power  lines 
also  presented  serious  problems.  To  meet  them,  various 
measures  were  adopted.  One  was  to  devise  protectors, 
an  apparatus  designed  to  produce  as  near  practical  im- 
munity from  fire  and  personal  hazards  as  possible.  The 
study  of  the  problem  of  high  tension  circuits  is  still  being 
continued  because  what  was  high  tension  at  the  begin- 
ning, is  now  very  low  tension.  Two  thousand  volts  was 
high  tension  and  now  we  are  talking  about  200,000  volts. 

Cable  Construction 

As  the  demand  for  telephones  increased,  it  became 
necessary  to  devise  a  solution  for  the  problem  presented 
by  an  increasing  number  of  overhead  telephone  wires. 
For  physical  reasons  and  also  for  legislative  reasons,  we 
had  to  put  our  wires  underground.  We  did  not  know  how 
to  make  them  work  if  put  underground.  That  was  the 
problem  presented  to  the  general  staff,  a  problem,  of 
course,  which  they  had  been  working  on  from  the  begin- 
ning, but  very  intense  work  was  conducted.  While  it 
was  possible  to  talk  for  considerable  distances  when  the 
wires  were  on  poles,  it  was  found  that  a  mile  of  cable 
would  cut  down  the  transmission  as  badly  as  100  miles 
of  open  wire.  The  first  cables  that  were  employed  were 
rubber  or  gutta  percha,  both  of  which  were  good  insula- 
tors as  far  as  keeping  the'current  on  the  wire  was  concerned, 
but  for  some  reason  or  other,  they  seemed  to  destroy  the 
talk.  Early  in  1881,  I  participated  in  experiments  which 
were  conducted  by  the  licensor  company  when  all  the 
possible  types  of  cables  we  could  think  of  were  put  down. 
Cable  was  run  in  the  neighborhood  of  Attleboro,  Mass., 
between  the  tracks  of  the  railroad  for  a  number  of  miles,  in 
which  all  sorts  of  devices  were  tried  out.  The  first  big  ad- 
vance or  help  that  we  got  was  in  the  introduction  of  cotton 
into  the  cables  instead  of  rubber.  Cotton  had  always 
been  regarded  as  a  very  poor  insulation  but  it  was  found 
that  this  was  due  to  the  presence  of  moisture  and  by 
heating   the   cable   and   driving   out   the   moisture   and 

[29] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


quickly  covering  it  with  lead  pipe,  a  very  high  degree  of 
insulation  was  obtained  and  it  was  much  less  objection- 
able than  the  rubber  because  you  could  talk  farther 
through  such  a  cable  and  cross-talk  was  not  so  great. 

Many  experiments  were  conducted  with  that  type  of 
cable  and  a  great  deal  of  it  was  put  down,  but  in  these 
experiments  of  1881-1883,  cable  half  a  mile  long  of  the 
best  that  we  could  manufacture  so  impaired  the  trans- 
mission over  the  telephone  line  that  talking  to  the  suburbs 
of  Boston  was  very  greatly  hindered,  or  even  prevented, 
by  the  interposition  of  a  mile  or  a  half  mile  of  cable. 

The  cable  problem  had  to  be  solved  before  the  wires 
could  go  underground,  and  the  solution  did  not  come 
before  the  wires  accumulated  so  rapidly  that  the  author- 
ities ordered  them  underground.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
Mayor  Grant  sent  his  men  out  with  axes  and  actually 
chopped  down  the  poles  in  New  York. 

The  cotton  cable  was  very  greatly  improved  and 
finally  it  was  superseded  by  paper,  and  the  paper  cable 
was  put  through  a  process  of  evolution  until  now  it  is  the 
type  usually  employed.  The  experiments  conducted  by 
the  general  staff  on  this  problem  were  continuous  and 
were  directed,  not  only  to  developing  local  cable,  but  also 
to  developing  long  distance  cable.  Another  way  to  state 
this  problem  is  to  say  that  it  involved  making  the  cables 
cheaper  and  also  making  cables  so  that  we  could  talk 
through  them.  Of  course,  there  is  no  use  in  making  a 
cheap  cable  if  you  could  not  talk  through  it.  So  that, 
as  in  all  the  work  we  do,  we  have  got  to  look  to  service 
first,  and  then,  keeping  the  grade  of  service  right,  go  as 
far  as  we  humanly  can  in  making  it  more  economical. 

It  is  interesting  to  trace  the  development  of  the  2,400 
wire  cable,  which  is  one  of  the  most  recent  types,  following 
a  long  series  beginning  with  the  earliest  type  of  rubber 
cable  and  thence  going,  by  various  stages,  to  a  type  of 
cable  that  would  give  only  100  wires  in  one  sheath.  That 
100  wire  cable  cost  as  much,  or  probably  more,  than  the 
2,400  wire  cable  did.  But  that  is  not  all.  Space  under- 
ground in  New  York  is  so  precious  that  in  certain  regions, 

L30] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  any  more  room  for  ducts,  so 
that,  unless  these  cable  improvements  had  been  made, 
there  would  be  certain  parts  of  New  York  where  it  would 
be  hard  to  supply  service  at  any  cost. 

Long  distance  telephoning  was  another  problem  alto- 
gether. To  talk  through  long  distance  seemed,  at  times, 
to  be  forever  an  insuperable  difficulty.  One  of  the  im- 
portant steps  was  the  invention  of  the  loading  coil  by  Dr. 
Pupin.  He  had  a  very  good  idea  and  our  company  ob- 
tained his  patent  rights  but,  as  is  usual  in  such  cases,  the 
patent,  while  explaining  the  principle,  did  not  by  any 
means  show  how  to  make  it  on  a  practical  scale.  Our 
progress  in  developing  long  distance  cable  transmission 
was  something  like  this :  we  succeeded  in  talking  very  well 
through  a  cable  from  New  York  to  Newark  with  the 
Pupin  coils  and  other  arrangements  in  association  with 
them.  Our  further  work  carried  us  to  Philadelphia,  and 
by  further  research,  we  were  able  to  talk  to  Wilmington, 
Delaware,  and  finally  to  Washington.  Still  continuing  to 
develop,  always  making  new  discoveries  and  advance- 
ments, we  succeeded  in  talking  all  the  way  underground 
from  Boston  to  Washington. 

The  congestion  which  was  encountered  in  the  local 
wires  in  the  beginning  is  now  being  felt  in  the  trunk 
lines  joining  the  different  cities  together.  They  are  be- 
coming so  numerous  that  they  have  to  be  put  into  cables, 
so  that  the  problem  having  been  solved  locally,  we  have 
to  go  on  and  solve  it  all  over  again  for  long  distances.  At 
the  present  time,  we  have,  by  means  of  a  remarkable 
new  type  of  cable,  succeeded  in  talking  from  Boston  to 
Harrisburg,  and  our  experiments  show  that  we  now  have 
a  type  of  cable  that  will  talk  all  the  way  from  Boston  to 
Chicago,  and  in  fact,  the  cable  is  now  being  extended  to 
that  city. 

One  of  the  important  phases  of  cable  development  is 
the  effect  of  the  growth  of  central  offices  upon  the  use  of 
cable.  The  larger  the  central  office  became,  the  greater 
the  congestion  of  wires  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  office. 
One  central  office  in  the  early  days  had  2,400  wires  coming 

[31] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


in  from  four  directions  to  the  roof,  and  a  sleet  storm 
came,  weighted  the  wires  and  that  pulled  over  the  struc- 
ture and  almost  took  the  roof  away.  Large  central  offi- 
ces would  be  impossible  without  cables  and  when  we  have 
advanced  the  cable  art,  we  have  made  larger  central 
offices  possible.    These  two  factors  react  on  each  other. 

The  Evolution  of  the  Switchboard 

The  switchboard  in  the  beginning,  as  I  have  said 
before,  was  a  telegraph  switchboard,  a  very  crude  type, 
very  good  indeed  for  the  telegraph,  but  not  swift  enough 
or  certain  enough  for  the  telephone.  These  switchboards 
were  used  and  soon,  under  Mr.  Watson  and  his  assistants, 
began  to  be  improved  until  a  very  good  switchboard  was 
evolved  for  one  operator  only.  That  was  about  1878  or 
1879,  but  as  the  number  of  lines  grew,  we  had  to  have  more 
operators,  and  then  more  switchboards.  These  operators 
had  to  call  out  to  each  other  for  the  lines  that  they 
wanted,  and  the  central  office  soon  became  a  sort  of 
bedlam.  The  methods  of  connecting  were  very  imperfect 
and  interconnection  between  one  operator  and  another, 
or  from  one  office  to  another,  was  attended,  even  under 
the  best  circumstances,  by  great  delay,  by  extraordinary 
errors,  compared  to  what  we  now  have,  and  by  constant 
cutting  off  and  intermittent  conversations. 

The  switchboard  immediately  began  a  process  of 
evolution.  These  difficulties  of  communicating  from 
operator  to  operator  were  overcome  in  the  multiple  switch- 
board which  was  one  of  the  very  important  and  perma- 
nent contributions  to  the  art.  By  means  of  the  multiple 
switchboard,  if  an  operator  receives  a  call  for  a  sub- 
scriber in  her  own  central  office,  she  could  connect  directly 
to  that  subscriber  without  asking  somebody  else  to  help. 
That  principle  is  still  employed. 

The  early  switchboards  had  very  imperfect  signalling 
devices  and  in  general,  were  very,  very  crude.  In  the 
beginning,  the  central  office  operator  had  no  power  gen- 
erator as  we  now  know  it,  and  she  would  have  to  turn  a 

[32] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


crank  the  way  the  subscribers  formerly  did  and  now  do 
in  the  country. 

The  business  continued  to  grow,  notwithstanding  all 
these  difficulties,  and  about  1886  and  1887,  quite  a  large 
number  of  telephones  had  to  be  provided  for  the  down- 
town offices  in  New  York  City.  They  were  scattered  in 
two  or  three  different  offices  and  worked  so  unsatisfac- 
torily that  it  was  decided  to  consolidate  them.  This 
consolidation  presented  a  very  serious  switchboard  prob- 
lem because  with  these  large  switchboards,  the  cost 
seemed  to  go  up,  not  in  direct  proportion  to  the  number 
of  subscribers,  but  in  almost  geometric  proportion,  and  it 
was  difficult  to  get  them  to  work,  and  looking  forward  at 
the  complications  and  the  expenses  of  such  switchboards, 
it  was  really  appalling. 

The  general  manager  of  the  New  York  Telephone 
Company  stated  several  times  at  conferences,  that  the 
best  he  could  see  in  regard  to  the  switchboard  problem 
was  that  it  meant  that  all  he  had  to  do  was  get  enough 
telephones,  and  the  company  would  go  broke.  The 
expense  seemed  to  be  going  up  and  would  have  gone  up, 
if  we  had  kept  on  that  track,  at  a  rate  very  much  more 
rapidly  than  the  increase  of  revenue  from  subscribers 
and  there  really  was  at  that  time  a  crisis.  The  telephone 
rates  were  $150  a  year;  that  was  the  cheapest  telephone 
you  could  get  in  New  York  City,  and  the  metallic  circuit 
was  being  put  in  at  $240  a  year. 

One  point  after  another  was  overcome.  One  type  of 
switchboard  after  another  was  devised  and  the  telephone, 
instead  of  being  greatly  restricted  in  New  York  as  was 
then  feared  and  as  it  would  have  been  if  we  had  not 
made  these  improvements,  spread  out  all  over  the  city  and 
state.  Without  these  switchboard  improvements,  of 
course,  the  development  could  not  have  taken  place. 

One  of  the  very  gratifying  developments  was  the  re- 
moval from  the  subscriber's  station  of  the  crank  which 
had  to  be  turned  and  the  batteries  which  had  to  be 
renewed.  This  improvement  was  made  by  the  intro- 
duction of  the  common  battery  system.    The  old  type  of 

[33] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


instrument  was  an  annoyance  to  the  subscriber  and  a 
great  expense  to  the  licensee,  and  the  introduction  of  the 
common  battery  system  was  attended  with  most  gratify- 
ing results  in  the  central  offices,  because  without  any  addi- 
tional labor,  in  fact  with  greater  ease,  the  central  office 
operator  could  handle  a  much  larger  number  of  calls  with 
really  less  effort,  with  much  greater  promptness  and 
without  some  of  the  worst  annoyances  that  attended  the 
working  of  the  previous  system.  One  of  them  was  that 
under  the  old  system,  the  operator  had  to  be  continually 
listening  in  and  annoying  a  customer  asking  "Are  you 
through?"  whereas  with  the  new  system,  signals  are 
exhibited  when  subscribers  are  finished  and  when  they 
want  to  talk,  so  that  the  operator  does  not  have  to,  and, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  does  not  listen  in  unless  the  sub- 
scriber signals  her  to  do  so  when  he  wants  attention. 

The  Machine  Switching  System 

There  has  been  a  great  change  in  the  economics 
affecting  operators.  The  war  placed  women  in  the  work 
which  had  always  been  done  by  men,  and  women  are  now 
continuing  in  that  kind  of  occupation.  It  completely 
changed  the  situation  with  respect  to  the  supply  of 
operators.  Also  with  the  increase  in  trunk  lines  and  other 
complications,  the  space  which  an  operator  can  reach  is 
about  exhausted  and  the  general  staff  have  studied  the 
problem  to  see  what  could  be  done  about  it  and  that 
brings  us  to  the  consideration  of  the  machine  switching 
system,  or  automatic  system.  That  has  been  a  subject 
which  has  occupied  our  attention  for  ten  or  fifteen  years 
pretty  steadily,  with  a  view  to  finding  out  what  place  such 
machinery  has  in  the  properly  organized  telephone  system. 

Our  tendency  has  been,  all  the  time,  to  introduce 
machinery  wherever  it  gives  a  better  result  to  the  public, 
or  wherever  it  can  be  attended  by  economy  of  any  kind. 
The  fundamentals  of  this  system  were  tried  out  for  a 
number  of  years  in  Newark,  and  the  other  features  of 
it  were  under  trial  for  a  long  time,  in  New  York  City, 

[34] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


for  handling  trunk  lines.  The  most  recent  installation 
was  at  Omaha,  and  there  much  interest  was  exhibited 
as  to  how  the  subscribers  would  regard  it.  The  result 
was  that  subscribers,  a  lot  of  them,  sat  up  until  12  o'clock 
at  night  so  that  they  could  be  the  first  to  send  the  call. 
The  business  started  off  in  the  morning  and  went  through 
almost  without  a  hitch,  and  the  entire  comment  of  the 
public  and  the  press  was  most  gratifying. 

The  Problem  of  Manufacture 

In  the  early  days  there  were  very  few  sources  avail- 
able for  the  manufacture  of  telephone  apparatus.  There 
was  a  concern  at  Indianapolis  owned  by  Gilliland;  one 
at  Cincinnati,  Post  &  Company;  another  at  Baltimore, 
Davis  &  Watts;  Charles  Williams  &  Company  in  Boston 
which  was  the  firm  that  manufactured  the  first  telephone 
ever  made  for  Bell,  and  the  Western  Electric  Company 
in  New  York  and  in  Chicago. 

Licenses  were  issued  to  these  manufacturers  but  it 
was  found  that  there  was  a  great  diversity  in  product 
and  it  was  necessary  to  have  the  parts  constructed  so  as 
to  fit  into  a  complete  system.  The  telephone  itself,  of 
course,  does  not  work  in  isolation.  Its  operation  depends, 
not  only  on  its  own  condition,  but  on  the  condition  of 
the  instrument  with  which  the  communication  has  been 
held,  and  on  the  condition  of  every  intermediate  thing 
in  the  plant,  so  that  the  discordant  results  in  construc- 
tion were  very  troublesome.  Also,  it  would  seem  that 
some  of  these  companies  were  not  as  strong  as  they 
should  have  been  and  that  starting  to  install  a  switch- 
board, which  would  last  fourteen  or  fifteen  years,  it  was 
not  all  put  in  at  once;  the  licensee  companies  did  not  put 
in  any  more  than  they  could  possibly  help  to  save  idle 
investment,  but  a  manufacturing  company  was  committed, 
when  it  put  in  a  certain  type  of  switchboard,  to  add 
parts  to  that,  so  that  it  was  necessary  to  get  some  ar- 
rangement to  insure  continuity  of  supply  of  all  the  parts 
that  were  needed. 

[35] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


For  these  and  for  other  reasons,  these  manufacturing 
companies  were  brought  together  into  a  single  company. 
Very  little  was  done  with  the  factories  at  Cincinnati  and 
Baltimore,  but  Williams  of  Boston,  Gilliland  of  Indian- 
apolis, and  the  Western  Electric  Company  combined  their 
talent,  utilizing  the  best  men  of  each  concern,  in  fact  all 
of  their  good  men  were  selected  and  all  the  workmen 
that  would  go,  and  factories  were  established  in  New 
York  City.  This  was  the  beginning  of  the  Western  Elec- 
tric Company,  as  the  manufacturing  branch  of  the  Bell 
System. 

Necessity  for  Development  and  Research  Work 

If  we  did  not  continue  this  work  the  progress  would 
cease.  I  don't  like  to  criticize  any  of  the  foreign  gov- 
ernments, but  in  order  to  illustrate  my  point  I  must 
bring  out  the  fact  that  where  we  have  hundreds  and 
hundreds  of  men  developing,  they  have  four  or  five. 
That  is,  practical  development  and  research  as  we  know 
it  here  in  America  is  unknown  among  the  government 
administrations  abroad.  They  have  not  conducted  these 
developments  in  the  manner  that  we  have  here  in  this 
country.  And  the  result  is  that,  looking  over  the  entire 
contributions  that  have  been  made  to  the  telephone  art, 
the  developments  have  been  made  here  in  this  country, 
and  there  has  been  no  substantial  contribution  to  the 
art  that  has  been  made  by  any  of  these  governments. 
Now,  they  have  departments  fordoing  these  things,  but 
they  are  not  done.  The  best  that  they  have  abroad 
today  is  what  they  have  taken  from  us.  But  in  their 
method  of  organizing,  their  methods  of  use  have  not  been 
developed,  because  they  have  not  had  general  staffs  to 
develop  these  systems.  Take  it  even  in  the  matter  of 
their  military  necessities,  the  general  staff  of  the  French 
Army  under  Foch  was  the  most  brilliant  that  was  ever 
known,  and  it  was  well  known  that  a  communication 
system  was  necessary  for  the  conduct  of  war,  but  when 
the  war  broke  their  own  administration  was  unable  to 

[36] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


provide  them  with  a  communication  system  and  it  was 
necessary  for  the  Americans  to  superimpose  upon  France 
and  the  neighboring  countries  a  communication  system 
within  nine  months  that  the  foreign  governments  had 
failed  to  provide  in  forty  years. 

Now,  if  we  stopped  this  development  work  we  would 
dam  up  progress  and  we  would  fall  into  a  condition  as 
bad  as  there  is  abroad.  Science  is  constantly  advancing. 
Our  country  is  growing.  Business  is  expanding.  New 
ideas  are  springing  up  in  business,  and  new  requirements 
are  made.  We  want  to  talk  greater  and  greater  dis- 
tances. We  must  be  prepared  to  talk  to  South  America. 
We  are  already  talking  to  Cuba.  There  is  no  doubt  we 
will  be  talking  to  Europe.  We  must  go  on  expanding. 
To  stop  now  would  mean  that  the  business  would  have 
to  grow,  but  it  would  be  conducted  with  the  methods 
that  we  now  know,  which  are  well  adapted  for  the  present 
development,  but  we  know  they  are  not  best  for  the 
development  of  ten  or  fifteen  years  hence.  When  we 
start  putting  in  a  plant  now  we  are  not  building  it  for 
one  year  or  two;  we  are  building  it  for  a  long  period 
and  we  must  have  in  mind  that  it  must  grow,  and  that 
that  new  growth  must  always  be  in  accord  with  the  de- 
mands of  the  time. 


L37J 


Some  Notes  on  Statistics 

With  Special  Reference  to  the  Telephone  Business 

The  Origin  of  Statistics 

IN  the  popular  mind  statistics  is  frequently  looked 
upon  as  a  science  of  recent  development  which 
deals  with  uninteresting  figures  at  its  best  and  with 
involved  mathematical  concepts  at  its  worst.  Yet  the 
use  of  crude  statistical  methods  runs  back  as  far  as  re- 
corded history;  and  probably  the  evolution  of  no  subject 
is  more  closely  interwoven  with  the  needs  and  develop- 
ment of  peoples  than  is  that  of  statistics.  The  history  of 
statistics  through  the  past  ages  is  no  mere  catalog  of  suc- 
cessive steps  in  the  development  of  a  scientific  basis  of 
recording  facts,  but  rather  is  a  story  of  persistent  efforts 
to  obtain  a  working  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  ele- 
ments in  the  lives  of  nations — first,  with  respect  to  their 
population  and  material  resources  and,  later,  with  respect 
to  their  economic  and  social  relationships  also.  From 
the  earliest  records  of  organized  social  and  political  com- 
munities, the  enumeration  and  compilation  of  statistical 
data  has  played  an  integral  and  vital  part  in  their  ex- 
istence. The  apportionment  of  taxes  and  the  organiza- 
tion of  armies  were  practically  impossible  without  some 
degree  of  statistical  information  concerning  the  re- 
sources in  materials  and  man  power  of  the  tribe  or  nation. 
One  of  the  earliest  known  statistical  compilations  took 
place  about  3050  B.C.  and  concerned  the  collection  of 
data  regarding  the  population  and  wealth  of  Egypt  in 
order  to  make  arrangements  for  the  construction  of  the 
pyramids.  Both  secular  and  sacred  history  are  filled 
with  instances  of  the  taking  of  censuses  of  population  in 
order  to  determine  the  fighting  strength  of  nations  and 
as  a  basis  for  levjdng  taxes.  Until  the  17th  or  the  18th 
century,  however,  practically  the  sole  use  of  such  censuses 
was  to  aid  the  government  in  its  administrative  work  or 
in  its  military  aspirations. 

[38] 


Bell  TelepJione  Quarterly 


The  Beginning  of  Modern  Statistical 
Methods 

Modern  statistics  developed  from  two  apparently 
independent  schools  of  research,  one  in  Germany  which 
became  prominent  about  the  middle  of  the  18th  century 
and  the  other  in  England  which  originated  about  a 
century  earlier.  Statistics  as  first  used  in  Germany 
applied  to  lectures  or  books  upon  descriptive  political 
science  and  was  considered  as  a  science  of  populations, 
similar  to  what  is  now  known  as  demography.  Etymo- 
logically,  statistics  means  the  science  of  states,  and  not 
until  the  development  of  the  English  school  of  political 
arithmetic  was  statistics  looked  upon  as  primarily  a 
study  of  numerical  data. 

Interest  in  statistical  compilations  was  aroused  in 
England  during  the  middle  of  the  17th  century  after 
the  disastrous  visitations  of  the  plague  had  caused  the 
publication  of  weekly  reports  of  the  burials,  and  later 
the  christenings,  in  London.  In  1662  Captain  John 
Graunt  of  London  published  his  "Observations  on  the 
Bills  of  Mortality"  which  contained  the  results  of  his 
observation  and  measurement  of  the  births  and  deaths  in 
London  and  is  one  of  the  first  recorded  analytical  studies 
of  a  strictly  statistical  nature.  This  field  of  study  was  at 
that  time  called  "Political  Arithmetic,"  but  by  the 
early  part  of  the  19th  century  it  had  largely  absorbed 
the  descriptive  political  science  school  in  Germany,  from 
which  it  took  over  the  term  "statistics." 

The  first  journal  of  the  Royal  Statistical  Society, 
which  was  founded  in  London  in  1834,  defined  statistics 
as  "the  ascertaining  and  bringing  together  of  those  facts 
which  are  calculated  to  illustrate  the  condition  and  pros- 
pects of  society."  Further  expansion  in  the  scope  and 
meaning  of  statistics  took  place  at  this  period,  and  from 
the  name  of  a  science  or  art  of  state-description  by  numer- 
ical methods  the  word  was  transferred  to  those  figures 
with  which  it  operated.  When  .this  occurred,  the  term 
soon  lost  its  peculiar  application  to  data  concerning  the 

[39] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


state  and  was  used  in  referring  to  any  collection  of  numeri- 
cal data,  covering  psychology,  biology  and  other  sciences, 
as  well  as  political  economy. 

Thus  statistics  in  modern  usage  has  come  to  mean 
primarily  a  method  or  tool  by  means  of  which  numerical 
data  in  any  field  may  be  analyzed  and  interpreted.  In 
its  development  statistics  has,  of  course,  borrowed  very 
largely  from  the  older  science  of  mathematics.  Using 
processes  largely  mathematical  in  character,  the  student 
of  statistical  methods  formulates  the  rules  of  procedure 
for  handling  groups  of  data,  and  the  specialists  in  various 
fields  of  knowledge  apply  these  rules  to  their  own  par- 
ticular problems. 

The  Application  of  Statistics  to  Business 

But  while  statistics  has  had  a  long  and  distinguished 
career  in  the  service  of  public  administration  and  private 
scientific  research,  it  is  true  that  the  application  of 
statistical  methods  of  analysis  to  business  data  is  a  de- 
velopment of  recent  origin.  This  is  because  business 
administration  itself  has  only  recently  taken  on  the 
aspects  of  a  distinct  science,  with  the  process  of  evolu- 
tion from  small  individual  enterprises  to  large  corporate 
organizations  which  has  been  coincident  with  the  growth 
and  improvement  of  transportation  and  communication. 
Moreover,  the  use  of  statistical  methods  in  business  has 
been  facilitated  by  the  recent  progress  in  the  invention 
and  manufacture  of  mechanical  labor-saving  devices 
which  have  made  it  possible  to  undertake  much  statistical 
work  which  was  formerly  prohibitive  from  the  stand- 
point of  both  cost  and  time.  The  increase  in  legislation 
affecting  business  has  also  served  to  stimulate  the  expan- 
sion of  statistical  work  in  industry.  So  long  as  business 
was  conducted  by  small  units,  each  with  a  limited  market, 
there  was  a  tendency  to  regard  statistical  work  as  an 
unnecessary  luxury;  but  with  the  development  of  busi- 
ness as  a  science,  statistical  analysis  is  destined  to  play 
the  same  vital  part  in  business  administration  as  it  has 

[40] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


in  the  progress  of  other  sciences.  Indeed,  the  progress 
made  in  business  statistics  in  the  last  few  years  has  been 
so  pronounced  that  " statistical  control"  is  rapidly 
becoming  an  actuality  in  many  lines. 

Business  Statistics  Defined 

To  make  clear  the  scope  and  character  of  that  branch 
of  statistics  which  has  come  to  be  called  business  statistics, 
it  is  perhaps  advisable  to  attempt  briefly  to  define 
"statistics"  as  it  commonly  applies  to  business  admin- 
istration. 

The  man  in  the  street  looks  upon  statistics  as  the 
systematic  collection,  classification  and  tabulation  of 
numerical  facts,  and  his  idea  of  a  statistician  is  a  man 
who  knows  how  many  males  of  foreign  parentage,  be- 
tween the  ages  of  twenty  and  thirty,  are  employed  in 
mining  occupations  in  the  State  of  Nevada.  The  more 
scientific  person  probably  thinks  of  statistics  as  a  method 
mathematical  in  its  operation,  in  which  numerical 
data  are  analyzed  through  complex  calculations  of  aver- 
ages, units  and  the  like. 

The  business  statistician  himself,  however,  thinks  of 
his  work  as  the  collecting,  classifying  and  interpreting 
of  ascertained  facts — including  facts  not  subject  to 
numerical  statement — primarily  with  the  aim  of  disclos- 
ing some  further  and  hitherto  unascertained  facts.  He 
thinks  of  his  duties  as  those  of  assembling  and  selecting 
data,  analyzing  and  combining  them,  and  presenting 
and  explaining  them  in  such  a  way  that  they  tell  much 
more  than  they  do  in  their  primary,  unrelated  form. 
The  opportunity  for  work  of  this  character  obviously 
pervades  all  branches  of  any  business  organization. 
Moreover,  the  field  for  such  statistical  work  is  not  con- 
fined merely  to  the  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
internal  operating  and  financial  data,  but  includes  the 
study  of  general  business  and  economic  conditions  and 
the  influence  of  these  conditions  upon  the  individual 
business. 

[41] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  Development  of  Telephone  Accounting 

In  considering  the  progress  already  made  in  the 
field  of  statistical  analysis  of  business  operations,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  accounting  work  is  to  a  large 
extent  the  basis  of  statistics  and  that  the  introduction 
of  scientific  accounting  methods  is  itself  a  comparatively 
recent  development.  This  applies  to  the  telephone  busi- 
ness as  well  as  to  other  lines  of  industry. 

While  the  telephone  was  invented  forty-five  years 
ago,  only  for  the  past  fifteen  years  or  so  has  the  telephone 
been  a  widespread  public  service.  During  this  period 
the  first  work  was  naturally  the  erection  of  an  adequate 
accounting  system  to  show  the  financial  condition  of 
the  business.  It  was  necessary  to  set  up  refined  methods 
for  the  separation  of  capital  and  income,  the  proper 
treatment  of  depreciation,  etc.  Practically  all  available 
time  was  devoted  to  the  development  of  uniform  accounts 
and  standard  reports,  correct  plant  and  maintenance 
accounting,  suitable  records  of  departmental  expendi- 
tures and  forms  of  accounts  for  general  publication. 
Along  with  all  this,  careful  plans  have  been  worked 
out  for  extending  the  use  of  accounts  by  administrative 
officers,  placing  in  the  hands  of  responsible  officials  ac- 
counts practically  arranged  as  working  tools  for  every- 
day use.  In  the  Bell  System  most  of  this  work  has  been 
accomplished  during  the  past  fifteen  years,  a  period 
within  which  the  number  of  company-owned  telephone 
stations  has  increased  from  two  millions  to  nine  millions. 

The   Field   for   Statistical  Analysis   of   Internal 
Telephone  Data 

Under  such  circumstances  it  would  be  surprising  if 
the  work  of  statistical  analysis  had  progressed  to  the 
same  degree  as  the  accounting  work.  Development  of 
the  business  has  gone  on  faster  than  development  of  the 
necessary  statistical  personnel.  Thus,  at  the  present 
time,  the  Bell  System  is  in  possession  of  an  admirable 
accounting  system  and  a  comprehensive  set  of  primary 

[42] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


records — operating  as  well  as  financial — but  has  not 
advanced  so  far  in  the  development  and  application  of 
methods  of  statistical  analysis.  The  magnitude  of  the 
business  has  made  necessary  such  a  voluminous  mass  of 
records  and  reports  that  many  useful  facts  as  to  past 
conditions  now  he  buried,  while  significant  elements  of 
current  operations  are  frequently  subordinated.  It  seems 
apparent,  therefore,  that  we  have  reached  the  point  where 
there  is  not  so  pressing  a  need  to  extend  and  sensitize  the 
accounting  system  as  a  whole  as  there  is  need  to  proceed 
further  with  the  scanning,  sifting  and  interpreting  of 
results  now  shown  by  the  accounts  and  operating  records, 
and  the  presentation  of  the  significant  facts,  trends, 
ratios  and  units  through  appropriate  graphical  and  other 
statistical  forms.  Even  as  close  cooperation  has  been 
established  between  the  Accounting  Department  and 
other  Departments  in  the  working  up  of  accounting  data, 
in  like  measure  close  cooperation  can  profitably  be  estab- 
lished between  the  Departments  in  the  work  of  statistical 
analysis.  It  is  a  matter  of  general  concern  that  all 
accounts  are  under  proper  check  so  that  figures  finally 
lodged  in  the  balance  sheet  are  absolutely  correct  accord- 
ing to  the  accounting  instructions;  should  not  equal 
care  be  taken  that  all  accounts  and  operating  records 
are  subjected  to  suitable  and  adequate  statistical  analysis 
not  merely  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  figures,  but  as  to 
the  significance  and  interpretation  of  the  figures?  While 
the  accounts  show  very  definitely  what  has  happened, 
statistical  work  is  designed  to  show,  from  an  analysis  of 
operating  as  well  as  accounting  data,  exactly  where  it  has 
happened,  why  it  has  happened,  and  who  or  what  is 
responsible. 

The  Influence  of  External  Forces 

As  already  indicated,  the  field  of  business  statistics 
is  by  no  means  limited  to  the  analysis  of  internal  financial 
and  operating  records.  One  of  the  fundamental  char- 
acteristics of  present-day  industrial  organization  is  the 

[43] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


instabilit}r  of  business  activity.  This  instability  is  mani- 
fested in  individual  businesses  and  in  business  as  a 
whole.  Business  may  be  improving  or  it  may  be  growing 
worse,  but  it  is  never  static.  Because  they  directly  or 
indirectly  affect  profits,  these  fluctuations  in  business 
activity  are  of  paramount  interest  to  the  business  man; 
and  their  accurate  measurement  and  analysis  through  the 
application  of  scientific  statistical  methods  is  consequently 
a  matter  of  prime  importance.  This  applies  to  the  tele- 
phone as  well  as  to  other  businesses,  even  though  the 
telephone  business  is  one  of  relative  stability  as  compared 
with  business  in  general. 

Perhaps  the  most  common  form  of  analysis  of  business 
data  is  the  comparison  of  crude  data  for  a  current  month 
with  corresponding  figures  either  for  the  preceding  month 
or  for  the  same  month  of  the  preceding  year,  or  for  both. 
However,  direct  comparisons  of  business  data  either  as 
between  different  months  or  periods  of  the  same  year, 
or  as  between  the  same  month  or  periods  of  different 
years,  are  in  most  cases  liable  to  give  rise  to  more  or  less 
misleading  conclusions,  because  of  the  presence  in  the 
crude  data  of  the  effect  of  two  influences:  namely, 
seasonal  variation  (which  affects  the  accuracy  of  the  com- 
parison in  the  first  case)  and  normal  growth  or  long  time 
trend  (which  affects  the  accuracy  of  the  comparison  in 
the  second  case). 

As  an  illustration  of  this  point,  take  an  example 
applicable  to  the  telephone  business.  Suppose,  for 
instance,  that  the  number  of  originating  local  calls  in  a 
certain  exchange  area  during  the  month  of  August  is 
reported  as  3%  less  than  the  number  in  the  preceding 
month  of  July,  but  5%  greater  than  the  number  in  the 
month  of  August  of  the  preceding  year.  This  compari- 
son of  August  with  the  preceding  July  does  not  neces- 
sarily indicate  unfavorable  traffic  conditions  or  results  in 
August;  indeed,  since  local  traffic  in  that  month  is  usually 
less  than  that  in  July  as  a  result  of  the  effect  of  normal 
seasonal  influences,  the  fact  that  the  decrease  in  August  as 
compared  with  July  is  only  3%  may  even  indicate  an 

[44] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


improvement  in  conditions.  In  the  comparison  of  August 
with  the  same  month  of  the  preceding  year,  the  element  of 
seasonal  variation  is  largely  eliminated  but  no  allow- 
ance is  made  for  the  element  of  normal  growth.  Thus, 
the  fact  that  local  traffic  is  5%  greater  than  in  the  same 
month  of  the  preceding  year  does  not  necessarily  indicate 
that  the  volume  of  traffic  is  as  great  as  it  ought  to  be. 
If  the  normal  annual  growth  in  local  traffic  in  the  exchange 
area  in  question  happened  to  be  in  excess  of  5%,  the  traffic 
results  in  the  current  August  would  be  unfavorable 
rather  than  favorable. 

The  Statistical  Measurement  of  External 

Forces 

Therefore,  in  dealing  with  business  data  in  which  the 
influences  of  long  time  trend  and  seasonal  variation  are 
present,  accurate  conclusions  can  generally  be  reached 
only  if  the  effects  of  these  influences  are  eliminated.  In 
a  forthcoming  Statistical  Bulletin  issued  by  the  Statistical 
Division  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Com- 
pany a  statistical  method  is  described  whereby  the  effect 
of  these  influences  can  be  removed,  the  method  being  one 
which  has  been  carefully  tested  both  in  the  analysis  of 
general  business  data  and  in  the  analysis  of  statistics  of 
the  telephone  business.  For  purposes  of  explanation, 
figures  on  the  monthly  production  of  pig  iron  over  the 
past  19  years  are  used  in  the  Bulletin,  because  reliable 
homogeneous  figures  on  pig  iron  production  are  available 
for  a  period  of  satisfactory  length  and  because  these 
figures  are  relatively  free  from  complications  which  are 
irrelevant  to  a  discussion  of  the  general  statistical  method 
involved.  The  analysis  of  homogeneous  series  of  figures 
within  the  telephone  business,  however,  can  proceed 
along  identical  lines.  The  accompanying  chart  shows 
the  result  of  the  application  of  the  method  to  local  traffic 
in  a  certain  telephone  exchange  area. 

After  the  effects  of  seasonal  variation  and  long-time 
trend  have  been  eliminated  from  any  series  of  business 

[45] 


Standard  deviation 


Units  or   10.000  calls 


ft.! 

S  Apr 

SJul 

• 

M 

-      e 

M          W 

i  ^t 

2^ 

?  ' 

Jan 
Klpr 

Oct 
Jan 
wApr 
SJul 
BOet 
Jan 
m  Apr 

8  Jul 

"Octr 

1 

^^ 

T 

Vv 

) 

«_1         1 

S_     ! 

Jan 

*Aprr 

SJul 
Oct 

Jan 
MApr 
8  Jul- 

00  Oct 

Jan 

^  Apr 

gjul 

*  Oct 

Jan 

k.  Apr 

£  Jul 

5  Oct 

Jan 

S  Apr 

S  Jul 

Oct 

Jas 

m  Apr 

2  Jul 

B0ct 

Jan 

•-•  Apr 

gjul 

Oct 

Jan 

H  ipr 

8  Jul 

^Sy 

J 

^^ 

x^y^ 

I     i 

1 

\ 

L^ 

"SI 

1    /[ 

v^  1 

\        1       y 

J     1 

-    O  - 

pi. 

c+ 
M- 
3 

_  w   . 

:r: 

Jan 

5Apr 

S  Jul 

Oot 

Jas 

g  Apr 

g  Jul 

Oct 

Jas 

g  Apr 

5  Jul 

Oct 

Jas 

V 

> 

\j 

J 

//     ' 

■  Oct 

Jan 

i-  Apr 

"  Jul 

s 

,  '"  », 

If 

a 
} 

•Oei 

Jas 
SApr 

§M 
Oct 
Jas 
►-Apr 
R  Jul 
N  Oct 

Sj 

. 

^ 

\* 

(T 

\ 

\ 

) 

i 

r 

^5 


o 

* 

3               W 

i 

■M 

->          y            o 

Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jas 
Apr 
JO. 

.c 

> 

*c 

\ 

p 

•\ 

J 

«i> 

•^ 

y 

j 

J    j 

J 

^^ ! 

/ 

^f 

M 

%. 

O 

Ti 

i  t 

i    y 

H 

^.^ 

O 

\ 

!      ?    1 

L/^    1 

4 

^^^^ 

o 

^^ 

I  i 

yi 

lo 

H 

Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
jas 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 
Jas 
Apr 
Jul 

? 

1 

jX     e 

'. 

- 

t\ 

JJ 

1 

r* 

\J  . 

3 

| 

*£> 

P 

O 

tv 

^L 

►- 

s 

»a 

Z 

Jas 

Jul 
Oct 
Jen 
Apr 
Jul 
Oct 

o 

| 

o> 

k. 

7 

r 

g 

. 

g 

i 

<** 

Apr 

J 

_L— * 

g 

Oct 
Jan 
Apr 

^O 

«- 

•  v^ 

^ 

•A 

Oct 
Jan 
Apr 

Jul 
Oct 
Jan 
Apr 
Jul 

» 

«o 

a 

^1^ 

j  N 

^^J 

<£> 

IS 

-8 

c   Z 

»  » 
r  -t 

Tg 

o 

c   O 

9    > 

m  i- 
«  r- 
— »cn 


ii      <•      ••      O      n 


Stanoaao  oev  iat  ion 


Units  or   10,000  calls 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


data,  the  corrected  figures  will  usually  be  characterized 
by  a  broad  wave-like  movement  similar  in  general  form, 
though  of  different  amplitude,  to  the  cyclical  swings  of 
business  activity  through  its  alternate  periods  of  pros- 
perity and  depression.  In  the  case  of  telephone  data, 
the  comparison  of  figures  analyzed  by  this  method  (where 
applicable)  with  external  indices  of  general  business, 
similarly  analyzed,  will  permit  proper  conclusions  to  be 
drawn  as  to  whether  the  current  movements  reflected  by 
the  telephone  figures  are  reasonable  and  satisfactory 
in  the  light  of  general  business  conditions,  or  whether  they 
indicate  the  existence  of  some  abnormal  condition  which 
warrants  examination  from  an  administrative  standpoint. 
The  establishment  of  a  consistent  relationship,  or  correla- 
tion, between  two  or  more  analyzed  series  of  telephone 
figures  will  also  prove  serviceable  for  administrative  pur- 
poses, since  the  development  of  inconsistencies  in  these 
relationships  will  also  generally  indicate  the  presence  of 
some  condition  warranting  administrative  investigation. 

Statistical  Aid  in  Forecasts 

Not  only  is  accurate  analysis  of  past  and  present 
performance  serviceable  for  administrative  purposes  and 
necessary  for  proper  conclusions  as  to  the  real  trend  of 
current  movements,  but  the  measurement  of  the  elements 
of  long-time  growth  and  seasonal  variation  by  the  sta- 
tistical method  described  in  the  above-mentioned  Statis- 
tical Bulletin  affords,  it  is  believed,  an  improved  basis  for 
forecasts,  especially  forecasts  in  which  it  is  necessary  to 
allow  for  the  effect  of  general  business  conditions.  The 
normal  trend  of  long-time  growth  may  be  projected  into 
the  future  and,  where  forecasts  by  months  are  desired, 
the  projected  annual  trend  may  be  translated  into  monthly 
figures  in  accordance  with  the  normal  seasonal  variation. 
Such  a  projection,  if  limited  to  a  period  not  more  than 
five  years  in  advance,  should  prove  in  the  case  of  most 
series  of  telephone  statistics  to  provide  a  substantially 
accurate  forecast  of  future  trends  in  so  far  as  these 

[47] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


elements  are  concerned.  If,  furthermore,  a  fairly  con- 
sistent relationship  can  be  shown  to  have  existed  in  the 
past  between  a  given  telephone  series  and  some  index  of 
outside  business  conditions,  a  still  more  accurate  forecast 
can  be  provided  by  modifying  the  figures  indicated  by 
the  projected  normal  to  allow  for  the  influence  of  the 
probable  future  course  of  business  conditions. 

Conclusion 

The  particular  phases  of  statistical  and  accounting 
work  discussed  above  do  not,  of  course,  cover  the  whole 
field  for  such  work  in  the  Bell  System.  They  are  cited 
merely  to  indicate  in  a  general  way  the  undeveloped 
opportunities  which  still  exist  for  further  application  of 
statistical  methods  of  analysis,  and  to  call  attention  to 
the  need  for  the  progressive  development  of  these  oppor- 
tunities. Much  splendid  statistical  work  is  already  es- 
tablished in  all  parts  of  the  System,  but  before  the 
field  can  be  thoroughly  covered  a  considerable  amount  of 
experimental  work  is  still  to  be  done. 

S.  L.  Andrew. 


L48j 


Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on 
Relations  of  Supply  and  Signal   Circuits 

YOU  have  all  heard  of  E.  K.  Hall's  "Four  C's 
Program" — Contact,  Conference,  Confidence, 
Cooperation.  Once  again,  this  time  in  the  matter 
of  our  relations  with  power  and  lighting  companies,  the 
advantage  of  this  method  of  handling  questions,  in  which 
both  sides  have  a  constructive  interest,  is  demonstrated. 
For  many  years  the  problems  arising  from  the  prox- 
imity of  supply  (electric  light  and  power)  circuits  and 
signaling  circuits  have  required  the  attention  of  the 
engineers  of  both  classes  of  public  service  companies 
and,  in  many  cases,  questions  have  arisen  requiring 
also  the  attention  of  the  executives.  These  questions 
have  to  do  with  relations  between  the  two  classes  of 
circuits — at  crossings,  at  conflicts  (that  is,  close  paral- 
lelism where  there  is  a  chance  of  physical  contact 
between  the  wires),  on  jointly  used  poles,  and  in  con- 
nection with  inductive  interference.  Questions  arising 
from  the  foregoing  relations,  and  particularly  from  the 
last  one,  inductive  interference,  have  been  troublesome 
and  from  time  to  time  have  created  controversies.  Oc- 
casionally these  have  resulted  in  commission  or  court 
proceedings.  Considering  the  magnitude  of  both  systems 
and  the  opportunities  for  differences,  these  have  been 
few  in  number,  but  their  possibility  was  always  present 
and  somewhat  more  than  a  year  ago  the  settlement  of 
some  of  these  questions  took  on  a  more  threatening 
aspect.  It  appeared  that  the  time  had  come  when  the 
industries  concerned  must  either  get  together  and  settle 
the  questions  concerned  by  cooperative  effort  or  there 
would  be  much  controversy,  litigation  and  bad  feeling 
resulting  in  necessarily  unfavorable  reactions  on  the 
public  relations  and  service  of  both  parties. 

Accordingly,  an  arrangement  was  perfected  between 
the  Bell  System  and  the  National  Electric  Light  Asso- 
ciation, the  great  organization  of  the  lighting  and  power 
companies  of  the  United  States,  by  which  a  Joint  Com- 

[49] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


mittee  was  appointed,  this  Committee  consisting  of  men 
of  recognized  standing  in  both  industries,  so  that  any 
conclusion  reached  by  them  would  be  generally  recog- 
nized as  having  the  very  highest  standing.  This  Com- 
mittee held  its  first  meeting  on  March  26,  1921,  at  which 
meeting  there  was  a  general  discussion  of  the  questions 
involved  and  a  unanimous  decision  that  it  would  be  to 
the  interest  of  both  industries  to  work  out  the  questions 
under  consideration  in  a  friendly  and  cooperative  spirit. 
A  Sub-Committee  of  the  Joint  Committee  consisting  of 
R.  F.  Pack  and  Bancroft  Gherardi  was  appointed,  and 
proceeded  in  accordance  with  its  instructions,  to  form  a 
committee  of  engineers  to  assist  it  in  analyzing  the  situ- 
ation and  to  prepare  a  report  setting  forth  certain  prin- 
ciples of  procedure  for  the  treatment  of  situations  of 
proximity  and  to  recommend  such  further  work  as  might 
be  necessary.  The  Committee  of  Engineers  appointed 
consisted  of  W.  J.  Canada,  A.  E.  Silver  and  F.  H. 
Lane  for  the  National  Electric  Light  Association,  and 
H.  P.  Charlesworth,  S.  P.  Grace,  H.  S.  Osborne  and 
H.  S.  Warren  for  the  Bell  System. 

A  second  meeting  of  the  Joint  Committee  was  held 
on  March  7,  1922,  at  which  the  report  referred  to  above 
was  received  and  adopted.  The  Joint  Committee  also 
prepared  the  following  letter  transmitting  the  report. 

New  York,  March  7,  1922. 

Member  Companies  of  the  N.  E.  L.  A. 
Associated  Companies  of  the  Bell  System. 

We  are  sending  you  herewith  a  copy  of  the  report  of  the  Sub- 
Committee  of  this  Committee,  which  report  is  recommended  as  a 
basis  for  the  handling  of  relations  between  the  electric  light  and 
power  circuits  of  the  N.  E.  L.  A.  Member  Companies  and  the  com- 
munication circuits  of  the  Associated  Companies  of  the  Bell  System. 

As  to  the  relations  between  the  two  classes  of  circuits  at  cross- 
ings, conflicts,  and  jointly  used  poles,  the  Committee  recommends 
a  definite  guide  to  practice,  subject  to  satisfactory  agreement  as  to 
jointly  used  poles  between  the  parties  concerned  as  to  terms  and 
conditions. 

As  to  parallel  construction,  general  principles  are  recommended 
which  show  the  way  to  a  satisfactory  solution  of  specific  cases. 

[50] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Your  Committee  has  instructed  a  Sub-Committee  consisting  of 
M.  R.  Bump,  R.  F.  Pack  and  Bancroft  Gherardi  to  proceed  with 
the  further  work  as  recommended  under  Section  II  (Standards  of 
Construction  and  Operation),  and  to  report  before  May  15. 

Your  Committee,  as  soon  as  standards  of  construction  and 
operation  are  adopted,  will  consider  whether  principles  can  be  es- 
tablished to  aid  in  the  fair  allocation  of  the  costs  of  coordinative 
measures.  In  the  meantime,  your  Committee  believes  that  with 
the  cooperative  spirit  which  now  is  evident,  a  mutually  equitable 
adjustment  can  and  should  be  made  in  each  specific  case.  It  is 
understood  that  any  adjustments  made  will  not  be  considered  as 
precedents  by  either  party  to  the  prejudice  of  future  understandings. 

Your  Committee  wishes  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  the  most 
important  factor  in  this  whole  situation,  and  the  one  which  will 
contribute  in  the  greatest  degree  to  the  solution  of  all  these  ques- 
tions, is  close  cooperative  working  between  the  two  classes  of  com- 
panies, and  the  taking  up  and  working  out  of  problems  in  advance 
of  the  doing  of  actual  construction.  It  is  of  primary  importance 
that  power  and  communication  companies  cooperate  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  such  plans  with  a  view  to  coordinating  their  construction, 
both  with  respect  to  the  immediate  construction  proposed  and 
general  arrangements  for  future  development,  as  obviously  the 
necessary  adjustments  can  best  be  made  while  the  work  is  in  a 
paper  stage.  With  the  way  clear  as  to  how  the  solution  of  these 
problems  may  be  obtained  through  cooperative  work,  it  would  not 
seem  necessary,  and  certainly  it  is  inadvisable,  to  undertake  to 
settle  such  questions  by  resorting  to  controversial  proceedings  which 
necessarily  produce  feelings  of  animosity  which  are  not  limited  in 
their  influence  to  the  particular  situation  in  question. 

In  conclusion,  your  Committee  desires  to  express  its  apprecia- 
tion of  the  general  cooperative  spirit  in  which  such  questions  have 
been  handled  throughout  the  country  during  the  year  in  which 
your  Committee  has  been  at  work  in  endeavoring  to  find  a  solution 
of  the  problems  satisfactory  and  fair  to  both  parties. 

[Signed] 

0.  D.  Young,  Chairman,  General  Electric  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

R.  H.  Ballard,  Southern  California  Edison  Company,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

M.  R.  Bump,  H.  L.  Doherty  &  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

H.  M.  Byllesby,  Represented  by  R.  F.  Pack,  H.  M.  Byllesby  &  Com- 
pany, Chicago,  111. 

J.  J.  Carty,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  New  York, 

N.  Y. 

Bancroft  Gherardi,   American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company, 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

E.  K.  Hall,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  New  York, 

N.  Y. 


[51] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


L.  H.  Kinnard,  The  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Pennsylvania,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

Martin  J.  Insull,  Middle  West  Utilities  Company,  Chicago,  111. 

Robert  Lindsay,  Cleveland  Electric  Illuminating  Company,  Cleveland,  O. 

Ben  S.  Read,  The  Mountain  States  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company, 
Denver,  Col. 

Paul  Spencer,  United  Gas  Improvement  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Guy  E.  Tripp,  Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manufacturing  Company,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

M.  H.  Aylesworth,  Secretary,  National  Electric  Light  Association  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

The  Sub-Committee  Report,  with  the  letter  given 
above,  has  been  printed  in  full  and  widely  distributed. 
The  recommended  plan  for  the  solution  of  inductive 
interference  situations  and  the  conclusions  of  this  report 
are  quoted  below. 

Recommended  Plan  for  the  Solution  of  Inductive 
t  Interference  Situations 

I.  General  principles. 

A.  Cooperative  planning  for  all  new  construction. 

B.  The  location,  construction  and  operation  of  all  supply 
and  signal  circuits  in  conformity  with  generally  co- 
ordinated methods,  including  precautionary  measures 
which  can  reasonably  be  applied  under  generally  pre- 
vailing conditions  as  distinguished  from  special  situations. 

C.  Where  specific  coordinative  measures  are  necessary, 
those  providing  the  best  engineering  solution  should  be 
applied.     This  involves — 

1.  Meeting  service  requirements  of  both  systems. 

2.  The  coordinative  measures  applied  shall  be  selected 
without  regard  to  whether  they  apply  to  one  system, 
or  the  other  system  or  both. 

3.  The  solution  to  be  based  as  far  as  practicable  on  the 
state  of  the  art  at  that  time. 

4.  Measures  of  coordination  wholly  bjr  separation  should 
be  considered  with  other  measures  of  coordination 
where  the  former  will  not  sacrifice  economy  and 
practicability  and  the  convenience  of  rendering  present 
and  future  service. 

[52] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


D.  Neither  party  should  assume  to  be  the  judge  of  the 
service  requirements  of  the  other  system,  or  of  what 
constitutes  good  practice  in  that  system. 

E.  Existing  cases  to  be  cleared  up  in  an  orderly  and  syste- 
matic way  as  occasion  requires  in  accordance  with  the 
above  principles. 

II.  Standards  of  Construction  and  Operation  in  accord  with 
the  foregoing  principles. 

A.  Adoption  of  more  detailed  principles  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble for  temporary  use. 

B.  Preparation  by  further  cooperative  work  based  on  the 
existing  state  of  the  art  of  definite  standards  covering 
all  classes  of  inductive  exposures. 

III.  Development  Work. 

As  soon  as  it  can  be  done  without  interfering  with  the  work 
recommended  under  II  above,  a  cooperative  study  of  the 
art  shall  be  made  in  order  to  determine  what  practicable 
measures,  if  any,  may  be  developed  and  adopted  to  lessen 
the  contributing  characteristics  of  both  systems. 


CONCLUSIONS 

Your  Sub-Committee  believes  that  great  progress  has  been  made 
toward  the  solution  of  the  problems  arising  out  of  the  proximity 
of  supply  and  signal  circuits  and  to  further  promote  the  satisfactory 
working  out  of  these  situations  recommends  as  follows: 

1.  That  the  Joint  Committee,  if  they  approve,  adopt  the  prin- 
ciples and  standards  herein  set  forth  and  recommend  them 
for  general  use  by  the  respective  utilities. 

2.  That  special  emphasis  be  given  to  the  importance  of  working 
out  problems  of  interference  before  definite  plans  are  made 
for  construction  both  with  regard  to  immediate  extensions 
and  to  general  plans  for  future  development. 

3.  That  when  differences  do  arise,  every  effort  be  made  to  arrive 
at  a  settlement  through  negotiations  rather  than  resorting 
to  court  or  commission  proceedings. 

4.  That  arrangements  be  made  for  proceeding  with  further 
cooperative  studies  along  the  lines  indicated  herein. 

[53] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


We  wish  to  express  our  appreciation  of  the  broad  spirit  of  co- 
operation with  which  the  engineers  assisting  us  have  approached 
this  matter. 

When  the  Joint  Committee  adjourned  their  meeting 
of  March  7th,  it  was  the  unanimous  feeling  of  all  that 
"  What's  well  begun  is  half  done." 

Bancroft  Gherardi. 


L54 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


Ship  to  Shore  Radio  Telephone  Test,  March  5 

THE  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
conducted  its  first  ship-to-shore  radio-telephone 
test  for  the  press  in  conjunction  with  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  on  the  evening  of  Sunday,  March 
5th.  The  purpose  was  to  show  the  progress  that  has  been 
made  by  the  Bell  System  engineers  toward  working  out 
the  maximum  value  of  the  radio  as  a  supplement  to  te- 
lephony. The  test  was  carried  on  between  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company's  radio  station  at 
Deal  Beach,  New  Jersey,  and  the  United  States  Line 
Steamship  America,  homeward  bound  from  Europe  and 
at  the  time  about  370  miles  from  Ambrose  Light. 

Representatives  of  all  the  New  York  newspapers 
and  press  associations  were  invited  by  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  to  meet  a  group  of  the 
Company's  engineers  on  the  top  floor  of  its  Long  Lines 
building  at  24  Walker  Street,  New  York.  There  direct 
connection  was  made  with  Deal  Beach,  and  sitting  around 
two  long  tables  each  guest  was  supplied  with  a  telephone 
receiver  and  listened  in  on  the  conversations  with  the 
ship  in  the  distant  Atlantic,  and  later  themselves  talked 
with  some  of  their  friends  on  board. 

The  progress  that  has  been  made  in  the  work  was 
clearly  revealed  to  the  listeners  when  the  difficulties  that 
attended  the  development  of  radio  service  was  exposed 
to  them.  Everyone  is  now  familiar  with  the  fact  revealed 
by  aviation  that  there  are  pockets  in  the  air.  That 
similarly  there  are  pockets  in  the  ether  was  made  clear 
by  the  "  faint  spells'"  which  for  some  time  delayed  the 
beginning  of  successful  conversation  and  the  sudden 
unaccountable  interferences  that  at  times  broke  into  the 
communications.  On  the  other  hand  the  demonstration 
amply  proved  that  the  conditions  of  the  ether  have  been 
sufficiently  mastered  to  enable  the  American  Telephone 

[55] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


and  Telegraph  Company  to  undertake  a  guaranteed  ser- 
vice on  business  terms. 

The  test  showed  notably  that  two-way  radio  com- 
munication could  be  established  over  the  same  wave 
circuit,  and  that  it  is  quite  feasible  to  connect  the  radio 
with  the  regular  nation-wide  wire  system.  Thus  anyone 
on  the  lines  of  the  Bell  System,  anywhere  in  the  country, 
using  the  ordinary  telephone  instrument,  can  talk  at  ease 
with  friends  in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic. 

These  important  features  of  the  test  were  appropri- 
ately signalized  by  connecting  Captain  William  Rind  of 
the  America  with  Mr.  H.  B.  Thayer,  President  of  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  in  his 
country  home  near  New  Canaan,  Connecticut.  Although 
Captain  Rind  was  370  miles  at  sea  and  Mr.  Thayer  was 
talking  on  an  ordinary  line  connecting  with  a  small  ex- 
change, they  could  hear  each  other  as  easily  as  if  they  were 
in  adjacent  houses.  After  the  greetings  natural  to  the 
occasion,  Mr.  Thayer  inquired  what  weather  Captain 
Rind  was  having.  He  replied  that  the  America  had  had 
a  stormy  voyage,  that  now  after  some  hours  of  good 
weather  the  sea  was  beginning  to  pick  up  a  bit  again 
under  a  head  breeze,  and  that  he  expected  to  reach 
Ambrose  at  about  four  o'clock  Monday  afternoon  and 
dock  by  seven.  Mr.  Thayer  then  extended  hearty  con- 
gratulations and  bid  Captain  Rind  and  his  ship  "Good 
night!" 

The  America  has  been  specially  equipped  by  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America  in  cooperation  with  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  for  these 
experiments.  The  experiments  are  continuing.  In  these 
tests  two-way  radio  telephony  has  in  fact  been  accom- 
plished over  a  distance  of  1,600  miles.  To  supply  a 
connection  that  far,  however,  cannot  be  guaranteed. 
The  future  depends  chiefly  upon  equipping  enough  ships 
with  the  composite  sets,  permitting  simultaneous  opera- 
tion of  the  radio  telephone  and  the  radio  telegraph,  so 
that  radio  telephoning  will  not  have  to  be  discontinued 
while  radio  telegrams  are  being  received  and  sent.    But 

[56] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


on  the  evening  of  March  5th  it  was  made  evident  that 
long  distance  telephony  is  practicable  at  sea  as  well 
as  on  land.  

General  Carty's  Address  at  the  Civic  Forum, 
Philadelphia,  March   8,   1922 

AT  a  meeting  of  the  Philadelphia  Forum,  held  in 
/-\  the  Academy  of  Music  on  the  evening  of  Wed- 
*■  -*  nesday,  March  8th,  John  J.  Carty,  Vice  President 
of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company, 
delivered  an  address  on  World  Electrical  Communication. 
General  Carty  recounted  many  of  the  major  technical 
developments  in  telephony  since  the  founding  of  the  art. 
The  telephone  amplifier  or  loud  speaker  was  used,  so 
that  although  General  Carty  spoke  in  an  ordinary  tone 
of  voice,  every  word  that  he  said  could  be  heard  by  every 
one  of  the  more  than  2,800  persons  present  with  a  clear- 
ness and  ease  that  was  surprising  to  them  and  evoked 
their  spontaneous  enthusiasm. 

General  Carty  in  his  introductory  remarks  referred 
to  the  fact  that  the  telephone  was  born  in  1876,  just  100 
years  after  the  founding  of  the  Republic  in  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence.  Another  striking  parallel  to  which 
he  called  attention  was  that  as  Franklin,  America's  fore- 
most electrical  pioneer,  was  born  in  Boston  but  early 
moved  to  Philadelphia  to  begin  his  great  career,  so,  too, 
the  Telephone  was  born  in  Boston  and  came  to  Phila- 
delphia at  the  Centennial  Exposition  of  1876  to  receive 
its  first  notable  recognition. 

After  the  more  formal  part  of  his  address  General 
Carty  had  a  motion  picture  shown  depicting  the  assem- 
bling of  a  telephone  instrument.  The  audience  found  it 
both  very  instructive  and  most  amusing.  General  Carty 
then  had  the  Academy  of  Music  connected  with  the  trans- 
continental circuit  to  San  Francisco,  and  the  audience 
by  means  of  the  amplifying  of  the  loud  speaker  was  im- 
pressed and  entertained  by  conversation  with  the  test- 
board    men   in    San    Francisco,    by   phonograph    music 

[57] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


played  in  San  Francisco,  and  by  a  violin  solo  by  Miss 
Betty  Bates,  the  twelve  year  old  daughter  of  Harry 
Bates,  the  commercial  representative  of  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  in  California.  This 
demonstration  was  notable  in  that  it  was  the  first  in 
which  two-way  transmission  had  been  secured  across 
the  continent  over  a  two-wire  circuit.  Indeed,  as  Miss 
Bates  was  furnished  with  a  telephone  receiver,  she  was 
able  herself  to  hear  the  applause  in  Philadelphia  that 
greeted  her  playing. 

A  circuit  was  then  set  up  to  the  offices  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Public  Ledger,  and  the  editor,  John  J.  Spurgeon, 
without  leaving  his  desk  addressed  the  audience  and  read 
them  news  dispatches  from  Washington,  Chicago,  Tokio, 
London,  and  Guatemala,  which  would  not  be  available 
to  the  public  in  the  newspapers  until  the  following 
morning. 

The  demonstrations  were  closed  by  radio  broad- 
casting from  the  Bell  System  transmitting  station  at  Deal 
Beach,  New  Jersey.  In  order  to  avoid  the  great  amount 
of  interference  from  electric  sign  and  other  power  cir- 
cuits which  would  be  incurred  if  the  radio  receiver  were 
installed  in  the  city  itself,  it  was  set  up  at  Narbeth, 
six  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  and  the  messages  carried 
on  into  the  Academy  of  Music  by  wire.  This  had  the 
advantage  of  showing  that  the  coordination  of  the  radio 
and  the  wire  systems  is  entirely  practicable.  Once 
more  the  loud  speaker  made  every  sound  easily  audible 
to  every  person  in  the  audience.  In  this  way  they 
listened  to  weather  reports,  bugle  calls,  music,  con- 
versation and  even  radio  messages  from  ships  at  sea. 
During  these  demonstrations  neighboring  transmitting 
stations  very  kindly  refrained  from  sending,  in  order 
to  leave  the  ether  clear  for  the  Philadelphia  Forum. 

The  audience  was  intensely  interested  and  showed 
their  hearty  appreciation  by  frequent  applause.  The 
various  demonstrations  of  the  evening  had  convincingly 
proven  to  them  what  General  Carty  had  told  them  in 
his  address  that  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 

[58] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


and  its  Associated  Companies  are  introducing  to  the 
world  "an  electrical  system  of  communication  which 
reaches  out  to  the  uttermost  limits  of  the  earth  and  carries 
with  it  the  sublime  hope  that  some  day  it  will  be  utilized 
in  bringing  together  the  people  of  all  nations  into  one 
common  brotherhood." 


Mr.   Gifford's  Address  at  Boston, 
March  9,  1922 

THE  Boston  Directors  of  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company  gave  a  dinner  at  the 
Copley  Plaza  Hotel  in  that  city  on  the  evening 
of  Thursday,  March  9th,  to  Mr.  H.  B.  Thayer,  the 
President,  and  Mr.  W.  S.  Gifford,  one  of  the  Vice  Presi- 
dents of  that  Company.  About  eighty  of  the  more 
important  Boston  bankers  and  brokers  were  invited  to 
meet  and  talk  with  Mr.  Thayer. 

At  a  meeting  in  the  evening  to  which  some  600  other 
prominent  people  were  invited,  Mr.  Gifford  made  an 
address  on  the  financial  aspects  of  the  telephone  business. 
He  pointed  out  that  the  remarkable  nation-wide  service 
of  the  Bell  System  required  for  its  maintenance  an  organ- 
ization employing  250,000  persons  and  an  equipment 
valued  at  over  $1,500,000,000.  He  showed  that  while 
the  population  and  the  business  of  the  United  States  have 
grown  about  50%  since  1900,  the  telephone  service,  in- 
dicated by  the  number  of  telephones  in  use,  had  increased 
900%,  to  14,000,000  in  the  same  time.  The  audience 
learned  that  at  the  present  time  47%  of  the  195,000 
stockholders  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company,  holding  53%  of  the  $555,000,000  of  stock,  are 
in  New  England. 

Leading  up  to  demonstrations  of  recent  achievements, 
Mr.  Gifford  stated  that  the  research  and  development 
work  done  by  the  scientists  and  engineers  of  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  resulted  in  the 
saving  of  millions  of  dollars  to  the  Associated  Companies 
and  consequently  to  their  subscribers  all  over  the  country. 

L59| 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Mr.  F.  A.  Stevenson,  Director  of  the  Long  Lines 
Department  of  the  Bell  System,  then  conducted  a  demon- 
stration of  radio  telephony  transmitting  speaking  and 
music  from  the  Company's  radio  station  at  Green  Harbor, 
Massachusetts,  40  miles  away.  A  telephone  amplifier, 
specially  installed  for  the  occasion,  enabled  every  one 
present,  sitting  in  their  chairs  and  without  any  individual 
telephone  receiver,  to  hear  with  perfect  ease  and  dis- 
tinctness. Neighboring  transmitting  stations  cooper- 
ated by  giving  the  Green  Harbor-Copley  Plaza  demon- 
stration right  of  way  through  the  ether. 

This  was  followed  by  a  demonstration  of  the  telephone 
service  of  the  Long  Lines  Department  over  its  two  longest 
circuits  by  a  roll-call  from  Boston  to  Havana,  Cuba,  a 
distance  of  1,827  miles,  including  100  miles  of  submarine 
telephone  cable  between  Key  West  and  Havana,  and  then 
a  roll-call  from  Boston  to  San  Francisco,  a  distance  of 
3,593  miles.  In  both  cases  the  telephone  amplifier  en- 
abled the  audience  to  hear  the  conversation  and  music 
in  Havana  and  in  San  Francisco  as  clearly  as  they  could 
Mr.  Thayer,  Mr.  Gifford,  and  Mr.  Stevenson  talking  in 
their  presence. 

In  closing  Mr.  Gifford  confirmed  Secretary  Hoover's 
statement  that  the  use  of  the  radio  telephone  for  private 
communication  between  single  individuals  was  quite  hope- 
less and  in  view  of  the  achievements  of  long  distance 
telephony  entirely  unnecessary.  He  defined  the  real 
value  of  wireless  to  be  for  purposes  of  broadcast  publi- 
cation and  for  supplementing  the  wire  system  in  cases 
when  connection  by  wire  is  impracticable  as  between 
ships  at  sea  or  between  ship  and  shore. 


The  Patent  Suit  of  General  Squier 

THE  system  of  multiplex  telephony  and  telegraphy 
now  in  use  by  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company,  by  which  it  is  possible  to 
transmit  several  telephone  conversations  and  a  large 
number  of  telegraph  messages  over  one  line,  simultane- 

[60] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


ously,  has  been  made  possible  only  by  the  ingenuity  and 
persistence  of  the  engineers  of  the  Bell  System  in  over- 
coming the  many  obstacles  to  the  use  of  such  a  system 
on  commercial  circuits,  and  by  the  advent  and  perfection 
of  such  inventions  as  the  wave  filter  and  the  distortion- 
less amplifier  which  are  covered  by  patents  owned  by  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company. 

The  basic  requirements  for  such  a  system  have  long 
been  known.  There  are  a  large  number  of  patents,  both 
United  States  and  foreign,  bearing  dates  from  1892  on, 
which  disclose  the  fundamentals  of  such  a  system.  Among 
these  are  the  United  States  patents  issued  in  January, 
1911,  in  the  name  of  George  Owen  Squier,  now  Major 
General  of  the  Signal  Corps,  which  he  asserts  are  in- 
fringed by  the  system  now  in  use. 

These  patents  were  taken  out  under  the  provisions  of 
an  early  law  which  remits  the  government  patent  fees,  pro- 
vided the  patentee  stipulates  that  the  invention  may  be 
♦used  by  government  officials  in  government  work,  "or 
by  any  other  person  in  the  United  States."  Until  recently 
this  has  been  construed  by  every  one,  including  the 
telephone  company,  General  Squier  himself  and  the 
United  States  Patent  Office,  to  mean  that  the  inventions 
of  such  patents  were  free  to  any  member  of  the  public. 
Subsequent  to  the  commercial  installation  of  carrier 
current  systems  by  the  telephone  company,  General 
Squier  has  contended  for  a  different  interpretation  of 
that  law.  It  is  the  view  of  the  telephone  company 
that  General  Squier's  present  interpretation  of  the  law  is 
erroneous  and  further  that  his  acquiescence  in  the  former 
interpretation  during  the  development  and  installation 
of  these  commercial  systems  estops  him  from  now  adopt- 
ing an  inconsistent  attitude. 

The  Squier  patents,  moreover,  are  believed  by  the 
telephone  company  to  disclose  no  advance  over  the 
systems  shown  in  prior  patents,  and  it  is  further  con- 
vinced that  the  telephone  company's  system  does  not 
infringe  those  patents,  even  assuming  a  margin  of  in- 
vention for  them. 


[61] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Negotiations  between  the  telephone  company  and 
General  Squier  have  been  in  progress  for  some  time  past 
with  a  view  to  determining  what,  if  any,  rights  he  has 
under  the  patents.  The  telephone  company,  on  the 
other  hand,  has  been  anxious  to  accord  to  General  Squier 
what  credit  may  be  due  him  for  advancing  this  art  and  to 
pay  him  whatever  his  contribution  might  be  worth, 
while  on  the  other  hand,  it  has  realized  that  unless  the 
patents  were  valid  and  contained  features  of  substantial 
value  and  especially  unless  his  title  to  non-government 
use  of  the  patents  was  valid,  it  would  not  be  justified  in 
paying  a  substantial  amount  for  a  license  under  them. 

As  a  solution  of  the  difficulty,  the  telephone  company 
has  taken  an  option  under  which  it  may  acquire  the 
right  to  use  the  inventions  of  the  Squier  patents,  if  it 
shall  be  judicially  determined  that  its  views  as  to  the 
validity  and  scope  of  the  Squier  patents  and  their  dedi- 
cation to  the  public,  are  wrong. 

A  suit  for  the  determination  of  these  questions  was 
begun  on  March  14,  1922,  and  will  be  pressed  to  the 
earliest  possible  determination  by  both  parties. 


The  Annual  Meeting 

THE  annual  meeting  of  the  stockholders  of  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  was 
held  at  the  headquarters  building  at  195  Broadway, 
New  York,  on  March  28th  and  all  the  directors  were  re- 
elected by  a  vote  of  3,542,132  shares,  there  being  no  dis- 
senting votes  cast. 

The  stockholders  representation  was  very  satisfactory, 
there  being  over  100  shareholders  present  in  person  and 
over  123,000  shareholders  represented  by  proxies. 

President  Thayer  spoke  briefly  on  some  of  the  matters 
covered  by  the  annual  report  and  by  unanimous  vote  the 
transactions  of  the  past  year  were  approved. 


[62] 


Organization  Changes 

UNDER  this  caption  will  be  announced  only 
elections  or  appointments  to  the  offices  of  Presi- 
dent, Vice  President  and  General  Manager  with 
brief  statements  of  service  in  the  Bell  System  of  new 
incumbents. 

American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 

Edgar  S.  Bloom  elected  a  vice  president: 

Construction  engineer  for  New  York  City,  New  York  Tele- 
phone Company,  1897  to  1905;  general  plant  superintendent, 
Pacific  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company;  plant  superinten- 
dent for  State  of  New  York,  except  New  York  City,  New  York 
Telephone  Company,  1909;  generid  superintendent  of  plant 
operations,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company, 
1910;  second  vice  president,  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone 
Company,  1912;  one  of  the  receivers  of  the  Central  Union 
Telephone  Company,  1914  to  1919;  elected  president,  Central 
Union  Telephone  Company,  1919;  president  of  the  Indiana 
Bell  Telephone  Company  and  the  Cleveland  Telephone  Com- 
pany (name  changed  to  Ohio  Bell  Telephone  Company),  vice 
president,  Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company,  1920;  chairman 
of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Ohio  Bell  Telephone  Company 
and  Indiana  Bell  Telephone  Company,  1921. 

New  York  Telephone  Company 

Eugene  S.  Wilson  elected  a  vice  president: 

On  account  of  the  prolonged  illness  of  General  Counsel 
Swayze,  Mr.  Wilson  has  taken  charge  of  the  presentation  of 
the  Company's  case  in  the  State-wide  rate  case.  Appointed 
special  counsel  for  the  Southwestern  Telegraph  and  Telephone 
Company,  1913;  went  to  Chicago  as  special  counsel  for  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  in  the  case  of 
William  A.  Reed  vs.  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company,  1914;  general  counsel  for  the  Central  Group  at 
Chicago,  1916;  vice  president  of  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company,  in  charge  of  rate  matters,  1920. 

Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company 

W.  R.  Abbott  elected  president: 

Cashier  of  Westchester  Telephone  Company  (New  York), 
1889  to  1890;  order  clerk,  Metropolitan  Telephone  and  Tele- 

[63] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


graph  Company  (New  York),  1890;  Chicago  Telephone  Com- 
pany, 1893,  serving  as  order  clerk,  chief  clerk  to  general  super- 
intendent, special  agent  in  charge  of  rights  of  way  and  claims, 
superintendent  of  suburban  division,  general  commercial 
superintendent  and  general  manager;  vice  president  and 
director,  1920. 

F.  0.  Hale  elected  vice  'president  and  general  manager: 

Entered  the  traffic  department  of  Bell  Company  operating 
in  Eastern  Pennsylvania,  Ohio  and  West  Virginia,  1903; 
superintendent,  1907;  entered  engineering  department  of  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  1909;  appointed 
chief  engineer  of  the  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone  System, 
1912;  later  general  manager  for  the  States  of  Missouri  and 
Arkansas;  appointed  chief  engineer  of  the  Illinois  Bell  Tele- 
phone Company,  1921. 

Southern  Bell  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Company 
and  Cumberland  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Company 

Frederick  H.  Reid  elected  operating  vice  president: 

Entered  employ  of  Company  as  clerk  in  office  of  General 
Superintendent,  1902;  chief  clerk  to  General  Superintendent, 
1904;  chief  clerk  to  General  Manager,  1907;  assistant  to  Vice 
President  and  General  Manager,  1913;  assistant  general 
manager,  1915;  general  manager  since  1920. 

Wisconsin  Telephone  Company 

W.  R.  McGovern  elected  president: 

Entered  telephone  business  at  Milwaukee,  1901;  chief 
engineer  of  the  Central  Group  of  Bell  Telephone  Companies, 
at  Chicago,  1916  to  1919;  general  manager,  Wisconsin  Bell 
Telephone  Company,  1919;  vice  president,  1920. 

Western  Electric  Company 

Dr.  Frank  B.  Jewett  appointed  vice  president  in  charge 
of  engineering  manufacturing  and  service  to  telephone 
companies: 

Entered  employ  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company,  1904;  assistant  chief  engineer  of  the  Western  Electric 
Company,  1912,  in  charge  of  all  development  and  research  work; 
chief  engineer,  1916;  elected  a  vice  president  and  director  of 
the  Company,  1921. 

[64] 


A- 

Single  Copy,  50c  $1.50  per  Year 

Bell 
Telephone  Quarterly 

JULY,  1922 

Contents 

What  Are  We  Trying  to  Do?  .    .   .   .  H.  B.  Thayer 

Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and 
Executive  Work W.  S.  Gifford 

Sleet  Storms A.B.Crunden      *a 

The  Recent  Parliamentary   Investi-  &-. 

gation  of  the  Telephone  Situation 
in  Great  Britain S.  L.  Andrew 

Conference  of  Personnel  Group  .    .  Bancroft  Gherardi 

Business  Principles  in  Organization 
Practice      C.I.  Barnard 

Progress  in  Cooperation  with  the 
National  Electric  Light  Associa- 
tion     .  H.  P.  Charlesworth 

Technical  Papers  Published  During 
Quarter  Just  Ended 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 

New  York 


iccA*b*^x' 


•4  h. 


' 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 

A  MEDIUM  OF  SUGGESTION 
AND  A  RECORD  OF  PROGRESS 

Published  quarterly  for  the  Bell  System  by  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company 


Subscription,  $1.50  per  year,  in  United  States  and  Canada;  single  copies,  50  cents 

Address  all  communications  to 

INFORMATION  DEPARTMENT 

AMERICAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  COMPANY 

195  Broadway,  New  York 


Vol.  I  JULY,  1922  No.  2 


What  Are  We  Trying  To  Do? 

The  presidents  of  the  Associated  Companies  of  the  Bell 
System  met  with  the  executives  of  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company  for  a  fwe-day  conference  at  Yama 
Farms  on  June  3rd.  During  the  meeting  a  photograph  was 
taken  which  appears  as  a  frontispiece  in  this  issue  of  the  Bell 
Telephone  Quarterly. 

President  H.  B.  Thayer  of  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company  presided  and  gives  the  keynote  of  the 
conference  in  the  statement  which  follows. 


EVERY  business  enterprise,  of  course,  has  a  purpose. 
It  may  be  to  make  money  for  its  owners  and 
nothing  more.  It  must  make  money  if  it  is 
sound.  Its  purpose  as  well  as  its  methods  may  be  nar- 
rowly conceived  or  the  reverse.  What  is  the  purpose  of 
the  Bell  System,  and  how  does  it  propose  to  accomplish 
it?  In  charting  a  course  it  is  necessary  for  a  mariner 
to  locate  his  present  position.  In  defining  our  objective, 
it  will  assist  us  not  only  to  locate  our  present  position 
but  also  to  remember  how  we  reached  it. 

With  one  or  two  changes  in  corporate  form,  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company's  history 
begins  with  the  invention  of  the  telephone.     It  took  the 

[1] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


telephone  as  a  laboratory  model  and  made  it  an  instru- 
ment of  national  service,  a  service  wider  than  can  be 
found  in  any  other  country,  and  of  a  quality  not  else- 
where approached.  In  short,  its  life  spans  the  whole 
history  of  the  telephone  and  the  character  of  its  service 
is  unrivaled. 

The  Bell  System  is  the  only  organization,  outside  the 
Federal  Government,  which  carries  the  whole  responsi- 
bility for  national  service.  The  only  other  agencies  that 
may  come  to  mind  in  this  connection  are  the  railroads 
and  the  telegraphs.  But  the  railroads  individually  cover 
only  certain  sections  of  the  country  and  there  is  more 
than  one  telegraph  company  attempting  a  national  tele- 
graph service. 

There  are  certain  peculiarities  in  the  Bell  System 
situation  and  service  which  must  be  noted.  While  it 
discharges  a  national  function,  it  is  governed  by  state 
laws,  and  in  some  states  must  operate  through  state 
corporations.  This  necessitates  a  number  of  operating 
units  and  a  central  organization  rendering  the  services 
for  them  which  can  most  efficiently  and  economically 
be  centralized.  A  consumer  may  not  be  directly  con- 
cerned as  to  whether  or  not  a  distant  friend  or  corre- 
spondent has  certain  facilities  or  conveniences.  He  may 
not  be  interested  in  discovering  whether  this  distant 
correspondent  or  friend  has  electric  light  or  electric  power 
for  transportation.  But  it  is  likely  to  be  of  interest  to 
him  and  possibly  may  be  of  vital  interest  to  know  that 
he  has  a  telephone  and  that  it  is  possible  for  him  to  be 
quickly  connected  with  him.  Coordination  of  functions 
and  the  standardization  of  plant  are  essential  to  a  na- 
tional telephone  service.  They  make  a  central  organiza- 
tion necessary  and  render  it  efficient  and  economical. 

The  operating  companies  are  largely  owned  by  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company.  That  is 
owned  by  more  than  200,000  stockholders,  investors  not 
speculators,  and  as  the  result  of  conservative  financing 
and  careful  management,  after  forty-five  years  there  is 
back  of  every  dollar  of  capital  stock  of  the  American 

[2] 


What  Are  We  Trying  To  Do? 


Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  approximately  two 
dollars'  worth  of  property. 

Having  briefly  surveyed  our  present  position  as  a  part 
of  the  nation's  equipment,  let  us  consider  what  we  should 
try  to  do  in  the  future. 

Can  there  be  any  doubt?  Is  there  more  than  one 
course  open?  Is  there  any  difference  in  interest  between 
the  public  and  our  stockholders?  I  cannot  see  any.  If 
we  serve  our  stockholders  wisely  and  efficiently,  we  shall 
render  the  largest  benefit  to  the  public.  The  success  of 
the  Company  depends  upon  the  measure  of  good-will  of 
the  community  which  it  can  get  and  hold.  We  must 
give  the  best  and  broadest  service  possible.  We  must 
provide  a  service  which  will  not  only  keep  pace  with 
the  growth  of  the  country,  but  also  with  the  constantly 
increasing  use  of  the  telephone.  We  must  make  our 
charges  low  enough  to  enable  every  person  who  ought 
to  have  a  telephone,  to  have  one,  and  at  the  same  time 
we  must  earn  enough  to  attract  capital  to  take  care  of  this 
growth.  To  earn  more  than  is  necessary  to  maintain 
and  extend  the  service,  would  evidence  poor  judgment 
and  in  the  end  would  be  bad  business  for  our  stockholders : 
to  earn  less  would  be  an  injury  to  the  public.  There  must 
be  no  waste.  The  best  brains  we  have  must  be  applied 
increasingly  to  effect  economies  in  construction,  main- 
tenance and  operation.  We  must  struggle  unceasingly 
for  better  service  and  lower  rates,  but  in  the  interest  of 
the  public,  as  well  as  of  our  stockholders,  we  must  resist 
every  misconceived  attempt  to  decrease  rates  to  a  point 
which  would  make  it  impossible  for  the  Company  to 
keep  up  and  give  the  best  service  any  one  knows  how  to 
give.  We  cannot  have  fat  years  and  we  must  not  have 
lean  years. 

We  must  stand  by  our  tested  traditions  and  principles. 
The  Bell  System  is  a  continuing  organization  and  it  is 
dedicated  to  a  high  and  important  service.  We,  who  are 
responsible  for  its  direction,  must  not  temporize.  We 
must  have  guiding  convictions  and  take  a  long  look  into 
the  future.    We  are  responsible  to  the  nation,  to  our  stock- 

[3] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


holders,  and  to  those  who  come  after  us,  for  the  con- 
tinued success  of  the  Bell  System.  While  yielding  nothing 
that  is  good  in  our  organization  and  its  methods,  we 
must  continually  strive  for  whatever  is  better.  Con- 
servatism in  principles  and  progress  in  methods  are  the 
traditions  of  the  Bell  System,  and  they  must  be  main- 
tained. 

That  is  what  we  are  trying  to  do. 

H.  B.  Thayer. 


[4] 


Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and 
Executive  Work 

WHAT  is  organization?  And  why  is  organiza- 
tion? What  are  the  functions  of  an  executive  ? 
We  hear  a  great  deal  about  organization  in 
the  business  world.  We  hear  that  this  man  is  a  great 
organizer,  or  that  man  is  a  capable  executive.  We  still 
hear  at  times  of  "  Captains  of  Industry."  We  occasionally 
hear  of  a  good  Administrator,  although  the  terms 
"administrator,"  "administration,"  and  "administrative" 
are  largely  confined  to  governmental  affairs.  In  business 
we  hear  more  and  more  of  "Committees"  and  "Con- 
ferences." All  of  these  words  and  phrases  are  descriptive 
of  certain  types  of  machinery  by  which  modern  business 
is  carried  on. 

In  the  hope  that  others  might  be  stimulated  to  think 
about  the  subject,  I  have  set  down  some  notes  as  to  the 
significance  of  these  terms.  They  are  simply  suggestions 
based  to  some  extent  on  personal  experience  and  con- 
viction, and  even  more  upon  observation  of  successful 
executives  in  their  work. 

In  the  first  place,  we  are  not  in  the  business  of  being 
organizers  as  such,  or  executives  for  the  sake  of  being 
executives — though  indeed  one  might  believe  the  re- 
verse of  this  to  be  true,  judging  by  the  requests  for 
employment  which  we  frequently  receive  from  men  who 
"want  a  job  as  an  organizer  or  an  executive."  These 
men  might  almost  as  well  say  they  would  like  a  job 
somewhere  as  a  captain,  and  feel  perfectly  well  qualified 
to  fill  the  job  whether  it  be  a  captain  in  the  army  or 
captain  of  an  ocean  liner. 

Organization  and  all  the  machinery  associated  with 
it  are  not  ends  in  themselves,  but  tools  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  some  desired  result.  This  seems  too  obvious 
to  need  to  be  stated;  but  it  is  easy  to  forget  the  obvious 
unless  we  are  constantly  on  guard.  We  must  constantly 
study  our  organization  to  see  if  it  is  best  fitted  to  give 

[5] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


results.  Moreover,  we  must  not  overlook  the  fact  that 
while  it  is  a  tool,  and  in  most  cases  an  indispensable  tool, 
it  is  not  the  only  tool  needed  for  accomplishment. 

Organization  is  a  rather  simple  tool  to  construct. 
The  difficulty  lies  in  first  analyzing  clearly  the  job  to  be 
done.  For  example,  here  are  five  men  who  want  to 
unite  to  build  a  cooperative  apartment  house.  Each  of 
the  five  must  not  start  off  independently  to  buy  lumber 
or  engage  an  architect  or  dig  the  foundations.  They 
must  first  lay  out  and  plan  what  they  want  and  then 
determine  what  needs  to  be  done  to  secure  what  they 
want.  After  this  has  been  done,  the  problem  becomes  one 
of  setting  up  the  organization.  This  involves  a  decision 
as  to  what  part  each  can  do  best,  and  an  agreement  that 
some  one  of  the  five  shall  be  in  charge  of  coordinating 
the  work. 

Organization  a  Means  to  an  End 

Organization  means  order.  We  may  of  course  be- 
come so  fascinated  with  organization  in .  itself  and  for 
itself,  with  the  game  of  organizing,  that  we  overdo  it. 
We  may,  for  instance,  become  so  enamored  of  organiza- 
tion charts  that  because  a  particular  set-up,  which  we 
know  works  well  and  is  useful,  cannot  be  charted,  we 
change  the  organization. 

There  are  real  temptations  to  the  lover  of  order  and 
system.  His  protection  lies  in  constantly  keeping  in 
mind  the  end  to  be  attained  and  making  all  of  his  plans 
with  that  end  in  view.  To  be  a  good  organizer  requires 
sound  judgment,  ability  clearly  to  perceive  the  goal 
sought,  an  analytical  mind,  and  a  certain  fondness  for 
order.  A  real  organizer  is  always  creative:  it  requires 
a  man  with  a  creative  imagination  clearly  to  perceive  the 
goal  sought. 

Many  of  us  are  asked  from  time  to  time  for  a  good 
book  on  organization.  It  is  true  that  much  could  be 
written  on  the  fundamental  principles  of  organization, 
but  no  book  could  be  written  which  would  properly 
instruct  exactly  how  any  particular  work  or  business 

[6] 


Organization  and  Executive  Work 

should  be  organized.  Study  and  books  may  help  define 
the  problem  somewhat  and  perhaps  lay  down  some 
fundamental  principles  which  will  assist  in  solving  it, 
but  no  text-book  where  you  would  find  your  problem 
stated  and  the  answer  given  in  the  back  of  the  book 
would  be  a  safe  guide. 

There  is  nothing  mathematical  about  organization  in 
business.  It  is  true,  for  instance,  that  probably  no  chief 
executive  should  have  more  than  five  or  seven  people 
reporting  to  him.  This,  however,  is  due  to  the  average 
limitations  on  the  part  of  the  average  man  to  direct  and 
coordinate  comfortably  a  number  of  functions.  The 
exceptional  man  might  find  it  quite  possible  to  carry  on 
his  work  as  a  chief  executive  with  as  many  as  twelve 
people  reporting  to  him,  or  another  man  who  might  also 
be  successful  as  an  executive  might  prefer  only  three.  In 
other  words,  you  can  never  escape  from  the  human  side 
of  the  business  and  the  fact  that  you  are  dealing  not  with 
machines  but  with  human  beings.  So  that  even  after 
you  have  organized  your  job  and  laid  out  the  theoretical 
organization  which  can  best  accomplish  it,  you  will 
almost  always  find  it  necessary  to  make  variations  from 
this  theoretically  sound  organization  to  meet  the  peculi- 
arities and  temperaments  of  the  individuals  who  are  to 
carry  on  the  work.  It  is  always  a  good  plan  to  have  the 
ideal  in  mind  and  to  work  toward  it;  but  by  all  means  do 
not  try  to  crowd  human  beings  into  a  theoretical  scheme 
when  they  do  not  fit. 

Duties  of  an  Executive 

The  executive  may  be  merely  an  executive;  that  is,  he 
may  carry  out  plans  and  programs  which  have  been  laid 
down  for  him.  That  is  in  fact  the  primary  job  of  an 
executive.  He  must  deal  with  men  and  women;  there- 
fore he  must  have  sympathy,  tact,  and  force,  and  must 
know  when  to  be  firm  and  when  to  be  conciliatory.  His 
must  not  be  a  single-track  mind — he  must  be  alert  and 
able  to  see  many  things  at  the  same  time,  but  must  not 
permit  himself  to  be  overwhelmed  by  details.    He  must 

[7] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


always  watch  for  actual  results — must  know  the  difference 
between  real  accomplishment  and  making  a  show  of 
accomplishment.  Above  all  must  he  be  just  and  fair  in  his 
treatment  of  his  subordinates,  and  should  always  be  a  leader. 

An  executive  generally  must  be  even  more  than  this. 
He  must  be  also  an  administrator.  That  is,  he  is  not  only 
expected  to  carry  out  plans  laid  down  for  him,  but  he  is 
expected  in  part  to  make  plans  and  carry  them  out  on 
his  own  initiative  and  to  assist  in  determining  broad 
policies  for  the  business  as  a  whole.  He  must  therefore 
have  initiative,  imagination,  and  judgment.  These 
qualities  are  inherent;  the}'  cannot  be  acquired.  They 
can,  however,  be  improved  by  training  and  experience. 

There  are  several  waj'S  of  performing  the  functions 
of  an  executive.  Sometimes  a  man's  personalhy  will 
enable  him  to  be  a  good  executive  even  though  he  dis- 
regard many  of  the  generally  accepted  methods  of  super- 
vising a  large  organization.  Generally  speaking,  however, 
a  good  executive  should  not  be  too  busy.  This  is  par- 
ticularly true  if  in  addition  to  being  an  executive  he  is 
to  do  some  general  administrative  work.  The  mistake 
should  not  be  made,  however,  of  assuming  that  because 
an  executive's  desk  is  always  clear,  he  is  a  good  executive. 
It  is  an  admirable  thing  to  have  a  clear  desk,  but  with  it 
must  go  certain  principles  of  work  which  will  keep  the 
executive  in  touch  with  his  department  and  enable  him  to 
impress  his  personality  upon  it. 

More  Than  a  Clearing-house 

I  remember  once  hearing  of  a  boy  who  asked  a  man 
what  sort  of  work  he  did  in  a  company.  The  man  was  a 
high  executive.  His  reply  stated  his  job  too  modestly, 
but  it  illustrates  the  point.  He  replied  that  people  came 
in  to  see  him,  stated  what  they  wanted  to  know,  and 
then  he  referred  them  to  the  proper  department  of  the 
organization.  The  boy  said  he  understood  perfectly, 
because  in  his  father's  business  the}r  had  an  usher — he  sat 
at  the  desk  out  in  the  hall — who  did  just  that.  An 
executive  who  does  just  that  may  really  be  somewhat 

[8] 


Organization  and  Executive  Work 

more  than  an  usher,  but  not  much.  He  does  not  impress 
his  personality  upon  his  work.  He  is  merely  a  sort  of 
clearing-house. 

It  is  necessarjr,  of  course,  for  an  executive  to  see  that 
work  is  property  distributed  and  coordinated  in  his 
organization,  but  it  is  also  necessary  for  him  to  keep  in 
constant  touch  with  his  men  and  with  the  work  which  is 
being  done  under  him.  He  should  always  be  available 
to  his  immediate  subordinates.  In  my  opinion,  this  is 
more  important  than  that  he  should  be  accessible  to 
people  outside  of  his  organization.  He  should  discuss 
their  problems  with  his  subordinates  and  give  them  the 
benefit  of  his  advice,  and  avail  himself  of  every  means  of 
keeping  in  touch  with  them  and  keeping  them  in  touch 
with  him. 

Besides  this,  an  executive  should  have  some  line  of 
contact  with  the  men  in  his  organization  below  the  rank 
of  those  who  report  immediately  to  him.  He  should  call 
for  information  from  anyone  in  his  organization  from 
time  to  time— although,  of  course,  he  should  never  issue 
instructions  or  orders  except  through  his  immediate 
subordinates.  By  thus  calling  for  information  from  any- 
one he  is  able  to  get  a  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  men 
working  in  the  business  and  of  their  mental  attitude 
toward  their  work.  This  seems  to  me  a  very  important 
point,  although  its  soundness  from  an  organization 
standpoint  is  frequently  questioned.  People  who  are  in 
love  with  organization  as  such  feel  that  everything 
should  " follow  the  lines  of  organization,"  with  the  result 
that  a  single  fact  wanted  will  often  have  to  be  requested 
through  eight  or  ten  people  and  after  the  fact  is  ascer- 
tained will  have  to  be  reported  back  through  the  same 
eight  or  ten  people.  Such  a  procedure  reminds  one  of  the 
old  nursery  rhyme,  "  Stick  won't  beat  dog,  dog  won't 
bite  cat,"  etc. 

Getting  the  Work  Done 

It  cannot  be  too  frequently  stated  that  really  to  be 
effective  an  executive  must  always  keep  his  mind  on 

[9] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


what  it  is  that  he  is  trying  to  accomplish.  Of  course  this 
will  never  be  anything  but  what  is  for  the  good  of  the 
business.  So  it  be  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  busi- 
ness, ambition  is  a  good  thing,  but  the  desire  for  self- 
aggrandizement  and  the  desire  for  power  not  as  a  means 
to  an  end  but  as  an  end  in  itself,  are  most  serious  human 
failings  to  be  dealt  with  in  running  an  organization.  From 
the  standpoint  of  getting  the  work  done,  it  often  makes  no 
material  difference  whether  a  particular  line  of  work 
is  in  one  branch  of  the  organization  or  in  another.  The 
organization  as  a  whole  will  never  function  without 
cooperation  between  the  branches,  and  with  cooperation, 
the  placing  of  work  in  one  department  rather  than 
another  is  often  of  no  material  consequence.  A  desire, 
however,  on  the  part  of  one  executive  to  build  larger  at 
the  expense  of  some  other  executive  is  very  often  a  cause 
of  friction  and  difficulty.  With  the  successful  executive 
the  problem  is  not  one  of  finding  additional  work  to  add 
to  his  organization,  but  of  preventing  jobs  which  do  not 
belong  to  his  organization  being  assigned  to  it.  The 
executive  who  works  hard  to  add  to  the  size  of  his  depart- 
ment condemns  himself  as  a  good  executive. 

Another  difficulty  in  the  practical  operation  of  a 
large  organization  is  frequently  due  to  a  lack  of  clear 
definition  of  responsibility  and  authority.  Every  ex- 
ecutive is  entitled  to  know  clearly  where  his  responsi- 
bilities begin  and  end,  and  he  is  entitled  to  have  definitely 
the  authority  which  will  enable  him  to  meet  his  responsi- 
bilities. Not  only  is  every  executive  entitled  to  this, 
but  when  he  in  turn  divides  up  his  responsibilities  and 
authorities  among  his  immediate  subordinates  he  must 
be  especially  careful  to  see  that  those  authorities  and 
responsibilities  are  clearly  defined  and  understood.  He 
cannot  under  any  condition  blame  a  subordinate  for 
something  for  which  the  subordinate  has  no  authority 
because  without  authority  he  cannot  properly  be  held 
responsible. 

A  good  executive  realizes  that  there  are  a  good  many 
ways,    and    probably   several    very    effective    ways,    of 

[10] 


Organization  and  Executive  Work 

accomplishing  a  given  result.  He  will  have  no  foolish 
pride  of  opinion,  no  troublesome  prepossessions.  He  will 
welcome  intelligent  opposition  and  suggestion  from  any- 
one and  be  quick  to  surrender  a  prejudice.  While  he 
will  impress  his  personality  on  his  organization,  he  will 
not  insist  that  everything  be  done  his  way,  as  this  will 
kill  initiative  and  enthusiasm  and  make  his  organization 
a  mere  machine. 

A  Good  Judge  of  Men 

Finally,  a  good  executive  must  be  a  first-rate  judge  of 
men.  Perhaps  his  most  important  task  is  the  selecting 
of  his  department  heads.  If  he  does  this  wisely  and  suc- 
cessfully, a  good  part  of  his  task  is  done.  Having  se- 
lected them,  he  must  trust,  inspire,  and  lead  them.  He 
must  command  and  retain  their  confidence  and  must  be 
frank  with  them  and  fair  to  them.  A  successful  general 
is  one  under  whose  leadership  a  staff  and  rank  and  file 
will  work  and  die  with  enthusiasm. 

While  authority  and  responsibility  must  be  clearly 
defined  for  executive  work,  there  is,  as  I  have  already 
pointed  out,  another  type  of  work  which  I  have  called 
administrative.  It  is  not  altogether  possible  to  define 
the  authority  and  responsibility  for  administrative  work. 
The  responsibility  for  such  work  is  to  some  extent  joint 
with  all  the  higher  executives  of  an  organization.  The 
final  decision  undoubtedly  rests  with  the  head  of  the 
organization,  but  he  will  wish  to  take  counsel  frequently 
with  those  who  are  not  primarily  responsible  for  the 
matter  under  discussion. 

This  counsel  the  chief  executive  may  obtain  by  dis- 
cussions with  one  individual  at  a  time,  possibly  asking 
the  opinion  only  of  those  whose  judgment  concerning  the 
matter  in  question  is  especially  valued.  Some  executives 
from  temperament  or  even  preference  have  been  known 
to  follow  this  plan  only. 

It  is  my  personal  belief  that  by  far  the  best  results 
are  obtained  by  Conference.  To  some  minds  Conferences 
are  a  waste  of  time.    Much  is  said  that  does  not  appear 

[11] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


to  bear  upon  the  point  under  discussion.  There  is  often 
a  good  deal  of  talk,  but  when  important  matters  of  policy 
are  to  be  decided,  I  feel  sure  that  the  time  used  or  even 
used  up  in  conferences  is  very  much  worth  while.  When 
the  chaff  has  been  winnowed  out,  the  wheat  will  be  found. 
It  is  important  in  a  conference  that  everyone  be  given 
an  opportunity  to  talk  at  length,  that  ideas  expressed  be 
listened  to  with  tolerance  by  all.  A  prominent  man  once 
said  that  people's  personalities  and  peculiarities  meant  no 
more  to  him  than  the  weather.  While  this  is  going  too 
far,  nevertheless  a  conference  held  with  a  view  to  de- 
termining policies  is  not  a  place  where  tact  and  finesse 
are  so  necessary  as  freedom  of  speech.  I  realize  that  in 
business,  one-man  authority  and  responsibility,  with  the 
speed  of  action  which  results  therefrom,  is  thought  by 
many  to  be  a  great  deal  more  effective  than  the  slower 
process  of  conferences.  I  feel  sure,  however,  that  in  an 
organization  where  large  matters  are  at  stake  and  where 
military  authority  and  discipline  are  not  required,  the 
only  safe  and  efficient  way  to  determine  policies  is  to 
confer  deliberately  and  at  length.  Of  course,  the  head 
of  the  organization  must  finally  decide,  and  after  decid- 
ing, act  with  firmness  and  confidence. 

The  Uses  of  Committees 

Another  type  of  machinery,  excellent  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  certain  results,  is  the  "Committee."  A 
committee  differs  in  my  mind  from  a  conference  in  that 
it  usually  has  definite  responsibility  and  authority  and 
acts  by  unanimous  or  majority  vote.  The  committee 
is  a  slow  way  of  accomplishing  results,  but  where  several 
branches  of  an  organization  are  involved  and  each  is 
responsible  for  a  part  of  the  answer,  it  is  proper  under 
some  circumstances  that  the  final  decision  should  be 
made  by  a  committee  in  which  every  part  of  the  organiza- 
tion represented  thereon  assumes  joint  responsibility. 
The  race  is  not  always  to  the  swift,  and  to  accomplish 
our  end  which  we  are  constantly  keeping  in  sight,  in 

[12] 


Organization  and  Executive  Work 

some  circumstances  a  committee  is  a  splendid  piece  of 
machinery. 

A  committee,  it  seems  to  me,  should  always  have  a 
chairman.  I  recall  an  incident  during  the  war  when  the 
Secretary  of  War  appointed  a  number  of  committees, 
each  composed  of  representatives  of  our  army  and  some 
of  the  Allied  military  representatives  who  were  in  Wash- 
ington. The  committees  were  appointed  without  chair- 
men. A  most  distinguished  representative  of  one  of  our 
Allies  respectfully  suggested  to  the  Secretary  that  their 
experience  in  the  war  had  shown  committees  to  be  of 
little  value  unless  a  chairman,  or  at  least  a  "convener," 
were  appointed.  No  action  was  taken,  however,  and  the 
next  day  the  inevitable  happened:  the  committees 
failed  to  meet,  no  one  knew  who  was  to  call  meetings,  and 
in  fact  no  one  was  quite  sure  who  his  associates  were  on 
the  committees.  It  was  a  very  striking  example  of  the 
failure  of  committee  work  to  function  properly  without 
a  chairman  or  at  least  a  " convener." 

Organization  inherently  imposes  some  restrictions 
upon  freedom.  Organization  means  teamwork,  and 
teamwork  means  working  for  the  good  of  the  team.  Pride 
of  authorship,  desire  to  be  personally  in  the  limelight, 
any  tendency  to  build  up  one's  own  reputation  by 
criticizing  or  belittling  others,  are  all  disastrous  to  the 
successful  working  of  an  organization.  After  all,  com- 
mon sense  and  hard  work,  combined  with  a  sympathetic 
consideration  for  others  and  pride  in  the  institution  will 
result  in  each  man  going  ahead  as  far  as  his  inherent 
abilities  will  permit,  in  spite  of  the  size  and  complexity 
of  large  organizations.  " Captains  of  industry"  belong 
to  the  pioneer  days  that  are  past.  Large  modern  business 
organizations  require  executives  who  are  also  wise 
administrators.    It  is  the  day  of  statesmanship  in  business. 

W.  S.  Gifford. 


[13] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Sleet  Storms 

IT  is  very  pleasant,  opening  the  front  door  on  the 
morning  after  a  sleet  storm,  to  look  upon  the  fairy- 
land to  which  the  familiar  surroundings  have  been 
suddenly  transformed.  The  wind  has  ceased  and  the  tall 
trees,  encased  in  ice  which  sparkles  like  diamonds  in  the 
sunlight,  are  very  beautiful  as  viewed  upon  their  back- 
ground of  blue  sky.  Delicate  icicles  are  pendent  every- 
where and  flocculent  masses  of  snow  upon  bushes  and 
fences  are  glazed  with  a  coating  of  glittering  ice  enamel. 
You  observe  with  some  regret  how  the  sleet  has  crushed 
the  bushes  and  that  the  trees  have  lost  many  of  their 
boughs.  However,  this  does  not  spoil  the  frosty  splendor 
of  the  morning.  Returning  indoors  you  take  down  your 
telephone  to  find  that  it  is  out  of  commission.  The  same 
sort  of  icy  load  which  has  maimed  your  trees  and  hun- 
dreds of  others  in  the  vicinity  has  also  broken  down  hun- 
dreds— perhaps  thousands — of  telephone  circuits,  de- 
stroying in  a  night  property  which  was  months  or  years 
in  building. 

In  the  early  days  in  the  telephone  business  the  ex- 
change distribution  plant  and  the  toll  lines  were  entirely 
aerial  and  exposed  to  the  weather.  As  a  result  of  years 
of  research  and  development  work  carried  on  by  tele- 
phone engineers,  means  have  been  developed  whereby 
it  has  become  possible  to  place  a  great  part  of  the  exchange 
distribution  plant  in  underground  and  aerial  cables 
where  it  is  well  protected  from  damage  by  sleet  storms; 
cables  have  been  developed  in  recent  3rears  for  toll  cir- 
cuits which  are  economical  under  certain  conditions. 

Despite  the  development  of  greatly  improved  types 
of  outside  plant  and  the  investment  of  many  millions  of 
dollars  in  its  installation,  there  remains  and  probably 
will  long  remain  a  very  considerable  amount  of  plant 
which  is  exposed  to  weather  conditions.  It  is  not  eco- 
nomical, even  though  it  might  be  technically  possible,  to 
provide  the  extremely  expensive  types  of  protected  cable 
routes  unless  the  number  of  circuits  is  sufficiently  large  to 

[14] 


Sleet  Storms 


reduce  the  cost  of  their  installation  and  operation  to  a 
point  somewhere  near  the  costs  of  aerial  wire  circuits; 
to  do  otherwise  would  result  in  making  the  cost  of  service 
too  great  for  the  average  user. 

However,  the  types  of  aerial  plant  now  in  use  are 
such  as  to  withstand  all  weather  conditions  excepting 
storms  of  a  violent  character.  Sleet  storms  cause  the 
most  damage  and  in  these  days  constitute  about  the  only 
adversary,  short  of  some  general  catastrophe,  which  can 
stop  the  service  for  more  than  a  very  brief  space  of  time. 

The  Combination  of  Ice  and  Wind 

The  damage  done  by  sleet  to  the  wire  plant  of  a 
telephone  system  is  more  severe  and  diasatrous  where 
the  duration  of  the  storm  is  considerable,  especially  if 
accompanied  by  high  winds.  Sleet  is  by  nature  the  pre- 
cipitation of  water  vapor,  condensed  in  the  upper  atmos- 
phere, which  approaches  the  ground  in  a  partly  frozen 
condition.  Its  beginning  may  be  either  as  rain,  in  which 
case  to  turn  to  sleet  it  must  fall  into  a  stratum  of  air 
colder  than  that  in  which  it  originated,  or  as  snow,  in 
which  case  the  opposite  must  have  taken  place;  that  is, 
the  snow  in  its  descent  must  have  encountered  an  air 
temperature  slightly  above  freezing  point.  Under  typical 
sleet  conditions  the  chilled  rain  falls  upon  the  trees, 
telephone  wires  and  other  objects,  and  through  a  decline 
in  the  temperature  is  frozen  thereupon.  The  freezing 
process  continues  as  long  as  the  rain  continues  to  fall  and 
the  temperature  does  not  rise.  The  icy  coating  may  grow 
until  the  accumulated  weight  becomes  enormous  and  the 
stoutest  structures  barely  support  their  burden. 

If  sleet  falls  for  a  number  of  hours,  each  single  tele- 
phone wire  may  acquire  a  solid  ice  coating  three  inches 
thick  vertically  and  accompanied  by  even  longer  icicles. 
Whereas  the  weight  of  the  wires  in  the  normal  span 
between  two  poles  in  a  40  wire  lead  is  less  than  200 
pounds,  such  an  ice  coating  may  add  a  weight  of  about 
15,000  pounds  to  the  load  supported  by  each  pole.  If 
a  heavy  gale  is  blowing,  the  pole  is  further  subjected  to  a 

[15] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


bending  force  due  to  the  wind  pressure  on  the  sleet- 
covered  wires.  Subjected  to  such  tremendous  stress, 
the  line  frequently  fails.  When  the  line  might  stand  the 
strain,  nearby  trees  are  often  crushed  or  blown  down 
upon  it,  bearing  it  to  the  ground  and  smothering  it 
with  masses  of  shattered  boughs.  The  forces  which 
nature  unloosens  in  the  sleet  storm  are  too  powerful  for 
us  to  contend  with.  We  have  to  suffer  the  blow,  be  it 
what  it  may,  then  clear  away  the  debris  and  make  a 
fresh  start. 

Last  Winter's  Storm  Toll 

The  winter  of  1921-22  distinguished  itself  by  some 
terrific  storms,  making  it  memorable  to  many  thousands 
of  telephone  workers. 

On  November  27,  28  and  29,  1921,  a  storm  of  unusual 
violence  swept  the  New  England  States.  This  was  the 
earliest  storm  of  last  winter;  the  latest  was  on  April  10, 
1922,  when  Minnesota  and  Nebraska  were  visited  by  a 
storm  which  destroyed  over  21,000  poles  of  the  North- 
western Bell  Telephone  Company,  disrupting  the  tele- 
phone service  at  more  than  70  exchanges.  On  January 
25,  1922,  a  heavy  storm  traveled  Northwest  through 
North  and  South  Carolina,  the  sleet  continuing  inter- 
mittently three  days  and  three  nights.  The  City  of 
Savannah,  down  in  the  "  Sunny  South,"  was  covered 
with  a  mantle  of  ice.  A  newspaper  account  states  that 
"Fairyland  in  all  its  glory  could  not  have  presented  a 
prettier  sight."  However,  the  conditions  held  no  charm 
for  the  telephone  construction  men  as  the  rain  continued 
for  several  days  after  the  storm  and  it  was  only  after  the 
hardest  kind  of  a  fight  in  rain,  mud,  slush  and  swamp 
that  service  was  eventually  re-established. 

In  Michigan  and  Wisconsin  a  storm  of  unusual 
severity  raged  over  a  wide  area  on  February  21st,  22d 
and  23d.  The  damage  to  the  telephone  plants  in  both 
of  these  states  was  enormous.  The  Storm  King  was 
evidently  not  satisfied  with  his  efforts  in  Michigan,  for 
on   March   29th  he  most   unexpectedly  re-visited   that 

[16] 


Sleet  Storms 


state  and  again  destroyed  an  immense  quantity  of  plant. 
There  is  room  for  disagreement  with  King  Sleet  as  to 
the  thoroughness  of  his  first  onslaught,  for  he  made  an 
almost  complete  wreck  of  the  wire  systems  throughout 
the  Northern  half  of  the  main  peninsula  of  Michigan. 
Succeeded  as  it  was  by  bitter  cold  and  high  winds,  the 
storm  cut  off  from  all  communication  with  the  outside 
world  some  dozens  of  cities,  towns  and  hamlets.  The 
residents  of  these  places  were  without  telephone  or 
telegraph  communication,  without  mail  or  railroad  service, 
without  electric  light  or  power.  It  was  dangerous  to 
walk  along  the  streets  because  of  falling  branches,  trees, 
wires,  signs  or  roofing  material.  Life  in  this  section 
slowed  down  almost  to  a  standstill.  The  plants  of  many 
small  public  utilities  were  practically  wiped  out,  and  in 
some  cases  resulting  financial  ruin  so  far  deters  their 
reconstruction. 

The  Work  of  Restoration 

As  the  extent  of  the  storm  became  evident  the  Mich- 
igan State  Telephone  Company  organized  for  the  work 
of  restoration  on  a  huge  scale.  Supplies  of  all  sorts  in 
immense  quantity  were  rushed  to  strategic  points  for  dis- 
tribution, without  waiting  to  learn  precisely  where  and 
in  what  amount  the  poles,  wires  and  other  items  would  be 
required.  Crews  of  men  were  recruited  and  equipped 
and  sent  forward  by  rail  as  far  as  possible  and  thence  on 
snowshoes.  The  distribution  of  the  extremely  heavy 
telephone  equipment  presented  a  most  difficult  task. 
Even  with  chains  on  all  four  wheels,  trucks  could  not 
operate;  horses  could  not  be  kept  on  the  roads.  Only  by 
dint  of  Herculean  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  men  were  the 
stores  pushed  into  the  devastated  districts. 

So  aggressively,  however,  was  the  work  carried  on 
that  by  the  middle  of  March  circuits  had  been  restored 
to  all  Michigan  State  Telephone  Company  points.  Many 
had  been  re-established  it  is  true  in  temporary  form, 
but  every  town  on  the  Bell  routes  was  again  connected 
up  with  the  outside  world. 

[17] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


North  of  the  sleet  area  in  Michigan  there  was  one  of 
the  hardest  snowstorms  that  the  inhabitants  have  any 
knowledge  of.  Snow  was  piled  fifteen  and  twenty  feet 
deep.  Buildings  such  as  small  barns,  granaries  and  coops 
were  literally  buried.  It  illustrates  the  difference  be- 
tween sleet  and  snow  storms  that  in  the  snow  belt  the 
Bell  toll  lines  and  exchange  plant  stood  up  very  well, 
in  contrast  to  the  havoc  further  South. 

Wisconsin's  Experience  Typical 

The  conditions  in  Wisconsin  were  very  similar  to 
those  in  Michigan.  The  following  extracts  from  a  report 
by  the  Bell  representative  at  Oshkosh  are  typical: 

"Everybody  was  on  the  job  early  the  morning  of  the  twenty- 
second  and  we  were  all  needed.  Wires,  poles,  crossarms  and 
trees  were  groaning  under  their  load  of  solid  ice  and  commenc- 
ing to  fall.  Ole  Rasmussen  started  North  on  the  Marinette 
line  and  got  out  as  far  as  Jackson  Street  road,  when  the  big 
fifty-foot  poles  began  to  fall  around  him.  Ole  was  completely 
penned  in  with  his  machine  by  poles  falling  in  front  and  behind 
him  and  he  was  mighty  lucky  to  escape  injury  or  possibly  death. 
He  walked  back  to  the  office,  delivered  his  report,  then,  nothing 
daunted,  headed  North  again  on  foot. 

"At  6  P.M.  there  was  no  possible  way  to  get  word  into 
headquarters  at  Appleton;  trains  were  at  a  standstill,  trolley 
lines  and  other  modes  of  transportation  out  of  the  question. 
One  of  our  men  waited  all  night  at  the  depot,  but  could  get  no 
information  as  to  the  probable  movement  of  trains.  On  the 
morning  of  the  twenty-third,  Oscar  Bahr  and  Charles  Erbers- 
berger  volunteered  to  walk  it.  They  took  our  reports  and  in  the 
teeth  of  the  blizzard  they  headed  North.  They  fought  their 
way  through  and  arrived  at  Neenah  at  4  P.M.  with  a  complete 
report  of  line  conditions  between  Fond  du  Lac  and  Neenah 
which  they  delivered  to  the  district  wire  chief,  Carl  Thomas, 
who  had  come  down  from  Appleton.  Oshkosh  was  in  darkness 
and  there  was  no  power  for  three  days,  but  thanks  to  the  emer- 
gency gas  engine  we  managed  to  keep  things  going." 

How  the  storm  affected  the  telephone  girls  can  be 
glimpsed  from  the  following  report  by  a  supervisor  at 
Superior,  Wis.: 

"J.  E.  Bonnell,  district  traffic  supervisor,  Eau  Claire  dis- 
trict, had  arrived  in  Superior  early  Tuesday  afternoon.    Upon 

[18] 


Sleet  Storms 


attempting  to  reach  the  office  next  morning,  he  encountered  a 
large  snowdrift  immediately  in  front  of  the  hotel  and  in  the 
center  of  the  drift,  a  young  lady,  almost  exhausted  from  her 
efforts  to  get  through.  Investigation  disclosed  that  it  was  one 
of  the  operators,  Miss  Crowley,  who,  notwithstanding  her  dimi- 
nutive size,  had  battled  her  way  six  blocks  to  get  to  work.  At 
about  this  time,  William  Deharde,  wire  chief,  came  along  and 
after  a  time  they  reached  the  office.  They  found  the  night 
force  still  on  duty  and  in  addition  the  chief  operator  and  as- 
sistant and  two  or  three  of  the  day  girls.  These  people  were 
almost  exhausted  from  their  fight  to  reach  the  office  but  were 
bravely  tackling  the  job  of  rendering  telephone  service  to  a 
storm-bound  city.  At  about  8:30  A.M.,  twelve  girls  had  ar- 
rived and  breakfast  was  obtained  for  the  night  force.  Folding 
cots  and  blankets  were  also  provided  and  a  supply  of  dry  cloth- 
ing for  those  who  had  come  through  the  storm.  Miss  Gilbert, 
local  supervisor,  came  in  after  fighting  her  way  through  twenty 
blocks  of  drifts  and  storm,  and  after  changing  to  dry  clothing 
and  resting  a  bit  took  her  place  at  the  board.  From  this  time 
on  the  girls  came  in  one  by  one,  some  in  overalls  and  boots, 
others  in  hiking  clothes  and  still  others  in  their  ordinary  street 
clothes;  all  wet  and  cold  but  ready  to  help  in  relieving  the  load 
of  the  others.  By  eleven  a  force  of  twenty-five  people  had 
arrived  and  in  the  afternoon  six  others  reported;  the  load  was 
being  handled  in  nice  shape  and  the  regular  reliefs  were  started. 
Those  operators  who  lived  within  two  or  three  blocks  of  the 
office  made  their  way  to  their  homes  to  sleep  and  the  balance 
either  slept  on  the  cots  provided  at  the  office  or  at  the  hotel.'-' 

The  Damage  in  New  England 

The  three  days'  storm  which  smote  the  New  England 
States  in  November  last,  began  on  Saturday,  the  26th, 
with  a  light  drizzling  rain  which  continued  almost  con- 
stantly during  the  next  two  days.  Early  Sunday  morning 
the  freezing  process  began  and  the  rain  froze  rapidly 
upon  anything  it  touched.  On  Sunday  afternoon  the 
first  total  telephone  failures  were  reported  and  by  the 
early  hours  of  Monday  trouble  was  widespread  in  general. 
The  Southern  parts  of  New  Hampshire,  Vermont  and 
Maine,  all  of  Massachusetts,  except  the  seacoast,  and 
portions  of  Rhode  Island  and  Connecticut  were  literally 
overwhelmed.  The  country  in  the  afflicted  areas  looked 
much  as  it  must  have  appeared  in  the  ice  age;  the  sleet- 
CIS] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


covered  trees  looked  like  glaciers  adrift  in  a  sea  of  ice. 
Highways  were  like  rivers  of  smooth,  unbroken  ice 
bearing  the  ruin  of  great  trees,  thousands  of  fallen  tele- 
phone poles  and  a  confusion  of  debris  carried  by  the 
furious  wind.  Thousands  of  miles  of  costly  copper  wire, 
ice-coated,  strewed  the  highways  in  hopelessly  tangled 
and  twisted  masses.  The  work  of  clearing  the  wreckage 
and  renewing  telephone  service  was  both  arduous  and 
dangerous.  Work  was  begun  long  before  daybreak  and 
continued  far  into  the  night.  One  man  tells  of  seeing 
an  emergency  cable  spliced  by  the  light  of  a  bonfire 
built  of  limbs  of  trees  torn  off  by  the  storm.  At  the 
time  it  was  bitterly  cold  and  so  dark  that  a  man  fifteen 
feet  from  the  fire  was  invisible.  From  the  same  locality 
comes  a  story  of  two  linemen  who  carried  an  emergency 
cable  through  a  swamp,  waist  deep  in  icy  mud,  climbed 
out,  dried  off  before  a  roaring  fire  and  resumed  their 
work.  Men  frequently  labored  with  trees  and  wires 
falling  about  them.  One  foreman  saw  eighteen  poles 
come  down  in  a  row  near  where  he  was  working.  The 
breaking  of  a  pole  was  accompanied  by  a  crack  like  the 
report  of  a  rifle,  followed  by  a  loud  crackling  as  the  ice 
was  shaken  from  hundreds  of  feet  of  telephone  wire, 
then  came  a  "boom"  like  the  distant  roar  of  a  big  gun 
as  the  heavy  pole  crashed  to  the  earth. 

Heavy  Supply  Requirements 

The  restoration  of  the  Bell  telephone  service  after 
the  several  storms  of  last  winter  was  in  each  case  effected 
with  reasonable  promptness.  The  fine  spirit  of  the  em- 
ployees was  everywhere  evinced  and  some  idea  of  the 
quantity  of  materials  which  the  Western  Electric  Com- 
pany was  called  upon  to  deliver  this  winter  on  emergency 
shipments  may  be  had  by  reference  to  the  following  list 
of  a  few  principal  items  ordered  following  the  storms  in 
New  England  in  November,  and  in  Michigan  and  Wis- 
consin in  February: 

[20] 


Sleet  Storms 


10,000  poles 
20,000  crossarms 
42,000,000  feet  of  bare  copper  wire 
8,000,000  feet  of  covered  wire 
420,000  glass  insulators 

The  assembly  and  shipment  of  these  major  items 
together  with  much  miscellaneous  material  was  entirely 
completed  in  nine  days  in  each  case,  more  than  50  per 
cent,  of  the  whole  being  shipped  in  the  first  three  days. 

Loss  Due  to  Storms  Provided  For 

The  losses  in  the  property  investment  occasioned 
by  sleet  storms  are,  under  the  standard  accounting  of  the 
Bell  Companies,  provided  for,  like  other  depreciation 
losses,  by  the  reserve  for  depreciation.  Suitable  reserves 
are,  of  course,  imperative  in  view  of  the  hazards  to 
which  the  telephone  plant  is  exposed,  both  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  company,  whose  property  may  be 
destroyed  and  revenue  cut  off,  and  from  that  of  patrons 
whose  business  and  social  needs  require  substantial 
continuity  of  telephone  service. 

The  depreciation  reserves  of  the  Bell  System  are  built 
up  by  charging  to  operating  expenses  regularly  in  monthly 
installments  the  amounts  necessary,  on  the  average,  to 
provide  for  depreciation  costs — including  those  caused 
by  storms — during  the  service  life  of  plant.  This  is  the 
sound  policy  for  the  protection  of  the  investor  in  Bell 
Telephone  securities.  In  its  absence  the  sleet  losses  of 
the  past  winter  would  be  at  this  time  a  most  dangerous 
and  unsettling  financial  factor.  As  matters  actually 
stand,  the  reserves  of  the  Companies  are  charged  and 
will  absorb,  without  detriment  to  the  investors,  the  entire 
storm  depreciation  costs,  which  were  in  excess  of  $7,500,- 
000.  This  covers  only  the  original  cost  of  the  plant 
destroyed  and  the  cost  of  extraordinary  repairs,  including 
temporary  facilities  used  in  restoring  service,  minus  net 
credits  for  salvage  recovered.  While  an  immediate 
expenditure  of  cash  capital  is  required  to  reconstruct  the 

[21] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


plant,  this  new  capital  is  represented  by  new  plant.  In 
addition  there  must  be  reckoned  the  very  considerable 
losses  in  revenue  due  to  plant  being  temporarily  out  of 
service.  Such  losses  cannot,  of  course,  be  charged  as  ex- 
pense but  must  be  absorbed  by  the  telephone  companies 
out  of  their  margin  of  surplus  earnings  of  the  past.  Of  the 
total  storm  destruction  mentioned,  the  New  England 
Bell  Telephone  Companies  suffered  to  the  extent  of  more 
than  one  and  a  half  millions  of  dollars.  The  damage  to 
the  Long  Lines  Department  of  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company  was  nearly  one  million  dollars. 
The  damages  to  the  Wisconsin  Telephone  Company 
and  Michigan  State  Telephone  Company  were  approxi- 
mately two  millions  of  dollars.  The  Northwestern  Bell 
Telephone  Company  had  over  nine  hundred  thousand 
dollars  of  plant  destroyed,  and  The  Pacific  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company  about  six  hundred  thousand  dollars. 
Not  a  single  Bell  Telephone  Company  in  the  country 
escaped.  This  storm  damage  is  recognized  as  a  part  of 
the  cost  of  furnishing  telephone  service.  Some  years 
it  is  heavier  than  others,  but  it  is  always  a  factor. 


Allen  B.  Crtjnden. 


[22] 


The   Recent   Parliamentary   Investigation 
of  the  Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

THE  telephone  system  of  Great  Britain  comprises 
about  1,000,000  telephone  stations,  together  with 
some  450,000  miles  of  toll,  or  "  trunk,"  wires. 
The  whole  telephone  plant  is  now  owned  by  the  British 
Government,  with  the  exception  of  the  local  exchanges 
in  the  city  of  Hull  and  on  the  island  of  Guernsey  in  the 
English  Channel,  which  are  owned  by  the  respective 
local  authorities.  The  Government  system  is  operated 
by  the  Post  Office,  which  also  operates  the  national  tele- 
graph system  as  well  as  the  postal  service. 

British  Telephone  History 

While  the  operation  of  telephone  service  in  Great 
Britain  is  now  practically  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the 
Government,  the  telephone  was  introduced  (in  1878) 
and  was  first  developed  by  private  companies.  Almost 
from  the  very  beginning  of  the  service,  however,  the 
attitude  of  the  Government  was  distinctly  unfavorable 
to  its  development  under  private  auspices.  Ten  years 
before  the  introduction  of  the  telephone,  legislation  had 
been  enacted  which  declared  the  operation  of  public 
telegraph  service  to  be  a  Government  monopoly,  and  the 
Government  had  accordingly  acquired  the  various  pri- 
vately owned  telegraph  properties.  Telephone  service 
had  not  long  been  in  operation  before  the  Postmaster 
General  secured  a  court  decision  to  the  effect  that  a  tele- 
phone system  was  a  telegraph  system  within  the  meaning 
of  the  provisions  of  the  Act  creating  the  Government 
telegraph  monopoly.  Upon  this  decision  the  Govern- 
ment did  not  at  once  acquire  the  private  telephone  sys- 
tems as  it  was  empowered  to  do,  but  adopted  a  policy 
of  issuing  limited  licenses  to  private  telephone  companies. 
The  terms  of  these  licenses  were  such  as  to  impede 
rather  than  to  stimulate  the  development  of  the  telephone 
business.  They  imposed  restrictions  upon  the  companies 
as  to  areas  of  activity  and  the  acquisition  of  rights-of- 

[23] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


way;  they  levied  a  substantial  royalty  upon  the  gross 
earnings  of  the  companies;  and,  finally,  the  licenses 
terminated  in  1911  with  no  provision  for  the  conduct  of 
the  business  thereafter.  Even  under  these  restrictive 
licenses,  however,  a  number  of  private  companies  under- 
took to  develop  telephone  service  in  the  various  parts  of 
the  country;  but  by  1892  the  various  small  companies 
had  been  consolidated  into  the  largest  company,  the 
National  Telephone  Company,  Ltd.  In  1896  the  toll 
lines  of  the  National  Telephone  Company  were  acquired 
by  the  Government  and  the  operation  of  the  lines  there- 
after was  given  over  to  the  Post  Office.  Local  telephone 
service,  however,  was  still  left  in  the  hands  of  the  Na- 
tional Company. 

At  this  stage  in  the  history  of  British  telephony 
there  arose  a  theory  that  competition  in  the  telephone 
business  would  be  desirable  from  the  standpoint  of  both 
rates  and  service;  and  in  1899  legislation  was  enacted 
permitting  municipalities  to  establish  and  operate  tele- 
phone systems  in  competition  with  local  exchanges  of 
the  National  Telephone  Company.  But  while  telephone 
competition  had  considerable  support  in  theory,  it  made 
little  progress  in  actual  practice.  Very  few  municipalities 
took  advantage  of  the  legal  authority  accorded  them  to 
enter  the  telephone  business;  and  of  the  municipal 
systems  actually  established  only  the  two  already  men- 
tioned— those  at  Hull  and  Guernsey — have  survived 
up  to  the  present  time.  In  1900,  the  Post  Office  under- 
took the  construction  of  a  competing  exchange  in  London; 
but  even  before  this  exchange  had  been  completed  and 
brought  into  operation,  the  Government  recognized  the 
futility  of  telephone  competition  and  in  1901  made  an 
agreement  with  the  National  Telephone  Company 
which  provided  for  a  division  of  the  London  business, 
with  identical  rates  and  free  intercommunication.  In 
1905  the  Government,  having  definitely  decided  not  to 
extend  the  license  of  the  National  Telephone  Company, 
agreed  to  purchase  the  entire  property  of  the  Company 
at  the  expiration  of  its  license  in  1911.     The  property 

T24] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

thus  acquired,  comprising  561,738  stations,  was  turned 
over  to  the  Post  Office. 

Restrictive  Influences  upon  Telephone 
Development 

So  far  as  underlying  physical  and  economic  condi- 
tions are  concerned,  it  might  reasonably  be  expected 
that  the  telephone  development  of  Great  Britain  would 
be  as  high  as,  if  not  higher  than,  that  in  any  other  coun- 
try in  the  world.  The  territory  of  Great  Britain  is 
compact  and  is  densely  inhabited  by  a  homogeneous 
population;  her  activities  are  chiefly  industrial  and  com- 
mercial, and  she  ranks  high  in  point  of  national  wealth. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  however,  the  telephone  develop- 
ment of  Great  Britain  is  exceeded  by  that  of  a  number 
of  other  foreign  countries,  and  in  comparison  with  that 
in  the  United  States  is  very  low  indeed.  At  the  end  of 
1921  the  number  of  telephones  per  100  population  was 
only  2.2  in  Great  Britain,  as  against  12.8  in  the  United 
States. 

It  is  perhaps  true  that  the  British  people  are  char- 
acterized by  a  certain  conservatism  towards  the  adoption 
of  new  methods,  such  as  those  involved  in  a  widespread 
use  of  the  telephone.  But  the  failure  of  Great  Britain 
to  attain  a  telephone  development  commensurate  with 
her  natural  advantages  may  be  attributed  only  in  small 
part  to  the  influence  of  national  habits.  Undoubtedly 
the  chief  causes  of  the  relative  backwardness  of  British 
telephone  development  are  to  be  found  in  conditions 
arising  out  of  the  relationship  of  the  Government  to 
the  service.  Governmental  authority  assumed  virtual 
control  of  the  telephone  when  the  new  art  was  first 
introduced  into  the  country.  The  Government  at  once 
committed  itself  to  a  policy  which,  by  the  restrictive 
provisions  incorporated  in  the  franchises  of  the  com- 
panies, distinctly  hampered  the  free  development  of 
the  service  by  private  enterprise.  By  the  time  that 
efficient  and  adequate  toll  service  had  become  an  im- 
portant  factor   in    stimulating   telephone    growth,    the 

[25] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Government  had  already  acquired  all  the  toll  lines  of  the 
country  and  development  was  retarded  by  an  insufficiency 
of  toll  facilities,  with  resulting  adverse  reactions  upon 
service,  which  still  persists.  Moreover,  at  the  stage  of 
telephone  progress  when,  judging  from  experience  in  the 
United  States,  a  very  rapid  expansion,  aided  by  proper 
rate  policies,  might  have  been  expected  through  the 
extension  of  the  service  among  the  smaller  users — with 
the  consequent  increase  in  the  value  of  the  service  to 
the  larger  users — the  Government  further  restricted  the 
incentive  of  private  enterprise  by  indicating  that  the 
National  Telephone  Company's  license  would  not  be 
extended  after  its  expiration  in  1911.  The  actual  ac- 
quisition by  the  Government  of  the  entire  control  and 
operation  of  the  service  in  1911  was  a  natural  culmina- 
tion of  a  policy  adopted  thirty  years  previously. 

The  Latest  Parliamentary  Investigation 

Public  dissatisfaction  with  the  British  telephone 
service  has  been  vigorously  expressed  for  years.  This 
dissatisfaction  has  been  evidenced  by  constant  criticism 
on  the  part  of  the  press,  by  frequent  complaints  by  public 
bodies,  and  by  investigations  by  special  committees  of 
Parliament.  The  adverse  criticism  has  been  directed 
not  against  the  character  of  the  plant  and  equipment, 
which  is  in  general  comparable  with  the  character  of  the 
physical  property  of  the  telephone  systems  in  this  coun- 
try, but  rather  against  the  defects  in  the  scheme  of 
administrative  organization  of  the  service  and  the  re- 
sultant limitations  upon  efficient  and  economical  oper- 
ation. The  purpose  of  this  article,  however,  is  not  to 
analyze  the  deficiencies  which  have  been  pointed  out  in 
these  criticisms,  but  merely  to  consider  the  more  im- 
portant aspects  of  the  present  telephone  situation  in  so 
far  as  they  are  disclosed  by  the  recent  report  of  the  latest 
Parliamentary  investigation. 

In  1920,  a  proposal  involving  further  considerable 
general  increases  in  telephone  rates — a  substantial  in- 
crease in  rates  had  been  effected  during  the  war  period — 

[26] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

was  brought  forward  by  the  Post  Office  authorities  after 
an  investigation  by  a  Departmental  Committee  on  Tele- 
phone Rates.  Strong  public  opposition  to  this  proposal 
developed,  and  a  Parliamentary  committee  was  ap- 
pointed, which,  after  a  short  investigation,  approved 
the  increases  desired  by  the  Post  Office;  and  these  in- 
creases were  put  into  full  effect  April  1,  1921.  Public 
dissatisfaction  with  the  new  rates  continued,  however, 
and  assumed  such  proportions  that  the  Government 
felt  it  advisable  to  have  a  second  Parliamentary  com- 
mittee appointed  "to  inquire  into  the  organisation  and 
administration  of  the  Telephone  Service  and  the  method 
of  making  charges."  This  committee  was  not  able  to 
complete  its  work  before  the  close  of  the  Parliamentary 
session  of  1921,  and  early  in  1922  its  members  were  re- 
appointed to  constitute  a  third  committee  to  complete 
the  investigations  of  the  second  committee  and  to  report 
its  findings  upon  those  matters  which  had  been  included 
within  the  scope  of  the  second  committee's  inquiry. 

In  March,  1922,  this  third  committee  submitted  a 
report*  embodying  its  conclusions  based  upon  the  vo- 
luminous testimony  taken  by  its  predecessors,  including 
memoranda  of  investigations  made  by  members  and 
representatives  sent  to  the  Continent  and  to  the  United 
States. 

There  is  no  indication  that  the  Committee  was 
influenced  by  political  considerations;  its  report  was  a 
unanimous  one,  and  impartiality  and  breadth  of  view  are 
evident  throughout  its  pages.  This  fact  is  important, 
because  the  impartiality  and  thoroughness  of  the  Com- 
mittee not  only  lend  added  weight  to  its  formal  con- 
clusions, but  also  put  significance  into  some  statements 
in  its  report  which  might  otherwise  pass  with  little 
notice.  At  the  same  time,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  members  of  the  Committee  were,  of  course,  not 
experienced  in  telephone  operations;  however,  their  sug- 
gestions as  to  the  organization  and  business  aspects  of  the 

*Report  from  the  Select  Committee  on  the  Telephone  Service  1922, 
together  with  the  Proceedings  of  the  Committee.  Ordered,  by  the  House  of 
Commons,  to  be  printed,  20th  March,  1922. 

[27] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


telephone  service  can  undoubtedly  be  regarded  as  well 
founded. 

At  the  very  beginning  of  the  Committee's  report 
occurs  this  significant  statement: 

"Before  dealing  in  detail  with  the  terms  of  the  reference, 
it  seems  proper  to  mention  one  observation  or  conclusion  which 
has  a  general  bearing.  We  have  been  impressed  with  the  ca- 
pacity, assiduity  and  single-mindedness  of  the  officials  of  the 
Post  Office  who  have  given  testimony  before  us.  They  are  men 
devoted  to  the  public  service,  keenly  watchful  for  its  welfare, 
well  skilled  in  their  calling,  untiring  in  their  efforts,  and  with  an 
intimate  knowledge  of  their  duties.  Yet  there  is  something 
wanting.  No  one  acquainted  with  the  evidence  before  your 
Committee  can  fail  to  be  struck  with  the  almost  universal 
antagonism — often,  it  may  be,  unreasonable — manifested  so 
widely  and  persistently  against  British  telephone  administra- 
tion. From  study  of  or  personal  experience  in  the  Scandinavian 
kingdoms  your  Committee  learn  that  this  spirit  is  not  so  preva- 
lent there,  nor  in  Canada,  nor  in  the  United  States,  nor  in 
Switzerland.  The  public  in  those  countries  are  more  disposed 
to  approve  the  telephone  management,  and  when  they  do  not, 
they  enter,  in  a  sense,  into  friendly  partnership  with  it  to  discuss 
alterations  and  devise  improvements.  In  the  British  Isles  this 
disposition  is  conspicuously  absent.  The  public  have  little 
mind  to  help  the  Post  Office,  which  we  think  unfortunate;  the 
Post  Office,  on  the  other  hand,  have  given  some  ground  for 
saying  that  it  appears  to  believe  that  the  public  was  made  for 
the  Post  Office,  and  not  the  Post  Office  for  the  public.  It  tends 
too  much  to  a  cast-iron  application  of  regulations  in  an  improper 
way.  We  do  not  wish  to  lay  undue  stress  upon  these  character- 
istics, but  we  cannot  leave  them  out  of  sight  in  submitting  this 
Report." 

The  above  passage  is  significant  in  emphasizing 
the  necessity  for  the  cultivation  of  good  relations  be- 
tween a  public  service  and  the  public  served. 

Matters  of  Organization 

In  dealing  in  detail  with  the  question  of  the  organ- 
ization of  the  telephone  service,  the  most  important 
aspect  which  is  discussed  in  the  Committee's  report  is 
the  proposal,  often  made  before,  that  the  operation  of 
the  telephone  and  telegraph  services  be  separated  from 
that  of  the  postal  service.     The  Committee  recognized 

[28] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

that  the  wire  services  are  commercial  in  character  to  a 
greater  degree  than  the  mail  service,  and  are  much  more 
technical.    To  quote — 

"  We  have  given  much  consideration  to  the  question  whether 
the  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Departments  of  the  Post  Office 
should  be  separated  from  the  Postal  Department  or  not.  So  far 
back  as  1898  a  Select  Committee  on  Telephones  reported  with 
reference  to  telephone  competition  that  it  should  be  carried  on 
by  a  distinct  and  separate  branch  of  the  Post  Office,  and  should 
in  future  be  conducted  under  strictly  business-like  conditions  by 
a  staff  specially  qualified  for  such  a  duty.  This  recommendation 
seems  to  have  been  put  aside  on  the  ground  that  the  telegraph 
service  had  been  merged  into  the  postal  service,  and  that  there 
were  serious  objections  to  separating  the  department  which  was 
responsible  for  telephones  from  that  directing  the  telegraphs. 
At  that  period  this  fortuitous  combination  of  circumstances  may 
have  been  natural,  but  we  think  it  was  a  mischance  for  the 
telephones.  In  Sweden,  Norway  and  Denmark  the  telegraph 
and  telephone  department  is  quite  separate  from  that  of  the 
mails,  and  after  years  of  experience  this  arrangement  is  in  those 
countries  held  to  be  entirely  justified.  In  Canada  and  the 
United  States  the  mails  are  in  the  hands  of  the  State,  and  the 
telegraphs  and  telephones  are  under  private  management  with  a 
certain  degree  of  State  control  or  regulation;  and  the  marked 
progress  of  telephone  development  in  all  these  countries  is 
quoted  as  showing  that  the  telephone  administration  has  been 
handicapped  in  this  country  by  its  association  with  the  mails. 
In  the  United  Kingdom  the  carriage  of  letters  has  always  been 
upheld  as  the  main  foundation  on  which  Post  Office  manage- 
ment rests,  and  when  the  telegraph  and  telephone  undertakings 
were  in  turn  transferred  to  the  Post  Office,  it  seems  to  have  been 
decided  to  patch  them  into  the  existing  organisation  rather  than 
to  alter  the  organisation  to  suit  the  extended  conditions.  This 
plan  cannot  rightly  subsist  if  great  telephone  extension  is  the 
need  of  the  country  and  should  be  its  policy.  Telephone  business 
is  essentially  commercial,  and  if  it  is  to  be  developed  adequately 
it  must  be  administered  on  commercial  and  somewhat  inde- 
pendent lines.  The  official  Post  Office  witnesses  stated  in  evi- 
dence that  the  separation  would  involve  great  difficulties,  while 
other  competent  representative  authority  supports  it. 

"Your  Committee  consider  that  the  re-organisation  of  the 
telephone  administration  on  more  commercial  lines  is  the 
fundamental  requirement  for  efficient  development,  and  that  if 
it  is  carried  out  wisely  it  will  prove  a  solution  of  most  of  the 
failings  which  have  been  disclosed.     They  accordingly  recom- 

[29] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


mend  the  separation  of  the  telegraph  and  telephone  department 
on  the  one  hand  from  that  of  the  mails  on  the  other." 

In  suggesting  methods  whereby  its  recommendation 
as  to  the  separation  of  the  wire  services  from  the  postal 
service  might  be  effected,  the  Committee  recommends 
the  creation  of  a  Department  of  Communications  organ- 
ized along  functional  lines — at  least  in  so  far  as  super- 
visory positions  are  concerned — the  development  of 
this  organization  to  be  entrusted  "to  a  body  largely 
composed  of  men  of  wide  administrative  experience  not 
connected  with  the  Civil  Service." 

The  only  other  point  of  general  interest  in  the  report 
in  regard  to  organization  is  a  brief  but  perhaps  significant 
reference  by  the  Committee  to  the  possibility  of  turning 
the  telephone  service  back  to  private  operation: 

"There  is  another  topic  which  should  be  touched  upon 
under  the  heading  of  organisation.  It  is  not  within  our  reference 
to  consider  the  restoration  of  the  telephone  service  to  private 
enterprise,  for  which  practically  all  United  States  authorities 
claim  advantages. " 

Matters  of  Administration 

Under  the  heading  of  administration,  the  Committee 
discussed  many  matters,  chief  among  which  from  the 
standpoint  of  interest  to  telephone  men  in  the  United 
States  is  the  matter  of  service  in  rural  areas. 

The  almost  total  failure  of  the  British  Post  Office  to 
provide  service  for  the  population  of  the  rural  areas  is 
well  known.  Indeed,  rural  development  is  practically 
unknown,  or  at  least  entirely  inadequate,  in  the  case  of 
nearly  every  country  in  which  telephone  service  is  oper- 
ated by  the  Government,  largely  because  the  needs  of 
the  farmers  have  not  been  properly  considered  in  the 
preparation  of  Government  rate  schedules.  This  fact 
is  recognized  by  the  Committee,  which  takes  the  position, 
in  general,  that  if  the  Post  Office  itself  is  not  prepared  to 
furnish  service  in  ruralareas,  it  should  not  unreasonably 
restrict  the  initiative ,  of  the  farmers  in  arranging  to 
provide   telephone   service   for   themselves: 

[30] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

"Another  fundamental  question  of  policy  is  the  following. 
It  must  be  definitely  determined  whether  the  Post  Office  tele- 
phone administration  is  to  be  entirely  responsible  for  the  de- 
velopment of  all  telephone  service,  or  should  on  occasions  let 
someone  else  perform  it  under  Post  Office  sanction.  Take,  by 
way  of  illustration,  sparsely-populated  agricultural  districts.  Is 
the  Post  Office  to  employ  its  own  official  exclusively  to  maintain 
the  service,  or  ought  it  to  delegate  a  certain  amount  of  responsi- 
bility to  the  subscribers  themselves?  Upon  the  correct  solution 
of  the  problem  here  involved  hangs  largely  the  future  of  rural 
telephone  development.*  *  *  The  witness  who  represented  the 
National  Farmers'  Union  advocated  semi-private  lines  under 
Government  supervision  or  licence,  and  seemingly  desired  that 
farmers  should  put  up  the  wires  and  maintain  the  line.  In 
Canada  and  the  United  States  there  are  hundreds  of  small  rural 
telephone  companies  or  groups  whfMe  the  members  construct 
and  operate  a  telephone  system  for  their  own  use,  linking  up 
with  the  central  system  and  paying  a  flat  rate  of  from  $3  to  $9 
per  telephone  for  switching  service.  *  *  * 

"Your  Committee  are  of  opinion  that  the  Post  Office  has 
not  taken  a  sufficiently  broad  view  of  this  general  question  of 
rural  telephone  development,  and  has  failed  to  realise  that  the 
advantages  of  extending  the  system  into  rural  areas  are  shared 
by  other  classes  of  subscribers.  It  is  incumbent  on  our  telephone 
administration  to  have  a  definite  policy  of  development,  and  it 
should  consider  how  far,  in  the  interests  of  the  system  as  a 
whole,  it  is  prepared  to  go  towards  making  the  telephone  service 
available  throughout  the  Kingdom  at  a  cost  within  reach  of  the 
inhabitants  of  rural  areas.  In  other  countries  the  initiative  is 
usually  taken  by  the  prospective  subscribers,  and,  though 
allowance  must  be  made  for  different  national  characteristics, 
your  Committee  believe  that  a  great  deal  might  be  done  in 
country  districts  here  to  stimulate  greater  co-operative 
effort." 

American  telephone  men  will  naturally  agree  with 
the  principle  involved  in  the  Committee's  recommenda- 
tions as  to  the  employment  of  private  initiative  in  the 
development  of  rural  areas.  Even  under  British  condi- 
tions, however,  there  are  probably  two  sides  to  the 
proposition  somewhat  timidly  advanced  by  the  Com- 
mittee that  municipalities  and  other  local  authorities 
not  necessarily  in  rural  areas  be  permitted  to  meet  their 
own  telephone  needs  under  certain  circumstances  and 

[31] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


with  certain  safeguards.     It  seems  significant  that  the 
Committee  should  recommend  that: 

"Any  area  should  be  allowed  to  become  responsible  for  its 
own  telephone  system  on  condition  that  it  can  show  that  (i)  tele- 
phone facilities  are  not  available  at  reasonable  rates;  (ii)  a 
responsible  authority  is  prepared  to  undertake  the  work; 
(iii)  proper  financial  guarantees  are  forthcoming;  and  (iv) 
definite  plans  and  estimates  have  been  prepared,  and  oppor- 
tunity given  to  the  Post  Office  for  approval  or  criticism.  Should 
the  purchase  of  existing  plant  be  contemplated,  the  value  would 
be  assessed  by  the  Railway  and  Canal  Commission  unless  the 
parties  could  agree  upon  the  price  to  be  paid.  If  new  plant  is 
required,  it  might  be  supplied  at  cost  price  through  the  Post 
Office,  which  by  reason  of  the  large  purchases  the  Post  Office 
makes  ought  in  ordinary  circumstances  to  be  at  less  cost  than 
the  responsible  authority  could  purchase  for  themselves." 

It  is  also  interesting  to  note  that  the  Committee 
made  no  sweeping  declaration  either  in  favor  of  or  against 
automatic  telephony.  After  briefly  commenting  on  this 
type  of  apparatus,  the  report  states: 

"The  quality  of  the  service  is  a  point  on  which  public 
opinion  has  a  right  to  be  heard,  but  the  means  of  attaining  it  is 
a  technical  matter  which  is  chiefly  one  for  the  administration." 

In  the  domain  of  finance,  the  Committee  was  naturally 
desirous  of  suggesting  possibilities  for  reductions  in 
expenses  which  would  permit  a  general  rate  reduction; 
the  report,  however,  contains  only  two  recommendations 
of  this  character.  First,  it  recommends  that  there  be  a 
substantial  reduction  in  the  amounts  currently  charged 
against  revenue  in  respect  of  depreciation.  The  reasoning 
behind  this  recommendation  is  by  no  means  clear,  and 
it  is  impossible  without  more  information  on  the  ac- 
counts and  finances  of  the  system  in  recent  years  than 
has  been  made  public  to  reach  a  definite  conclusion  as  to 
the  soundness  of  the  Committee's  views  in  this  technical 
matter.  Second,  the  Committee  recommends  a  change 
in  accounting  practice  by  which  the  overhead  expenses 
in  connection  with  new  construction  and  renewals  would 
be  charged  to  capital  account  and  to  the  "  Depreciation 

[32] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

Account,"  respectively,  instead  of  being  "debited  to 
the  year's  revenue"  as  is  the  present  practice.  So  far 
as  the  brief  reference  to  the  matter  in  the  report  permits 
conclusions  to  be  drawn,  and  without  a  clear  understand- 
ing of  the  term  "overhead  expenses"  as  used,  the  changes 
involved  in  this  recommendation  appear  to  be  in  accord 
with  the  Bell  System  accounting  practice  whereby  cer- 
tain overhead  expenses  are  distributed  over  direct 
charges  to  Construction,  Removal  and  Maintenance 
costs — the  portion  cleared  to  Removal  expense  being 
charged  ultimately  to  the  Depreciation  Reserve.  The 
Committee  estimated  that  the  reductions  in  operating 
expenses  that  would  result  from  the  adoption  of  these 
recommendations  would  be  equivalent  to  a  horizontal 
rate  reduction  of  probably  not  less  than  8  per  cent. 

Before  leaving  the  subject  of  administration,  the 
Committee  cited  an  example  of  the  unfavorable  reaction 
of  deficient  administration  upon  service: 

"Delays  in  transmission  are  traceable  to  several  sources, 
the  chief  among  them  being  an  insufficiency  of  trunk  lines.  The 
trunk  system,  which  has  been  operated  by  the  Post  Office  since 
1896,  is  admitted  by  them  to  compare  unfavourably  with  the  long 
distance  service  in  America,  and  your  Committee  believe  the 
main  cause  to  be  that  the  Post  Office  do  not  persistently  grasp 
the  fact  that  the  public  will  not  freely  use  the  system  unless  they 
can  rely  upon  prompt  communication  at  the  lowest  possible 
tariff,  and  that  the  provision  of  really  adequate  facilities  creates 
a  demand  for  trunk  service." 

Rate  Matters 

In  considering  the  comments  and  recommendations 
of  the  Committee  in  regard  to  telephone  rates,  it  should 
be  remembered  that  the  rates  in  effect  at  the  time  of 
the  Committee's  inquiry  were  substantially  those  pro- 
posed by  the  Post  Office  Departmental  Committee  on 
Telephone  Rates  in  1920  and  put  into  full  effect  April  1, 
1921.  These  rates  put  every  subscriber  in  Great  Britain 
upon  a  readiness-to-serve  charge  system  of  rates,  with- 
out differentiation  between  business  and  residence  service. 

[33] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  readiness-to-serve  charge  was  $37.40  (£8-10-0)  in 
London;  $35.20  (£8-0-0)  in  the  largest  four  cities  except 
London  (Birmingham,  Glasgow,  Liverpool  and  Man- 
chester); and  $33.00  (£7-10-0)  in  all  other  places.  The 
rate  for  each  local  call  was  2%  cents  (lj^d.)  and  was  the 
same  throughout  Great  Britain.  Party  lines  were  not 
provided  for,  except  in  the  case  of  subscribers  distant 
more  than  a  mile  from  a  central  office. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  undertake  a  detailed  com- 
parison of  telephone  rates  in  Great  Britain  and  in  the 
United  States.  It  is  obvious,  however,  that  such  a 
comparison  would  be  exceedingly  difficult,  if  not  impossi- 
ble, since  proper  allowance  cannot  be  made  for  the  in- 
fluence of  such  factors  as  the  difference  in  price  levels 
between  the  two  countries,  the  radical  difference  be- 
tween the  structures  of  the  rate  systems,  and  the  equally 
important  differences  in  the  scope  and  quality  of  service 
provided  under  the  rates.  Nevertheless,  it  is  possible 
to  compare  approximately  the  average  telephone  rate 
increases  which  have  taken  place  in  the  two  countries 
since  the  beginning  of  the  World  War.  In  Great  Britain 
the  increases  carried  by  the  rates  introduced  on  April  1, 
1921,  brought  exchange  rates  to  a  level  officially  esti- 
mated to  be  80  per  cent,  over  pre-war  and  brought  toll 
rates  to  about  100  per  cent,  above  pre-war.  In  the 
United  States  the  exchange  rates  of  the  Bell  System 
were  only  about  35  per  cent,  higher  at  the  end  of  1921 
than  in  1914,  while  the  toll  rates  were  only  about  20 
per  cent,  higher. 

In  setting  up  their  rate  system,  the  Departmental 
Committee  on  Telephone  Rates  was  largely  influenced 
by  the  cost-of-service  theory  of  rate-making.  The 
Committee  attacks  this  theory  in  the  very  first  para- 
graph of  that  section  of  its  report  which  deals  with  rates, 
quoting  with  approval  an  American  statement  made  in 
1901,  or  over  20  years  ago,  that  "it  is  wise  and  just  to 
base  rates  on  other  considerations  than  cost"  in  large 
as  well  as  small  communities.  In  the  Committee's  own 
words : 

[34] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

"The  preceding  observations  bring  into  prominence  the 
conclusion  that  general  telephone  extension  and  rural  telephone 
development  are  very  closely  allied,  because  rural  development 
has  little  chance  of  taking  place  freely  without  distribution  of 
expenses  on  the  basis,  just  suggested,  of  value  for  services 
rendered.  *  *  *  It  is  an  acknowledged  circumstance  that  a  high 
development  in  residence  telephones  is  a  great  factor  in  accelerat- 
ing general  development,  and  this  consideration  leads  to  the 
prevalent  practice  in  Canada,  the  United  States,  and  other 
countries  of  offering  residence  connections  at  lower  rates  than 
business  connections,  although  such  a  course  cannot  always  be 
justified  on  a  cost  basis.  *  *  * 

"  It  is  no  doubt  easier  to  make  a  uniform  rate  which  applies 
to  the  whole  of  Great  Britain.  *  *  *  But  the  inflexibility  of  such 
a  rate  militates  against  development,  as  it  ignores  local  condi- 
tions and  the  linking-up  of  community  of  interests  which  can  so 
judiciously  foster  it.  In  agricultural  districts,  for  instance, 
communication  with  a  market  town  is  often  a  crucial  matter, 
and  such  rates  cannot  be  satisfactory  if  based  on  absolute 
distance.  Numerous  instances  of  hardship  inflicted  by  the 
rigid  application  of  one  adamantine  rule  for  differing  conditions 
have  been  brought  before  us.  Forcible  argument  has  been 
adduced  against  rural  areas,  which  have  natural  disadvantages 
arising  from  few  or  remote  subscribers,  having  to  pay  the  same 
uniform  rate  as  in  town  areas.  If  they  cannot  be  supplied  more 
cheaply,  they  ask  to  be  allowed  to  try  for  themselves.  While 
your  Committee  fully  recognise  the  necessity  for  basic  principles, 
the  application  of  these  principles  to  local  requirements  should 
be  a  matter  of  careful  study  with  a  view  to  obtaining  the  maxi- 
mum traffic  at  the  lowest  possible  cost." 

These  are  strong  statements,  but  there  will  be  little 
inclination  on  the  part  of  telephone  men  in  this  country 
to  dispute  the  principles  which  they  express,  or  to  dis- 
agree as  to  the  restrictive  effect  upon  development  of  the 
kind  of  rate  schedule  to  which  they  refer. 

In  regard  to  the  total  abolition  of  flat  rates  in  all 
exchanges  and  the  setting  up  of  a  universal  system  of 
readiness-to-serve  charges  with  no  differentiation  be- 
tween business  and  residence  service,  which  were  effected 
by  the  April  1,  1921,  rate  change,  the  recommendations 
of  the  Committee  are  either  not  comprehensive  or  not 
technically  sound.  The  utmost  that  the  Committee 
felt  able  to  recommend  is  the  following  (" message  rate" 

[35] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


being   the   equivalent   of    "  readiness-to-serve "    in   Bell 
System  terminology) : 

"Your  Committee,  after  giving  their  most  careful  attention 
to  all  the  above  considerations,  have  arrived  at  the  following 
conclusions: — (i)  We  recommend  that  the  message  rate  be  the 
broad  basis  of  any  method  of  charging;  (ii)  we  are  convinced 
that  for  business  lines  in  a  large  city  the  flat  rate  stands  con- 
demned, while  for  very  small  places  or  for  residences  in  restricted 
areas,  although  theoretically  objectionable,  it  may  be  the  means 
of  accelerating  development;  and  (iii)  on  the  ground  that  de- 
velopment will  be  encouraged,  we  think  that,  without  departing 
very  largely  from  the  basis  of  the  message  rate,  some  principle  of 
differentiation  or  elasticity  is  desirable,  as,  for  instance,  by 
charging  a  lower  annual  installation  rental  for  residences  than  for 
business  premises." 

Experience  in  the  United  States  indicates  that  the 
conclusion  that  the  readiness-to-serve  charge  system  of 
rates  is  the  proper  basis  for  charging  is  fundamentally 
incorrect.  Such  a  system  of  rates  restricts  use  of  the 
telephone  to  a  marked  extent,  thereby  reducing  the 
value  of  the  service  and  tending  to  restrict  development. 
It  would  appear  that  the  desire  of  the  Committee,  fre- 
quently expressed  in  its  report,  that  telephone  service 
should  be  widely  distributed  in  Great  Britain  is  not 
likely  to  be  realized  under  such  a  rate  system. 

The  final  conclusion  of  the  Committee  as  to  rate 
reductions,  which  is  of  a  very  general  character  and  is 
based  apparently  upon  their  consideration  of  possible 
reductions  in  operating  expenses,  is  given  in  the  following 
statement: 

"If  our  conclusions  are  approved,  we  recommend  an  im- 
mediate reduction  of  10  per  cent,  on  subscribers'  accounts 
provisionally  and  without  prejudice  to  any  subsequent  rear- 
rangement to  carry  out  our  recommendations." 

The  Committee's  report  ends  with  the  following 
comment: 

"Your  Committee  are  very  much  alive  to  the  fact  that  the 
financial  success  of  some  of  these  recommendations  is  dependent 
upon  a  better  spirit  of  co-operation  between  the  Post  Office  and 
the  public.    To  secure  this  success  a  more  sjTnpathetic  recogni- 

[36] 


Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain 

tion  is  vital  by  the  Post  Office,  on  the  one  hand,  that  the  public 
are  human  beings  with  human  feelings  and  frailties,  and  not 
mere  automatons  for  making  the  telephone  accounts  balance; 
and  by  the  public,  on  the  other,  that  there  are  often  real  hidden 
technical  difficulties  and  that  an  attitude  of  chronic  suspicion 
does  not  help  to  solve  them." 

The  Aftermath  of  the  Investigation 

Just  what  will  be  the  ultimate  effect  of  the  findings 
and  recommendations  of  the  Committee  upon  the  future 
administration  of  telephone  affairs  still  remains  to  be 
seen.  As  regards  telephone  rates,  a  downward  revision 
of  rates  to  take  effect  July  1st  of  this  year  was  announced 
by  the  Post  Office  shortly  after  the  publication  of  the 
Committee's  report,  this  revision  apparently  being  based 
upon  the  decline  in  wages,  amounting  to  about  20  per 
cent.,  which  has  arisen  out  of  the  reduction  of  cost 
of  living  bonuses  which  has  followed  the  fall  in  prices. 
However,  the  announcement  of  the  new  rates  indicates 
that  no  change  in  the  readiness-to-serve  charge  system 
of  local  rates  has  been  made,  except  that  a  moderate 
differential  has  been  provided  in  the  readiness-to- 
serve  charge  as  between  business  service  and  residence 
service. 

As  regards  the  organization  and  administration  of  the 
service,  Post  Office  authorities  have  definitely  stated 
that  the  Committee's  proposal  for  the  separation  of  the 
wire  services  from  the  postal  service  will  not  be  accepted; 
and,  so  far  as  is  known,  no  official  action  has  been 
taken  as  to  any  of  the  other  vital  improvements  which 
were  so  forcefully  recommended  in  the  Committee's 
report. 

In  its  report,  the  Committee  was  not  slow  to  praise 
American  telephone  organization  and  its  results;  and 
the  telephone  men  and  women  of  the  United  States  may 
rightfully  feel  gratified  at  the  favorable  recognition 
accorded  by  the  Committee  to  the  service,  development 
and  administrative  methods  for  which  they  are  responsi- 
ble.   However,  when  the  adoption  of  American  methods 

[37] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


is  recommended  in  government  organizations,  the  in- 
flexibility of  governmental  institutions  proves  an  in- 
surmountable barrier. 

S.  L.  Andrew. 

Editorial  Note: 

It  is  difficult  to  reach  an  exact  conclusion  as  to  the  amount  of 
reduction  in  the  new  rates,  announced  by  the  Postmaster  General 
to  take  effect  July  1st,  as  compared  with  the  rates  which  were  super- 
seded. Apparent^,  however,  the  new  rates  still  leave  the  general 
level  of  exchange  rates  about  60  per  cent.,  and  of  toll  rates  about 
80  per  cent.,  higher  than  before  the  War.  The  following  extract 
from  a  debate  in  the  House  of  Commons  on  May  4th  on  Post  Office 
affairs  shows  that  some  of  the  suggestions  made  by  the  Parliamentary 
Committee  were  considered  by  the  Post  Office  in  determining  the 
new  rates,  and  also  illustrates  some  of  the  difficulties  which  arise 
in  attempts  to  compare  British  rates  with  American  rates: 

"The  Postmaster  General  (Mr.  Kellaway): 

"I  come  now  to  a  part  of  the  service  which  has  always  occupied  my 
mind  a  good  deal,  and  that  is  the  provision  of  improved  telephone  facili- 
ties in  the  country  districts.  The  present  charges  are  undoubtedly 
prohibitive,  and  amount  in  a  great  number  of  cases  to  a  rental  of  as  much 
as  £20  (§88.00)  per  annum.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  you  have  heavy 
capital  charges  in  connection  with  most  of  the  rural  extensions.  The 
Select  Committee  attach  great  importance  to  this  point,  and  I  have  been 
influenced  a  great  deal  by  their  recommendation  on  this  subject  in  the 
proposal  which  I  am  about  to  make.  Where  not  less  than  eight  sub- 
scribers can  be  obtained  the  rental  will  be  £8  ($35.20).  The  instalment 
rental  will  be  £8  (S35.20)  per  subscriber,  the  local  and  trunk  fees  being 
charged  according  to  the  ordinary  tariff,  and  in  the  case  of  subscribers 
at  a  distance  of  more  than  one  mile  extra  mileage  will  be  charged  at  the 
standard  rate.  I  think  that  is  a  very  substantial  reduction  compared 
with  the  present  rates.  (An  Hon.  Member:  'What  is  the  amount  of 
the  reduction?')  The  present  charge  is  £20  ($88.00)  and  it  is  proposed 
to  reduce  it  to  £8  ($35.20),  and  therefore  the  amount  of  the  reduction  is 
£12  ($52.80).  A  day  sendee  only  will  be  provided  for  this  class  of  users, 
but  the  cost  of  the  night  service,  if  required,  can  be  met  by  an  additional 
charge  on  the  subscribers  themselves. 

"Lieut.  Colonel  Wheler*  'What  does  a  day  service  actually  mean?' 

"Mr.  Kellaway:  From  9  A.M.  to  7  or  8  P.M.  It  will  be  necessary 
in  this  case  to  ask  for  an  agreement  for  a  minimum  of  three  or  eight  years, 
according  to  the  capital  cost  involved." 

(Rates  in  Great  Britain  have  been  converted  into  TJ.  S.  dollars  at 
the  current  rate  of  exchange.) 


[38] 


Conference  of  Personnel  Group 

IF  anybody  was  to  ask  me  what  was  discussed  at  the 
recent  conference  of  the  Personnel  Group  which  I 
had  the  privilege  of  attending  in  April,  I  should 
answer  in  two  words — "Team  Work."  The  conference 
held  continuous  sessions  for  a  week  and  all  of  the  papers 
and  the  discussion  dealt  with  team  work  and  the  results 
which  can  be  accomplished  through  it — team  work  be- 
tween all  employees  and  all  departments;  team  work, 
which  involves  everyone  from  the  j^oungest  splicer's 
helper  to  the  superintendent  of  plant;  from  the  newest 
operator  to  the  superintendent  of  traffic;  from  the  clerk 
last  enrolled  in  the  commercial  office  to  the  general 
commercial  superintendent;  from  the  office  boy  to  the 
general  manager  and  the  president.  Team  work  was  dis- 
cussed from  every  point  of  view:  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  morale  which  must  go  with  it;  of  the  confidence 
there  must  be  between  the  various  individuals  of  the 
organization  and  the  various  sections  of  the  organization; 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  information  that  the  mem- 
bers of  the  team  must  have  as  to  objectives,  and  from  the 
point  of  view  of  what  the  objectives  themselves  were  and 
should  be. 

Comparatively  speaking,  the  team  work  of  the  Bell 
System  has  always  been  good.  The  system  has  been 
noted  among  industrial  and  public  service  corporations 
for  this  characteristic.  During  and  immediately  subse- 
quent, to  the  war,  however,  there  was  a  general  let-down 
in  the  morale  of  all  organizations  and  the  Bell  System 
was  not  free  from  the  effect  of  these  influences.  Im- 
mediately after  the  management  of  the  telephone  prop- 
erties was  returned  from  Federal  control  by  the  Post- 
master-General, an  intensive  study  of  this  question  was 
taken  up  and  efforts  were  made  throughout  the  whole 
Bell  System,  not  only  to  restore  the  morale  and  the  team 
work  to  the  pre-war  standards,  but  to  exceed  these 
standards  wherever  possible,  and  without  question  it  is 
always  possible  to  exceed  a  team  work  standard,  because 

[39] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


it  is  impossible  to  conceive  of  team  work  which  is  so 
perfect  that  it  cannot  be  better. 

The  record  of  achievement  which  was  reported  at  the 
conference  was  truly  a  remarkable  one,  not  only  in  what 
had  already  been  accomplished,  but  in  the  clear  indica- 
tions of  what  still  can  be  attained  by  continued  and 
further  applications  of  the  work  discussed.  What  took 
place  at  the  conference  may  be  naturally  divided  into 
three  parts. 

First — reports  by  representatives  of  the  general  staff 
in  regard  to  the  objectives  and  plans  in  connection  with 
operation  and  the  part  that  employees'  representation 
could  take  in  assisting  in  the  attaining  of  these  objectives. 
Mr.  R.  H.  Burcher,  Assistant  Vice  President,  presented  a 
paper  on  "  Operating  Objectives  of  the  Bell  System  and 
How  and  Where  Personnel  and  Public  Relations  Activities 
Can  Help  to  Attain  Them."  Mr.  R.  F.  Estabrook, 
Traffic  Results  Engineer,  presented  a  paper  entitled, 
"Carrying  Out  the  Public  Relations  and  Personnel 
Relations  Policies  in  Traffic  Work,"  and  Mr.  F.  P. 
Valentine,  Assistant  Commercial  Engineer,  gave  a  paper 
on  "Some  Business  Aspects  of  Telephone  Operations." 

These  papers  combined  gave  a  picture  of  the  operating 
problems  from  the  Plant,  Traffic  and  Commercial  stand- 
points, discussing  the  objectives  and  showing  how  through 
team  work  and  the  cooperation  of  all  results  could  be 
obtained  which  otherwise  were  not  obtainable. 

Second — were  a  number  of  papers  of  operating 
officials  of  various  Associated  Companies  dealing  with  the 
work  already  accomplished  through  employee  representa- 
tion. Mr.  H.  L.  Badger,  General  Superintendent  of 
Plant,  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Pennsylvania,  de- 
scribed employee  representation  in  the  Plant  Department 
of  that  company.  Mr.  Verne  Ray,  Superintendent  of 
Maintenance,  Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company,  described 
the  operation  of  the  public  relations  committees  and  the 
pink  ticket  plan  in  use  in  Chicago.  Employee  repre- 
sentation in  the  Traffic  Department  of  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  was  discussed  by 

L40] 


Conference  of  Personnel  Group 


Mr.  J.  L.  R.  Van  Meter,  General  Traffic  Manager  of  the 
Long  Lines  Department,  and  the  operation  of  service 
committees  in  the  Traffic  Departments  was  described  by 
Mr.  R.  L.  Barrows,  General  Supervisor  of  Traffic,  Bell 
Telephone  Company  of  Pennsylvania;  Mr.  Hermann 
Thomas,  General  Supervisor  of  Employment,  Long 
Lines  Traffic  Department,  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company,  and  Mr.  B.  J.  Bowen,  General 
Superintendent  of  Traffic,  New  England  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company.  "Demonstration  Switchboards — 
Their  Usefulness  with  Employees  and  the  Public,"  was 
presented  by  the  Honorable  Franz  C.  Kuhn,  President  of 
the  Michigan  State  Telephone  Company. 

Third — were  papers  which  dealt  particularly  with 
team  work  for  other  than  the  operating  features  of  the 
telephone  problem.  The  Hon.  D.  F.  Houston,  President 
of  the  Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company,  gave  a  talk  on 
telephone  financing  and  sale  of  preferred  stock  to  sub- 
scribers ;  Mr.  W.  P.  Banning,  of  the  Information  Depart- 
ment of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Com- 
pany, talked  on  "Motion  Pictures  for  Employees  and  the 
Public,"  and  Mr.  W.  J.  O'Connor,  of  the  Southwestern 
Bell  Telephone  Company,  on  the  "How  and  Why  of  Per- 
sonnel Work  in  the  Bell  System." 

The  papers  referred  to  above,  all  of  which  except  Mr. 
Houston's  have  been  printed  and  distributed,  by  no 
means  include  all  that  came  before  the  conference.  Oral 
reports  were  made  by  many  operating  officials  and  others 
of  the  results  which  they  had  been  obtaining.  These 
reports  were  equally  as  interesting  as  the  papers,  and  even 
they  left  undescribed  much  which  is  going  on  in  various 
companies.  Mr.  J.  P.  Downs,  General  Traffic  Manager 
of  the  New  York  Telephone  Company,  discussed  public 
relations  work  in  the  Traffic  Department  of  that  com- 
pany, and  Mr.  W.  H.  Winter,  General  Superintendent 
of  Plant  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Canada,  made 
a  most  interesting  statement  as  to  the  results  of  work 
through  employees'  representatives  in  the  plant  depart- 
ment of  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Canada. 

[41] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Reversing  the  usual  procedure  of  former  conferences 
of  the  Personnel  Group,  this  conference  was  developed 
along  the  lines  of  a  report  to  the  Personnel  Representa- 
tives of  the  Bell  System,  from  people  directly  concerned 
with  operating  conditions,  as  to  what  had  already  been 
accomplished  through  personnel  work  to  improve  the 
morale  and  team  work  within  the  system  and  to  improve 
public  relations  through  the  contacts  of  the  operating 
departments  with  the  public,  together  with  numerous 
suggestions  as  to  what  might  be  accomplished  in  the 
future. 

The  records  presented  definitely  established  the 
following  facts  with  reference  to  the  efforts  to  secure 
better  team  work.  That  it  has  resulted  in  a  higher  degree 
of  satisfaction  on  the  part  of  every  employee  in  his  work; 
that  it  is  a  powerful  aid  to  greater  efficiency  and  economy 
in  the  day  to  day  operations  of  the  business  and  in  im- 
proving its  public  relations,  and  that  in  the  future,  to  an 
even  greater  degree  than  in  the  past,  the  ability  to 
effectively  lead  in  such  work  will  be  among  the  important 
characteristics  which  will  be  found  in  successful  operating 
executives. 

Another  vital  fact  which  was  definitely  established  by 
the  record  seems  to  me  to  be  that  under  the  right  treat- 
ment and  given  proper  information  in  regard  to  the 
business  and  their  relations  to  it,  all  employees 
appreciate  as  never  before  that  their  interests  are  identical 
with  the  interests  of  the  management,  the  owners, 
and  the  public,  and  depend  in  the  long  run  upon 
the  success  of  the  enterprise.  One  of  the  most  striking 
features  brought  out  has  been  the  response  of  the  general 
forces  to  the  information  given  them  enabling  them  to  ap- 
preciate their  relations  to  the  large  objectives  of  the  busi- 
ness. The  response  of  the  general  forces  to  such  informa- 
tion indicates  perhaps  that  there  has  not  been  in  the  past 
a  full  appreciation  of  the  high  intelligence  and  the  keen 
interest  which  the  general  forces  take  in  their  jobs.  In 
some  cases  it  may  have  been  felt  that  the  younger  forces 
especially    would    not    understand   or   be   interested   in 

[42] 


Conference  of  Personnel  Group 


facts  about  the  business,  but  recent  experience  shows 
they  are  not  only  interested,  but  can  deal  with  the  facts 
skillfully  and  helpfully  once  they  get  them.  All  of  the 
general  forces  are  essentially  the  same  type  of  human 
beings  as  the  supervisory  forces  (most  of  whom  have 
been  developed  from  the  general  forces)  and  while  they 
may  not  in  most  cases  have  had  the  same  opportunities 
or  experiences,  they  are  working  for  the  same  objectives 
and,  if  they  have  the  proper  information  in  regard  to  the 
business,  with  the  same  and  often  with  even  greater 
enthusiasm. 

I  know  that  every  man  and  woman  at  the  conference, 
left  deeply  impressed  with  the  effectiveness  of  "team 
work"  and  determined  that  in  the  Bell  System,  we  should 
work  to  the  end  that  each  member  of  the  organization 
should  know  the  objective  of  the  business  so  as  to  do, 
understanding^,  his  or  her  part  of  the  work  and  be  able 
to  contribute  in  the  highest  degree  to  the  ideal  "Good 
service,  continuously  rendered  at  as  low  rates  as  con- 
sistent with  a  fair  return  to  the  owners." 


Bancroft  Gherardi. 


[43] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Business  Principles  in  Organization 
Practice 

CONSIDERATION  of  many  telephone  problems, 
and  close  contact  with  a  large  number  of  tele- 
phone men,  has  led  to  the  belief  that  the  following 
observations,  by  no  means  new,  are  worth  reiteration. 

In  nearly  all  countries  the  telephone  service,  whether 
privately  or  governmentally  operated,  is  furnished,  in 
principle  at  least,  as  a  commercial  service  in  the  sense  that 
it  is  expected  to  be  self-supporting.  When  governments 
operate,  the  theory  is  avowed  that  the  service  should 
neither  be  a  charge  upon  the  general  revenues  of  the 
government,  nor  a  substantial  contributor  to  the  general 
revenues.  In  practice,  the  government-operated  systems 
do  not  succeed  as  businesses,  and  fail  either  to  be  self- 
supporting  or  to  be  adequate  from  a  service  standpoint. 

In  the  United  States,  telephone  service  is  not  only 
furnished  as  a  commercial  service,  but  it  is  successfully 
operated  as  a  business.  It  is  almost  universally  the 
opinion  of  telephone  men  in  this  country,  based  on 
observation,  comparison  and  experience,  that  telephone 
service  can  be  and  is  best  rendered  as  a  commercial 
service.  This  means  that  the  service  is  best  managed  in 
accordance  with  business  principles. 

The  organization  of  the  Bell  System  is  such  as  to 
promote  the  conduct  of  the  telephone  business  as  a  whole 
in  this  country  along  sound  business  lines  to  a  greater 
extent  than  probably  obtains  in  any  other  industry  in  the 
country.  Despite  the  fact  that  this  organization  is 
nicely  adjusted  to  facilitate  the  conduct  of  the  enter- 
prise as  a  whole  along  consistently  sound  business  lines, 
the  necessity  for  sound  business  management,  particu- 
larly in  local  operations,  should  be  continually  emphasized. 
The  size  of  the  organization,  its  subjection  to  public 
regulation,  the  necessity  for  great  specialization  in  the 
work  for  technical  reasons,  and  the  requirement  of 
universal  service,  are  all  factors  which  tend  to  obscure 
the  essential  character  of  local  operations,  and  to  make 

[44] 


Business  Principles  in  Organization  Practice 

difficult  under  many  conditions  the  application  of  busi- 
ness principles  in  detail. 

Progress  a  Business  Necessity 

The  most  important  principle  in  any  business  is  that 
it  must  persistently  progress.  I  doubt  if  any  useful 
business,  regardless  of  its  character,  can  be  successfully 
continued  except  on  the  basis  of  fundamental  progress. 
This  progress  must  be  real.  In  practical  terms,  it  means 
that  product  must  be  improved  and  real  prices  reduced. 
In  the  telephone  business,  it  means  that  the  ultimate 
objective  of  the  entire  organization  in  doing  the  day's 
work  is  that  service  will  be  better  and  cheaper  as  time 
goes  on.  Such  progress  has  consistently  been  made  by 
the  Bell  System  from  the  beginning.  Telephone  service 
was  never  better,  more  extensive,  or  so  cheap  as  it  is 
today;  and  such  nominal  increases  in  rates  as  have  been 
necessary  in  very  recent  years  do  not  refute  this  state- 
ment, for  they  have  not  approached  the  corresponding 
change  in  the  value  of  money. 

The  necessity  for  fundamental  progress  as  a  business 
proposition  will  hardly  be  questioned.  The  essential 
problem  of  business  management  is  to  accomplish  this 
progress  in  a  balanced  and  systematic  way.  Net  earnings 
must  always  be  adequate,  or  retrogression,  not  progress, 
is  the  immediate  result.  Service  should  not  be  improved 
without  regard  to  the  value  of  the  improvement  to  the 
public,  or  without  regard  to  the  cost  to  be  borne  by  the 
public;  nor  should  costs  be  decreased  at  the  expense  of 
adequate  service.  The  standard  of  transmission,  the 
speed  of  answer,  the  speed  of  installation,  the  speed  of 
maintenance,  the  frequency  of  directories,  the  terms  of 
credit,  the  quantities  of  spare,  the  flexibility  of  plant  and 
of  organization — these  are  a  few  of  innumerable  cases 
where  the  essential  problem  is  one  of  business  management. 
The  correct  solution  is  a  continuing  problem,  calling  for 
constant  adjustment  for  differing  and  for  changing  con- 
ditions. The  objective  is  constantly  to  increase  the  value 
of  service,  not  merely  or  necessarily  to  make  it  technically 

[45] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


perfect;  and  to  reduce  costs  by  increase  in  efficiency,  not 
by  reduction  of  service. 

The  two  most  important  single  factors,  from  the  stand- 
point of  organization,  in  the  progressive  reduction  in  cost 
and  improvement  of  service  simultaneously,  have  been 
the  functional  organization  of  operations,  and  the  central- 
ization of  development  work,  which  is  correspondingly 
functionalized.  Without  these  two  organization  develop- 
ments, it  seems  certain  that  progress  in  the  business 
could  not  be  had,  or  would  be  disastrously  limited.  They 
have  almost  automatically  made  progress;  but  they  must 
be  perfected  to  result  in  the  coordination  of  technical  and 
functional  progress  to  business  and  service  progress  as  a 
whole. 

Improving  Functional  Organization 

It  seems  to  me  that  continued  and  ■  intensive  atten- 
tion is  required  that  may  be  described  as  effort  in  the 
direction  of  perfecting  the  functional  organization.  This 
effort  must  be  exercised  along  three  different  lines. 
The  first  two  have  been  given  a  great  deal  of  consid- 
eration, and  will  be  only  briefly  mentioned  here.  The 
last  method  is  one  to  which  I  believe  special  emphasis 
is  due  now. 

1.  Maintenance  of  cooperative  attitude  between 
department  officials. 

2.  Establishment  of  interdepartmental  instructions 
that  provide  improved  methods  of  interdepart- 
mental work,  and  of  departmental  instructions 
that  facilitate  businesslike  treatment  of  depart- 
mental and  interdepartmental  business. 

3.  Development  of  the  practice  of  promoting  and 
transferring  men  to  different  departments. 

The  first  method  has  to  do  with  supervision,  education, 
morale,  and  team  play;  the  second  with  forms  of  organiza- 
tion, authorities,  and  organization  machinery;  and  the 
third  with  the  qualifications  of  men  and  the  training  of 
management  personnel. 

[46] 


Business  Principles  in  Organization  Practice 

From  the  business  standpoint,  the  test  of  every 
functional  officer  should  be  first  as  to  his  telephone 
business  qualifications.  He  must,  of  course,  be  able  to 
conduct  functional  activities  expertly,  but  he  must  be 
able  to  make  the  functional  performance  harmonize  with 
and  contribute  to  the  business  and  broad  service  ob- 
jective, and  so  as  not  to  conflict  with  and  detract  from  the 
results  as  a  whole.  Men  must  not  be  known  merely  as 
accountants,  traffic  men,  plant  men,  commercial  men, 
engineers,  but  first  as  good  telephone  men  assigned  to 
the  management  of  accounting  work,  traffic  work,  plant 
work,  commercial  work,  engineering  work. 

Advantages  of  Experience 

Good  telephone  business  men  are  not  made  by  calling 
them  by  new  names.  The  name  must  be  justified  by  the 
fact.  One  of  the  methods  of  securing  the  proper  develop- 
ment of  telephone  business  men  is  to  avoid  extremes  in  the 
confinement  of  men  to  single  functions.  There  will  always 
be  a  reluctance  to  transfer  men  from  one  function  to 
another,  or  for  men  to  welcome  transfer,  because  of  the 
loss  in  technical  proficiency  temporarily  suffered,  and 
because  some  uncertainty  is  inevitably  involved  in  any 
change.  It  will  be  necessary  to  take  a  broad  attitude,  and 
to  insist  that  to  attain  exceptional  technical  proficiency, 
at  the  expense  of  adequate  all-around  business  sense  in 
the  organization,  retards  business  and  individual  progress. 

It  is  especially  true  that  in  the  commercial  depart- 
ment, all-around  telephone  business  men  are  required. 
In  general,  men  can  more  safely  be  relied  upon  to  properly 
represent  the  Company  or  to  advise  soundly  on  local 
telephone  business  problems,  who  know  the  telephone 
business  as  well  as  outside  conditions  and  how  to  deal 
with  them.  Good  traffic  men  and  good  plant  men  who 
like  affairs  in  general  and  individual  and  mass  contact 
with  the  public,  should  be  given  opportunities  to  manage 
the  "commercial"  part  of  telephone  work.  This  pro- 
motes the  business  as  a  whole,  and  therefore  the  proper 
development  of  true  departmental  efficiency. 

[47]      , 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  job  is  to  find  out  what  the  people  want  to  buy,  to 
sell  what  they  want  to  buy  without  asking  them  to  pay 
for  what  they  don't  want,  and  to  produce  it  and  deliver 
it  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  buyers,  so  that  they 
will  be  glad  to  pa}^  for  it.  To  do  this  better  everj^  year  is 
good  business  and  good  service.  Nothing  else  is  either 
good  business  or  good  service.  This  is  the  standard  we 
set  ourselves  in  serving  the  public,  and  should  be  the  first 
to  consider  in  shaping  organization  and  in  selecting  the 
management  personnel. 

C.  I.  Barnard. 


[48] 


Progress  in  Cooperation  with  the  National 
Electric  Light  Association 

THE  annual  convention  of  the  National  Electric 
Light  Association  held  at  Atlantic  City  in  May 
marked  another  milestone  in  the  progress  of  our 
cooperative  relations  with  the  electric  light  and  power 
utilities.  At  the  invitation  of  the  Association,  about 
fifty  representatives  from  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company  and  nearby  Associated  Bell  Com- 
panies attended  the  convention  and  the  cordial  spirit  in 
which  they  were  received  by  the  electric  light  and  power 
representatives  shows  how  effective  have  been  the  efforts 
to  "get-together  with  the  other  fellow"  and  argues  well 
for  the  future  of  our  joint  work. 

An  outstanding  feature  of  the  convention  was  the 
presentation  of  the  second  progress  report  of  the  Joint 
General  Committee  of  the  National  Electric  Light 
Association  and  Bell  Telephone  System  on  the  Physical 
Relations  between  Electric  Light  and  Signal  Systems. 
This  second  report  presents  detailed  principles  for  the 
inductive  coordination  of  supply  and  signal  systems  and 
prepares  the  way  for  the  early  formulation  of  a  code  of 
practices.  Copies  of  the  report  have  been  sent  to  all  the 
Associated  Companies. 

The  Joint  General  Committee  earnestly  recommends 
the  adoption  and  consistent  application  of  these  prin- 
ciples by  the  respective  utilities,  and  expresses  their 
belief  that  the  principles  should  prove  of  great  benefit 
in  meeting  the  mutual  problems  of  the  utilities  and  that 
they  point  the  way  to  the  practical  solution  of  inductive 
interference  situations.  Gratification  is  also  expressed  by 
the  Committee  as  to  the  constantly  increasing  spirit  of 
cooperation  evidenced  by  the  satisfactory  way  in  which 
the  mutual  problems  of  the  two  utilities  are  being  dealt 
with. 

This  second  report  of  the  Joint  General  Committee 
was  presented  at  the  Atlantic  City  convention  by  Mr. 

[49] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Pack  for  the  National  Electric  Light  Association  and  Mr. 
Gherardi  for  the  Bell  System.  The  keynote  of  Mr. 
Pack's  statement  was  that  by  establishing  close  contact 
between  representatives  of  the  two  utilities  so  that  they 
would  have  full  confidence  in  each  other,  the  way  was 
paved  for  the  proper  coordination  of  facilities  in  accord- 
ance with  the  principles  set  up  in  the  report.  He  also 
called  attention  to  the  great  progress  in  solving  the 
problems  between  the  two  utilities  in  the  past  year  and 
said  that  he  hoped  the  spirit  embodied  in  the  reports 
would  be  continued  in  the  application  of  the  principles 
in  the  field.  Mr.  Gherardi  also  emphasized  the  satis- 
factory progress  which  has  been  made  in  the  mutual 
understanding  of  the  problems  between  the  two  utilities 
and  stated  that  it  was  being  brought  about  by  better 
contact  and  increasing  confidence.  If  he  could  make  but 
one  contribution  to  the  solution  of  the  problem,  Mr. 
Gherardi  said  it  would  be  to  have  the  emplo\Tees  of  one 
utility  know,  personalty,  the  corresponding  employees  of 
the  other  utility  with  whom  they  deal,  for  through  such 
contact  a  sympathetic  understanding  of  our  mutual 
problems  will  be  promoted.  The  discussion  of  the  report 
showed  that  through  friendly  personal  relations  and 
frank  discussions  the  way  had  been  opened  to  the  proper 
engineering  solution  of  the  problems  between  the  two 
utilities. 

Among  others  who  spoke  in  connection  with  the 
presentation  of  this  report  were  engineers  from  several 
state  public  service  commissions,  and  they  expressed 
their  appreciation  of  the  successful  efforts  being  made  by 
the  utilities  to  solve  their  mutual  problems  through  the 
formulation  of  constructive  guides  to  practice. 

As  a  result  of  the  meetings  and  discussions  between 
the  representatives  of  the  National  Electric  Light  Associa- 
tion and  those  of  the  Bell  Telephone  System  at  the 
Atlantic  City  Convention,  it  is  believed  that  the  mutual 
friendship  and  understanding  between  the  two  utilities 
have  been  greatly  strengthened. 

H.  P.  Charlesworth. 


[50] 


Technical  Papers  Published  During  the 
Quarter  Just  Ended 

Analysis  of  the  Energy  Distribution  in  Speech,1  by  Dr. 
I.  B.  Crandall  and  Dr.  D.  MacKenzie,  gives  the  results  of 
over  13,000  observations  on  both  continuous  speech  and 
separate  syllables  and  yields,  among  others,  the  result 
that  about  60  per  cent,  of  the  energy  of  speech  is  concen- 
trated in  frequencies  below  500  cycles  per  second.  This 
is  at  variance  with  the  work  of  earlier  investigators. 

The  Nature  of  Speech  and  its  Interpretation,2  by  Dr. 
Harvey  Fletcher,  making  use  of  the  results  of  the  pre- 
ceding paper  in  addition  to  a  very  extended  series  of 
observations  which  Dr.  Fletcher  has  collected,  arrives  at 
the  important  conclusion  that  in  a  telephone  circuit  in 
which  all  frequencies  below  500  cycles  per  second  are 
suppressed  and  in  which  therefore  60  per  cent,  of  the 
energy  in  speech  is  suppressed  (see  preceding  paper)  the 
"articulation"  or  intelligibility  of  the  speech  is  reduced 
only  2  per  cent,  below  that  of  a  perfect  telephone  circuit. 
If  all  frequencies  below  a  thousand  cycles  are  suppressed, 
only  16  per  cent,  of  total  speech  energy  remains  to  be 
transmitted  by  the  telephone  circuit  while  the  loss  in 
articulation  is  only  14  per  cent.  It  is  pointed  out  by  the 
author  that  these  striking  results  may  be  of  use  to  medical 
specialists  in  alleviating  the  handicaps  of  deaf  and  dumb 
persons  a^  well  as  being  of  value  to  the  telephone  engineer 
and  in  turn  to  the  telephone  using  public. 

The  Physical  Examination  of  Hearing  and  Binaural 
Aids  for  the  Deaf,3  by  R.  L.  Wegel,  discusses  many  of  the 
recent  results  of  speech  analysis  arrived  at  in  the  Bell 
System  laboratories  with  special  reference  to  patho- 
logical conditions  of  the  ear. 

»See  Physical  Review— Vol.  19,  p.  221-232,  1922. 

2See  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  Vol.  193,  p.  729-747,  1922. 

Presented  before  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences — Washington,  D.  C. — 
April  25,  1922.     To  appear  shortly  in  the  Proceedings. 

[51] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  Relative  Sensitivity  of  the  Ear  at  Different  Levels  of 
Loudness,*  by  Dr.  D.  MacKenzie  describes  an  alternation 
phonometer  which  makes  it  an  easy  matter  to  adjust 
to  equal  loudness  two  tones  of  different  pitches.  He 
finds  that  the  sound  energy  necessary  to  produce  a  given 
loudness  is  smaller  the  higher  the  pitch  within  the  fre- 
quency range  from  bass  G  to  C  5. 

Loud-Speaker  Developments:  At  the  meeting  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences  in  Washington  on  April 
25th,  Dr.  F.  B.  Jewett,  Vice  President  of  the  Western 
Electric  Company,  read  a  paper5  discussing  the  technical 
aspects  of  the  loud-speaker.  Dr.  Jewett  reviewed  the 
history  of  loud-speaker  development  pointing  out  that 
all  attempts,  prior  to  the  coming  of  the  distortionless 
amplifier,  were  doomed  to  failure.  It  was  only  when  such 
an  amplifier  became  available  that  the  engineer,  in  de- 
signing a  loud-speaker,  could  choose  his  transmitter  on 
the  basis  of  distortionless  reproduction  rather  than  on  the 
basis  of  efficiency  of  conversion  of  sound  waves  into 
telephone  current.  The  amplifier  has  made  the  use  of  the 
distortionless  transmitter  possible. 

However,  the  problem  of  the  loud-speaker  does  not  lie 
entirely  in  the  amplifier.  After  the  telephone  current 
has  been  generated  by  the  transmitter  and  its  energy  has 
been  amplified  possibly  a  thousand  million-fold  by  the 
amplifier,  it  is  then  necessary  to  reconvert  it  back  into 
sound  waves.  To  accomplish  this,  a  special  receiver  and 
the  proper  type  of  horn  to  attach  to  the  receiver  are 
necessary.  The  receiver  and  horns  which  the  Bell 
engineers  have  perfected  represent  a  joint  development 
since  a  horn  when  attached  to  a  receiver  brings  about  a 
marked  change  in  the  operating  characteristics  of  the 
latter. 

Composite  Telegraphy  and  Telephony*  by  Mr.  J.  H. 
Bell   of   the   Engineering   Department   of   the   Western 

'Read  before  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences — Washington,  D.  C,  April 
25,  1922.     To  appear  shortly  in  the  Proceedings. 

6To  appear  shortly  in  the  Proceedings. 

"Post  Office  Engineers'  Journal,  Vol.  15,  p.  1-12,  1922. 


[52] 


Technical  Papers 


Electric  Company,  describes  the  American  practice  as 
being  of  interest  to  readers  of  the  British  Post  Office 
Engineers'  Journal. 

Planning  a  Big  Business  Ahead:  In  this  article, 
appearing  in  "The  Nation's  Business,"  for  April,  1922, 
Mr.  S.  L.  Andrew,  Chief  Statistician  of  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  discusses  briefly 
some  aspects  of  the  statistical  work  of  that  Company 
in  so  far  as  it  concerns  future  planning  for  the  Bell 
Telephone  System.  The  article  points  out  the  need  for 
careful  statistical  measurement  of  the  influences  of  both 
internal  and,  especially,  external  forces  upon  the  move- 
ments of  the  business.  It  emphasizes  the  value  of  scien- 
tifically determined  estimates  over  estimates  reached 
by  "hunch"  methods.  Mention  is  made  of  the  graphic 
records  of  the  movements  of  the  principal  elements  of 
its  business  which  are  prepared  by  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  for  purposes  of  executive 
information  and  control.  The  opinion  is  expressed  that 
effective  statistical  work  is  profitable  from  every  point 
of  view,  not  only  in  the  telephone  business  but  in  every 
business.  Any  business  that  wants  to  know  what  is 
ahead  must  first  have  at  its  disposal  all  practical  knowl- 
edge of  what  is  behind. 


[53] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


THE  SHIP-TO-SHORE  RADIO  DEMONSTRATION 
AT  HARRISBURG 

THE  first  public  demonstration  of  the  combined  use 
of  ship-to-shore  radio  telephony,  the  regular  tele- 
phone system  and  the  telephone  loud-speaker  was  held 
at  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  on  the  evening  of  April  6,  in  connec- 
tion with  an  address  by  John  J.  Carty,  Vice  President  of 
the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  in 
charge  of  development  and  research,  before  the  members 
of  the  Harrisburg  Radio  Association  and  their  guests. 

Earlier  in  the  day  General  Carty  and  Leonard  H. 
Kennard,  President  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of 
Pennsylvania,  had  been  guests  of  honor  at  a  luncheon 
given  by  the  association.  The  evening  meeting  was  held 
in  the  ballroom  of  the  Penn-Harris  Hotel,  which  was 
crowded  to  capacity  by  the  500  or  more  members  of  the 
association  and  their  guests.  A  special  installation  of  the 
telephone  loud-speaker  had  been  made  under  the  direction 
of  engineers  of  the  Long  Lines  Department,  and  this  was 
used  by  General  Carty  in  delivering  his  address,  as  well 
as  in  connection  with  the  demonstrations  which  followed 
it. 

General  Carty 's  subject  was  "Achievements  in  Teleph- 
ony.' '  He  outlined  graphically  the  development  of  the 
telephone  art  from  the  date  of  the  invention  of  the  instru- 
ment by  Dr.  Bell  to  the  present  time  and  briefly  discussed 
its  probable  future,  particularly  with  regard  to  the  use  of 
radio  telephony.  He  was  roundly  applauded  when  he 
declared,  "The  progress  which  we  have  made,  and  some 
of  which  I  will  endeavor  to  sketch  briefly  for  you  to- 
night, justifies  me  in  the  belief  that  in  due  course  American 
scientists  will  show  the  way  to  construct  a  telephone 
system  connecting  the  entire  world,  so  that  the  tens  of 
millions  of  telephone  users  in  the  United  States  can 
readily  talk,  not  only  as  they  now  are  doing  among 

[54] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


themselves,  but  also  with  anyone  who  has  a  tele- 
phone, wherever  he  may  be  located  on  the  face  of  the 
earth." 

On  the  wall  of  the  ballroom  was  hung  a  map  of  the 
United  States  and  Cuba,  showing  the  Transcontinental 
Line  and  the  Key  West-Havana  cable.  Repeater  stations 
were  indicated  by  lights,  which  were  illuminated  as 
General  Carty  "  called  the  roll  of  the  continent,"  a  light 
flashing  as  each  repeater  man  came  into  the  circuit  and 
answered  as  the  name  of  his  station  was  called.  General 
Carty  talked  for  some  time  with  H.  G.  Bates,  com- 
mercial representative  of  the  Pacific  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Company,  in  San  Francisco,  the  entire  conversation 
being  heard  by  the  audience.  A  musical  program  fol- 
lowed, an  attractive  feature  of  which  was  a  violin  solo  by 
Mr.  Bates'  fourteen-year-old  daughter. 

The  circuit  to  Havana  was  built  up  and  the  audience 
heard  General  Carty's  conversation  with  F.  T.  Caldwell, 
chief  engineer  of  the  Cuban  Telephone  Company,  as 
well  as  phonograph  selections  played  at  Havana. 

Demonstrations  of  receiving  wireless  telephone  mes- 
sages sent  from  the  Deal  Beach,  N.  J.,  radio  station  were 
given  and  General  Carty  introduced  a  touch  of  the  dra- 
matic when  he  announced  that  an  attempt  would  be  made 
to  talk  with  a  ship  at  sea.  This  feature  of  the  program 
had  not  been  advertised  and  caused  something  of  a  sen- 
sation among  the  guests. 

The  Shipping  Board  liner  America,  then  en  route  for 
New  York,  was  about  400  miles  off  the  coast.  Communi- 
cation with  the  ship  was  established  without  difficulty, 
wires  being  used  from  Harrisburg  to  Deal  Beach  and 
radio  communication  being  effected  by  means  of  two  radio 
stations,  Deal  Beach  for  sending  from  shore  to  ship  and 
Elberon  for  receiving  from  ship  to  shore.  General  Carty 
talked  with  the  America's  radio  operator,  the  conversa- 
tion being  distinctly  heard  by  the  Harrisburg  audience. 
The  operator  declared  that  he  clearly  heard  the  applause 
which  followed  his  exchange  of  greetings  with  General 
Carty. 

[55] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Following  the  demonstration  a  motion  picture  film 
illustrating  the  principle  of  the  audion  or  vacuum  tube, 
an  essential  factor  in  both  radio  telephony  and  wire 
telephony  where  repeaters  are  used,  was  shown,  as  was 
a  short  film  showing  the  "trick  assembly"  of  a  telephone 
desk  set.  Many  of  the  members  of  the  association  and 
guests  took  advantage  of  an  invitation  to  inspect  the 
control  room,  in  which  was  installed  the  vacuum  tube 
amplifying  apparatus  used  in  connection  with  the  loud- 
speaker. 

Among  the  guests  at  the  luncheon  and  the  evening 
meeting  were  many  of  the  executives  of  the  Bell  Tele- 
phone Company  of  Pennsylvania,  and  state  and  city 
officials,  including  John  S.  Rilling,  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Public  Service  Commission,  who  is  president  of  the 
Harrisburg  Radio  Association  and  who  presided  at  the 
luncheon  and  introduced  General  Carty  in  the  evening. 


ANNUAL  CONVENTION  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
ELECTRIC  LIGHT  ASSOCIATION 

Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  May  16-19,  1922 

THE  Convention  was  held  on  the  Million-Dollar  Pier, 
and  in  order  to  aid  the  meetings  held  in  the  large 
auditorium  a  loud-speaker  was  installed  and  used  to 
amplify  the  voices  of  local  speakers  on  several  occasions. 
On  the  night  of  the  18th,  it  was  connected  to  the  trans- 
continental circuit  terminating  in  San  Francisco,  and  Mr. 
J.  C.  Nowell,  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the 
Pacific  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  Mr.  John 
A.  Britton,  Vice  President  of  the  Pacific  Gas  and  Electric 
Company,  and  Mr.  R.  H.  Ballard,  Vice  President  of  the 
South  California  Edison  Company,  addressed  the  Con- 
vention from  San  Francisco.  Before  the  speeches  were 
delivered  from  San  Francisco,  Mr.  Gherardi  called  the 
roll  from  Atlantic  City  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  the 
meeting  was  closed  with  a  "Good  Night"  roll  call. 

[56] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


Secretary  Hoover  was  unable  to  attend  the  meeting  in 
person,  so  on  Friday  morning  the  loud-speaker  was  con- 
nected to  a  Washington  circuit  and  he  delivered  a  short 
address  from  the  Chesapeake  and  Potomac  Telephone 
Company's  office  in  Washington.  On  each  occasion  the 
loud-speaker  was  used  with  entire  success. 


THE  GRANT  CENTENNIAL 

Point  Pleasant,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  April  27,  1922 

THE  Centennial  was  celebrated  at  Point  Pleasant, 
General  Grant's  birthplace,  with  President  Harding 
as  the  principal  speaker.  In  order  to  carry  the  words  of 
the  President  to  the  entire  crowd  which  it  was  expected 
would  gather  at  Point  Pleasant,  the  Bell  loud-speaker 
was  installed.  By  adopting,  on  a  small  scale,  the  ar- 
rangements which  were  used  at  the  Armistice  Day 
Ceremony,  the  words  of  President  Harding  were  trans- 
mitted by  a  telephone  circuit  to  Cincinnati  also,  where 
they  were  amplified  and  projected  by  the  loud-speaker. 
It  is  estimated  that  15,000  people  heard  President 
Harding  in  Point  Pleasant  and  25,000  in  Cincinnati. 


ANNUAL  CONVENTION  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE 

Washington,  D.  C,  May  16-18,  1922 

THE  Annual  Convention  was  held  in  Convention 
Hall  in  the  City  of  Washington  and  as  a  result  of 
the  successful  use  of  the  loud-speaker  at  the  National 
Chamber  of  Commerce  Convention  in  Atlantic  City  last 
year,  the  request  of  the  Chamber  to  make  it  available 
again  this  year  was  granted.  Convention  Hall  seats 
about  4,000  people  and  the  loud-speaker  proved  of  great 
service  in  assisting  those  who  addressed  the  convention, 
among  whom  were  President  Harding  and  Secretary 
Hoover,  to  reach  their  audience. 

[57] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


DEDICATION  OF  THE  LINCOLN  MEMORIAL 

Washington,  D.  C,  May  SO,  1922 

THE  installation  of  the  Bell  loud-speaker  used  in 
connection  with  the  Dedication  of  the  new  Lincoln 
Memorial  may  be  looked  upon  as  ranking  in  importance 
with  the  installations  for  President  Harding's  Inaugural 
address  and  for  Armistice  Day.  Although  the  audience 
did  not  reach  the  records  set  by  the  two  earlier  events, 
the  number  of  persons  present  was  so  great  that  no 
speaker  unaided  could  have  been  heard  by  more  than  a 
small  fraction  of  them.  The  loud-speaker  again  demon- 
strated its  capabilities  by  satisfactorily  projecting  all  of  a 
widely  varied  program  including  the  selections  rendered 
by  the  Marine  Band. 

The  use  of  the  loud-speaker  on  this  occasion  proved 
interesting  from  another  point  of  view  as  it  demon- 
strated how  quickly  the  residents  of  a  city  will  come  to 
place  implicit  confidence  in  it.  Had  the  dedication 
occurred  in  any  other  city  than  Washington,  it  is  quite 
likely  that  the  assembling  crowds  would  have  arranged 
themselves  very  differently  than  occurred  in  Washington. 
There  the  early  arrivals,  realizing  that  they  could  hear 
perfectly  for  at  least  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
Memorial,  chose  comfortable  and  shady  seats  under  the 
more  or  less  distant  groves  of  trees,  and  it  was  only  after 
these  more  desirable  locations  were  all  occupied  that  the 
audience  began  to  collect  in  any  considerable  numbers 
about  the  base  of  the  Memorial. 


LOUD-SPEAKER    DEMONSTRATIONS    BY    THE 
BELL  TELEPHONE  COMPANY  OF  PA. 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  April  28-29,  1922 

THREE  demonstrations  were  given,  the  first  to 
specially  invited  guests  from  the  city  of  Pittsburgh, 
the  second  on  Saturday  afternoon  to  the  pupils  of  the 
technical  and  high  schools  of  Pittsburgh,  and  the  third 

[58] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


on  Saturday  evening  to  telephone  employees.  The 
roll  of  cities  was  called  from  Pittsburgh  to  San  Fran- 
cisco and  also  from  Pittsburgh  to  Havana.  Following 
this,  the  Havana  and  San  Francisco  circuits  were  con- 
nected together  at  Pittsburgh,  music  being  received  from 
each  end  and  the  two  terminals  talking  together  with 
Pittsburgh  listening  in.  A  demonstration  of  radio 
broadcasting  was  also  given,  the  program  being  sent  out 
from  the  Bell  System  radio  station  at  Deal  Beach,  New 
Jersey.  It  was  received  at  Pittsburgh  and  amplified  by 
the  loud-speaker. 

On  Saturday  afternoon  and  evening,  in  addition  to 
the  use  of  the  San  Francisco-Havana  circuit,  a  wire  radio 
demonstration  was  included  in  the  program,  the  circuit 
being  operated  as  follows:  by  wire  from  Havana  to  Deal 
Beach,  by  radio  from  Deal  Beach  to  New  York  and  thence 
by  wire  from  New  York  to  Pittsburgh.  This  circuit 
demonstrated  the  use  of  a  radio  link  such  as  is  already 
in  operation  between  Los  Angeles  and  Catalina.  On 
Saturday  afternoon  and  evening,  Gen.  John  J.  Carty 
addressed  the  audience  from  New  York,  telling  briefly 
of  the  development  and  future  of  the  telephone. 


THE  LOUD-SPEAKER  AT  FIRST  AID 
CONTESTS 

THE  Bell  Loud-Speaker  or  telephone  amplifier  was 
used  on  several  occasions  in  connection  with  First 
Aid  contests  held  by  Associated  Companies  of  the  Bell 
System,  notably  that  of  the  Pittsburgh  Division  of  the 
Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Pennsylvania  at  Pittsburgh 
on  April  26,  and  that  of  the  New  Jersey  Division  of  the 
New  York  Telephone  Company  at  Newark  on  May  15. 
Each  of  these  contests  attracted  several  thousand 
telephone  employees  and  guests,  and  the  amplifying 
apparatus  was  of  great  assistance  to  the  chief  judges  and 
other  officials  in  making  announcements,  in  stating  the 
First  Aid  problems  to  be  performed  by  the  contesting 

[59] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


teams,  and  in  announcing  the  results  of  the  contests  and 
awarding  prizes. 

In  both  cases  brief  addresses  were  made  by  company 
officials,  whose  voices  were  carried  to  the  farthest  corners 
of  the  large  exposition  building  and  the  armory  in  which 
the  contests  were  respectively  held.  An  additional 
feature  of  the  Newark  program  was  the  presentation  of 
Theodore  N.  Vail  medals  (bronze)  to  six  New  Jersey 
Division  employees  by  President  H.  F.  Thurber  of  the 
New  York  Telephone  Company. 


NEW  RADIO  LAW  AND  RADIO  REGULATIONS 

THE  Committee  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce has  made  its  final  report,  which  is  known  as 
"The  Report  of  the  Department  of  Commerce  Confer- 
ence on  Radio  Telephony."  With  this  report  as  a  basis, 
Senator  Frank  B.  Kellogg  of  Minnesota  and  Repre- 
sentative Wallace  B.  White,  Jr.,  of  Maine,  have  drafted 
a  bill  which  has  been  presented  to  Congress.  This  bill 
provides  only  for  such  points  as  it  is  necessary  to  cover 
as  a  matter  of  law  and  largely  leaves  to  the  Department 
of  Commerce  the  regulation  of  radio  matters  in  detail. 
This  seems  to  be  very  wise,  as  it  would  be  unfortunate 
to  hamper  the  development  of  a  new  and  unformed  art 
with  fixed  laws  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  modify 
as  the  necessity  arose.  Accordingly,  if  the  new  bill 
passes  Congress  and  becomes  a  law,  it  may  reasonably 
be  expected  that  the  final  report  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce  Conference  Committee  will  form  a  substan- 
tial part  of  the  basis  of  such  regulations  as  the  Secretary 
of  Commerce  may  issue. 


EXPERIMENTAL  BROADCASTING  STATION 

New  York  City 

OUR  new  broadcasting  station  at  No.   24  Walker 
Street,  New  York  City,  is  completed  and  ready  for 
service.     The  Department  of  Commerce  has  refused  us  a 

[60] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


special  wave  length  of  400  meters  and  we  have  been 
assigned  the  common  wave  length  of  360  meters.  This 
means  that  we  must  operate  in  common  with  fourteen 
other  broadcasting  stations  in  this  zone.  The  stations 
which  are  now  operating  are  using  all  of  the  available 
time  and  we  are  now  negotiating  in  an  endeavor  to  obtain 
suitable  hours  during  which  we  may  begin  operations. 
In  order  to  start  in  an  experimental  way  and  more  in  the 
nature  of  a  demonstration  of  what  we  can  do,  we  have 
requested  that  we  be  assigned  the  hours  of  11:00  to 
12:00  A.M.;  4:30  to  5:30  P.M.  each  week  day,  and 
Thursday  evening  from  7:30  P.M.  to  midnight.  It  is 
expected  that  we  will  receive  this  assignment  in  the  very 
near  future,  and  we  will  then  start  negotiations  with  our 
prospective  users  of  the  facilities.  Already,  without  any 
soliciting  or  canvassing,  approximately  one  hundred 
persons  have  made  application. 


SUBSCRIBER  OWNERSHIP  IN  WISCONSIN 

HOW  well  the  sale  of  the  preferred  stock  of  the  Wis- 
consin Telephone  Company  carried  out  the  pur- 
poses aimed  at,  namely  the  distribution  of  this  stock 
among  the  users  of  the  service,  is  illustrated  by  the 
following  table  showing  the  subscriptions  to  the  stock 
from  various  groups  of  people: 

Total  Total 

Vocations               Subs.  Shares         Vocations               Subs.  Shares 

Abstractors 8        61  Book  Binders 2  2 

Architects 10  29  Bookkeepers  and 

Artists 11  37         Accts 399  1,477 

Bakers 37  239  Brass  Workers 1  10 

Bankers 73  2,629  Brokers 14  67 

Barbers 40  109  Butchers 86  354 

Beauty  Parlors 17  30  Candy  Makers 4  12 

Blacksmiths 13  48  Caretakers 6  16 

Boarding  House  Carpenters 52  137 

Prop 6  18  Carpet  Weavers ..  .  1  5 

Boat  Builders 4  25  Casket  Trimmers. .  2  15 

Boiler  Makers 7  23  Chauffeurs 29  62 

[61] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Vocations 
Cheese  Makers .... 
Chefs  and  Cooks .  . 

Chemists 

C.  S.  Pactitioners. . 

Chiropractors 

Cigar  Makers .... 
City  and  County 

Employees 

Clergymen 

Clerks 

Commission 

Merchants 

Conductors 

Contractors 

Coopers 

Dentists 

Doctors 

Draftsmen 

Dray  and 

Expressmen 

Dressmakers 

Druggists 

Dry  Cleaners 

Electricians 

Engineers 

Estates 

Farmers 

Firemen 

Fishermen 

Foremen 

Garage  Employees 

Geologists 

Government 

Employees 

Grocers 

Harness  Makers . .  . 
Hotel  Employees.  . 
Hotel  and 

Restaurant  Prop 

House  Maids 

Housewives 

Inspectors 

Janitors 


Total  Total 
Subs.  Shares         Vocations              Subs.  Shares 

2          5     Laborers 271  661 

24        48     Laundry 

10        35         Employees 10  26 

6         13     Lawyers 90  813 

6  28     Leather  Workers .  .  11  47 
20        30     Librarians 8  13 

Locksmiths 1  1 

106      541     Managers 386  3,108 

53      285     Manufacturers....  159  3,016 

1  045    2  593      Marble  Workers ...  5  40 

Masons 9  35 

2       110     Mechanics 191  548 

g        ^q     Merchants 464  3,025 

64      504     Metalworkers 4  12 

o     Messengers 2  2 

74      412     Millers 5  16 

183    1  363     Milliners 23  80 

33       103     Miscellaneous 869  3,281 

Motormen 7  54 

Moulders 5  25 

^      J~     Musicians 8  81 

lor       HI     Newspapermen....  66  207 

12b       487      Nurses 85  198 

«n       o  in     Optometrists 1  15 

?X       „"     Painters 33  103 

19       is?     Paper  Makers 36  70 

iin      la-      Pattern  Makers.  ..  8  55 

Ti     Photographers 16  50 

Picture  Framers ..  .  1  10 

to      417     Plasterers 3  9 

H      III     Plumbers 30  129 

bZ       ZZ"     Pool  Room  Prop .  .  9  22 

2        20     Printers 68  255 

Railroad 

89      361         Employees 173  568 

136      588     Real  Estate  &  Ins.  54  505 

2           6     Retired 271  2,365 

7  9     Sailors 6  30 

Salesmen 464  2,244 

47       178     Secretaries 31  111 

40       156     Shipping  Clerks.  ..  4  9 

2,148 10,410     Shoemakers 38  98 

13        82     Shoe  Shiners 3  3 

37       158     Steam  Fitters 11  35 

[62] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


Total  Total 
Vocations               Subs.  Shares         Vocations               Subs.  Shares 

Stenographers 435      965  Textile  Workers. .  .  25  50 

Students 143      382  Theatre  Prop 8  20 

Superintendents...         79       694  Tinsmiths 10  29 

Surveyors 1          2  Toy  Makers 1  1 

Tailors 55      222  Undertakers 16  61 

Teachers 400    1,550  Upholsterers 2  7 

Teamsters 26         62  Wagon  Makers. ...           2  2 

Telegraph  Waiters 17  35 

Employees 10        39  Watchmen 9  39 


Telephone 


Welfare  Workers .  .  8         21 


Operators 289      426     Window  Washers . .  1  1 


Other  Tel. 


Wire  Weavers 1  4 


Employees 171      612         Total 11,283  53,473 


THE  BELL  SYSTEM  TECHNICAL  JOURNAL 

IT  has  recently  been  decided  to  undertake  the  publica- 
tion of  a  scientific  and  engineering  magazine  devoted 
to  the  technical  aspects  of  electrical  communications.  It 
is  to  be  known  as  "The  Bell  System  Technical  Journal." 

In  order  that  the  various  engineering  branches  of  the 
Bell  System  be  directly  represented,  an  Editorial  Board 
has  been  appointed  consisting  of  Messrs.  J.  J.  Carty, 
Bancroft  Gherardi,  F.  B.  Jewett  and  E.  B.  Craft  with 
whom  will  be  associated  L.  F.  Morehouse,  O.  B.  Black- 
well,  H.  B.  Charlesworth  and  E.  H.  Colpitts.  The 
Information  Department  of  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company  has  been  designated  to  publish  the 
Journal  and  R.  W.  King  will  act  as  Editor. 

The  number  of  fields  of  science  and  engineering  which 
are  contributory  to  electrical  communications  has  in- 
creased materially  in  the  past  few  years  and  a  further 
change  in  the  same  direction  is  to  be  expected  in  the 
future.  The  need,  therefore,  is  apparent  for  a  technical 
journal  which  will  serve  to  collect,  in  the  most  available 
form,  articles  in  the  many  diverse  fields  of  engineering  and 
science  which  in  one  way  or  another  bear  upon  electrical 
communications . 

[63] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


For  the  time  being  the  contents  of  the  Technical 
Journal  will  probably  consist  entirely  of  contributions 
from  the  technical  staff  of  the  Bell  System,  but  it  is  not 
intended  that  this  preclude  the  acceptance  of  articles  by 
engineers  and  others  who  are  unaffiliated  with  the  System. 
The  range  of  subjects  treated  in  the  Journal  will  be  as 
broad  as  the  art  of  electrical  communications  itself,  in- 
cluding not  only  the  technical  researches  which  underlie 
new  developments  in  apparatus,  but  also  such  subjects 
as  traffic  and  commercial  engineering  and  the  economic 
studies  which  precede  important  new  installations. 

For  the  present  the  Journal  will  be  issued  quarterly 
but  with  the  thought  that  in  the  not  distant  future  the 
volume  of  articles  available  may  be  such  as  to  justify  a 
bi-monthly  or  monthly  appearance. 

The  Journal  will  be  distributed  gratis  to  interested 
employees  of  the  Bell  System. 


THEO.  N.  VAIL  HONORED  BY  OLD  TIME 
TELEGRAPHERS 

IT  has  been  announced  that  the  postal  card  vote  by  the 
membership  of  the  Old  Time  Telegraphers  as  to  the 
five  men  who  did  the  most  for  commercial  development  of 
the  telegraph  and  the  welfare  of  telegraph  employees, 
resulted  as  follows:  Vail,  392;  Eckert,  211;  Mackay,  200; 
Clowry,  194,  and  Carnegie,  181.  Consequently,  Mr. 
Vail's  picture  was  selected  for  a  medallion  to  be  distributed 
during  the  Association's  annual  convention  in  September. 


[64] 


WwbA 


Single  Copy,  50c 


A, 

$1.50  per  Year 


Bell 
Telephone  Quarterly 

OCTOBER,  1922 


Contents 

Ideals  of  thb  Telephone  Service   .    .    .  John  J.  Carty 

Notes  on  Radio O.B.  Blackwell 

Service  in  the  Making K.W.  Waterson 

Poles F.L.Rhodes 

World's  Telephone  Statistics     .    .    .    .  S.  L.  Andrew 

Abstracts  of  Recent  Technical  Papers 
from  Bell  System  Sources 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 

fSTBA 

% 


American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 

New  York 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 

A  MEDIUM  OF  SUGGESTION 
AND  A  RECORD  OF  PROGRESS 

Published  quarterly  for  the  Bell  System  by  the  American  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company 


Subscription,  $1.50  per  year,  in  United  States  and  Canada;  single  copies,  50  cents 

Address  all  communications  to 

INFORMATION  DEPARTMENT 

AMERICAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  COMPANY 

195  Broadway,  New  York 

Vol.  I  OCTOBER,  1922  No.  3 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 

A  Tribute  to  the 
Memory  of  Alexander  Graham  Bell 

Presidential  Address  Delivered  at  the  Ninth  Annual  Meeting 
of  the  Telephone  Pioneers  of  America 

THIS  is  the  Ninth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Tele- 
phone Pioneers  of  America,  although  our  asso- 
ciation is  now  entering  upon  its  twelfth  year. 
On  account  of  the  war,  during  three  years  no  annual 
meetings  were  held.  The  Pioneers  were  then  engaged 
in  the  great  struggle  to  save  civilization. 

The  membership  of  our  association  is  made  up  not 
only  from  those  who  took  part  in  the  first  development 
of  the  telephone,  but  also  from  those  who  have  been 
in  the  telephone  service  for  a  period  of  twenty-one 
years.  We  have  in  the  service  tens  of  thousands  of 
zealous  men  and  women  doing  Pioneer  work  now,  but 
because  they  lack  in  years,  though  not  in  achievement, 
they  have  not  been  enrolled.  We  and  they  are  looking 
forward  to  the  day  of  their  formal  admission.  To  these 
our  fellow-workers  we  extend  our  greetings  and  our 
appreciations.  In  their  hands,  lies  not  only  the  future 
of  our  society,  but  the  future  of  our  art. 

Our  first  meeting  took  place  eleven  years  ago,  at 
Boston,  the  birthplace  of  the  telephone.    At  that  meeting, 

[1] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


the  inventor  of  the  telephone,  Alexander  Graham  Bell, 
was  present  and  delivered  to  us  an  address  which  must 
always  be  memorable  in  the  history  of  our  Society. 
Today,  we  recall  with  peculiar  sadness  these  words 
which  he  then  spoke  to  us: 

"This  is  a  great  day  for  me,  the  first  meeting  of  the 
Telephone  Pioneers  of  America  and  of  the  world.  It 
gives  me  great  pleasure  to  meet  with  you  all  today,  and 
3ret  there  is  a  feeling  of  sadness  about  it.  I  am  the  first 
telephone  pioneer  and  my  memory  goes  back  to  the  very 
beginning,  and  I  miss  the  faces  I  remember  so  well,  the 
faces  of  the  old  pioneers  whom  I  wish  were  here  today. 


"I  feel  it  a  little  presumptuous  on  my  part  to  try  to 
speak  of  the  telephone  to  telephone  men.  You  have  all 
gone  so  far  beyond  me.  Why,  the  little  telephone  system 
that  I  look  back  upon,  what  is  it  compared  to  the  mighty 
system  that  goes  through  the  whole  extent  of  our  country 
today?  It  is  to  you  that  this  great  telephone  development 
is  due,  and  I  feel  that  it  behooves  me  to  speak  very  mod- 
estly of  the  little  beginning  that  led  to  this  great  end. 
I  cannot  tell  you  anything  about  the  telephone.  I  cannot 
speak  to  you  about  undulating  current,  intermittent  cur- 
rent, and  pulsatory  current.  I  belong  to  the  past;  you 
belong  to  the  present.' ' 

Here  stand  revealed  those  lovable  qualities  of  the 
great  pioneer — generosity  and  modesty — which  endeared 
him  to  us  all.  It  is  true,  indeed,  that  he  belonged  to 
the  past,  though  then  he  still  belonged  to  the  present. 
Now  he  belongs  to  the  ages. 

Alexander  Grahanf  Bell  died  on  Wednesday,  August 
2,  at  the  age  of  seventy-five,  at  his  summer  home  in 
Nova  Scotia,  near  Baddeck.  He  was  buried  on  August 
4,  at  sunset,  on  the  summit  of  a  mountain  overlooking 
the  Bras  d'Or  Lakes.  As  a  tribute  to  his  memory, 
telephone  service  was  suspended  for  one  minute  through- 
out the  United  States  and  Canada  during  the  simple 
ceremony. 

[2] 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 


The  manifold  activities  of  his  life,  devoted  to  the 
service  of  mankind,  would  require  volumes  to  portray. 
The  medals  and  other  honors  which  he  received  from 
learned  societies,  his  honorary  degrees  from  Universities 
at  home  and  abroad,  and  special  recognition  by  Govern- 
ments, all  testify  to  the  esteem  in  which  he  was  held. 
His  scientific  researches  in  the  field  of  heredity  and 
eugenics,  his  experiments  in  aeronautics,  his  work  in 
improving  the  phonograph,  and  in  teaching  the  dumb 
to  talk,  and  his  invention  of  the  photophone,  reveal 
the  scope  of  his  mind.  This  record  alone  is  enough  to 
insure  his  fame,  but  his  discovery  of  the  method  of 
transmitting  articulate  speech  by  electricity,  and  his 
invention  of  the  apparatus  to  do  this  marvel,  have 
placed  his  name  among  the  immortals. 

Dr.  Bell  was  born  March  3,  1847,  in  Edinburgh, 
Scotland.  He  went  to  Canada  in  1870,  and  the  next 
year,  at  the  age  of  twenty-four,  he  removed  to  Boston. 
After  introducing  into  New  England  schools  improved 
methods  of  teaching  deaf  mutes  to  speak,  he  was 
appointed  Professor  of  Vocal  Physiology  in  Boston 
University. 

In  his  spare  time,  he  conducted  experimental 
researches  in  electrical  wave  transmission.  He  was 
assisted  financially  in  these  experiments  by  two  gentle- 
men of  Boston,  Thomas  Sanders  and  Gardiner  Greene 
Hubbard.  By  the  summer  of  1874,  he  had  worked 
out  his  theory  that  the  transmission  of  speech  by  elec- 
tricity could  be  accomplished  by  producing  "electrical 
undulations  similar  in  form  to  the  vibrations  of  the  air" 
which  accompany  the  original  words  or  sounds.  In 
spite  of  great  difficulties  and  discouragements,  he  suc- 
ceeded in  reducing  his  theory  to  practical  form,  when, 
at  Boston,  in  the  summer  of  1875,  he  invented  a  tele- 
phone which  faintly  transmitted  parts  of  words  and 
even  entire  words. 

Mr.  Thomas  A.  Watson,  Bell's  assistant,  relates 
that  it  was  on  March  10,  1876,  over  a  line  extending 
between  two  rooms  in  a  building  at  No.  5  Exeter  Place, 

[3] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Boston,  that  the  first  complete  sentence  was  ever  spoken 
and  heard  through  the  electrical  telephone.  It  was 
spoken  by  Bell  and  heard  by  Watson,  who  recorded  it 
in  his  note  book  at  the  time.  It  consisted  of  these  words : 
"Mr.  Watson,  come  here;  I  want  you."  Thus  the 
telephone  was  born. 

After  completing  his  fundamental  invention,  Bell 
in  a  remarkable  document  predicted  with  amazing 
foresight  the  telephone  system  of  the  future.  He  also 
invented  the  photophone  which  was  the  first  method 
of  transmitting  speech  by  electricity  without  wires, 
and  the  induction  balance  and  the  telephone  probe 
for  which  he  was  awarded  the  honorary  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Medicine  by  the  University  of  Heidelberg.  To  his 
successors  in  the  laboratories  in  which  he  was  the  original 
worker,  he  left  the  further  conduct  of  telephone  research 
and  development. 

Turning  to  other  departments  of  science,  he  dis- 
played his  remarkable  intellectual  gifts  by  the  fruitful 
researches  which  he  conducted.  In  his  work  on  behalf 
of  the  deaf,  which  he  continued  to  the  end,  is  revealed  a 
dominant  motive  in  his  life. 

To  Bell  was  accorded  a  privilege  so  often  denied  to 
those  who  have  advanced  the  world  by  their  discoveries — 
he  lived  to  see  the  triumph  of  his  great  idea.  When 
the  first  sentence  was  transmitted,  the  public  regarded 
the  telephone  as  a  scientific  toy.  Then,  the  telephone 
plant  of  the  entire  world  could  be  carried  in  the  arms  of  a 
child.  Today,  vast  telephone  systems  of  intercom- 
munication have  been  developed,  extending  the  spoken 
word  among  the  peoples  of  the  nations. 

The  advances  of  the  telephone  art  made  by  the 
successors  of  Bell  were  always  a  source  of  great  satis- 
faction to  him.  Some  of  these,  epoch-making  in  their 
nature,  gave  him  special  gratification. 

On  January  25,  1915,  the  transcontinental  line, 
spanning  Bell's  adopted  country  from  ocean  to  ocean, 
was  in  the  presence  of  dignitaries  of  state  and  nation, 
dedicated  to  the  public  service.     This  was  a  day  of 

[4] 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 


triumph  for  Bell,  for,  using  a  reproduction  of  the  original 
instrument,  he  once  again  spoke  the  memorable  words, 
"Mr.  Watson,  come  here;  I  want  you."  But  this  time 
Bell  was  at  New  York,  and  Watson  who  heard  him  with 
perfect  ease,  was  three  thousand  miles  away  in  San 
Francisco. 

Another  advance  attained  the  greatest  distance  over 
which  the  transmission  of  speech  had  ever  been  achieved. 
Early  in  the  morning  of  September  30,  1915,  words 
were  spoken  through  a  radio  telephone  at  Arlington, 
Virginia,  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  where  they  were 
plainly  heard.  But,  as  if  to  proclaim  the  telephonic 
conquest  of  time  as  well  as  space,  the  words  reached 
these  distant  islands  of  the  Pacnic  when  it  was  there 
still  the  evening  of  September  29. 

There  yet  remained  to  be  realized  that  prophetic 
dream  of  the  telephone  pioneers — the  bridging  of  the 
Atlantic  by  the  human  voice.  But  the  day  of  its  ful- 
fillment was  not  far  off  for  on  October  21,  1915,  during 
the  dark  days  of  the  war,  speech  was  for  the  first  time 
in  history  successfully  transmitted  across  the  Atlantic 
Ocean.  This  was  accomplished  by  the  radio  telephone, 
which  carried  the  words  spoken  at  Arlington,  to  the 
Eiffel  Tower  at  Paris. 

The  last  memorable  telephone  development  destined 
to  occur  in  the  life  of  Bell  will  always  be  associated  with  a 
great  historic  occasion.  At  the  burial  of  the  Unknown 
Soldier  &i  Arlington,  on  November  11,  1921,  the  voice  of 
President  Harding,  by  means  of  the  new  loud  speaking 
amplifiers,  was  easily  heard  by  the  great  concourse  of  a 
hundred  thousand  people  about  him,  even  by  those  in  the 
most  distant  parts  of  the  vast  cemetery.  Corresponding 
multitudes  numbered  by  tens  of  thousands,  at  New  York 
and  San  Francisco,  heard  over  the  wires  every  word 
spoken  by  their  Chief  Magistrate,  as  clearly  as  though 
in  his  actual  presence.  These  distant  multitudes  heard 
also  the  invocation  of  the  Chaplain,  the  music  and  the 
hymns,  and  the  words  of  the  commitment  service  used 
by  the  Bishop  at  the  grave.     They  joined  with  each 

[5] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


other  and  with  those  at  the  cemetery  in  the  singing  of  the 
hymns,  and  they  united  with  the  President  in  reciting 
The  Lord's  Prayer  with  which  he  closed  his  address. 
They  heard  in  amazement  the  salvos  of  artillery  fired  at  the 
grave,  and  even  those  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  caught 
the  loud  reverberations  thrown  back  by  the  Virginia  hills. 
At  the  end,  in  profound  silence  and  with  heads  bowed  in 
sorrow,  they  listened  to  the  plaintive  notes  of  the  trumpet 
sounding  the  soldiers'  last  farewell. 

On  that  day,  the  achievements  of  science  imparted  a 
mystical  power  to  the  most  solemn  national  ceremony  in 
the  history  of  America.  This  ceremony,  its  deep  sig- 
nificance so  enriched  by  the  art  of  Bell,  we  can  now  believe 
contained  an  exalted  sanction  of  the  greatest  of  all  the 
achievements  of  his  life. 

These  are  but  some  of  the  advances  which  have  been 
made  in  the  first  half  century  of  the  telephone  art,  which 
is  now  drawing  to  a  close.  They  belong  to  the  golden 
age  of  communications  which  has  achieved  the  extension 
of  the  spoken  word  throughout  both  space  and  time. 

But  this  golden  age  has  not  yet  ended,  and  when  we 
contemplate  the  possibilities  of  the  future  we  discover 
that  it  has  only  just  begun.  It  is  to  the  future  that 
we  must  now  turn  our  minds  and  direct  our  endeavors. 
It  is  true  that  we  Pioneers  belong  to  the  past,  but  it  is 
equally  true  that  we  belong  to  the  present.  As  indi- 
viduals, we  must  all  pass  away,  as  did  the  First  Pioneer; 
but  our  Association,  the  Telephone  Pioneers  of  America, 
will  continue  to  live.  The  greatest  work  which  our 
society  can  do,  is  to  exemplify  the  ideals  of  our  service, 
and  to  transmit  to  its  future  members  the  splendid 
traditions  of  our  art.  It  should  be  our  purpose  to 
encourage  and  to  sustain  among  the  men  and  women 
of  the  telephone  system  their  ever-increasing  zeal  for 
the  public  service. 

While  it  is  beyond  my  power  to  put  into  words 
these  ideals  of  our  service,  they  already  exist  within 
your  hearts  and  mine,  where  we  all  can  feel,  though  I 
cannot  express,   their  potency.     These   feelings   which 

[6] 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 


form  the  mainspring  of  our  actions,  do  not  arise  from 
mere  wishful  thinking,  nor  do  they  spring  from  an 
idealism  which  is  disconnected  from  reality.  They 
rest  upon  a  solid  basis  of  achievement,  and  represent 
the  practical  purpose  of  that  great  telephone  system  of 
intercommunication  which  bears  the  name  of  our  First 
Pioneer. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  biologists  were 
the  first  to  appreciate  the  peculiar  importance  of  elec- 
trical communications  in  the  social  organism,  and  to 
Herbert  Spencer,  writing  more  than  fifty  years  ago, 
we  are  indebted  for  some  analogies  which  have  not  yet 
been  sufficiently  studied  either  by  the  biologist  or  the 
engineer.  In  tracing  the  analog y  between  the  telegraph 
system  of  his  day  and  the  nervous  system  of  the  animal 
organism.  Spencer  expressed  the  view  that  probably 
when  the  then  rudimentary  telegraph  systems  were 
more  fully  developed,  other  analogies  would  be  traceable. 
This  development  has  already  been  provided  by  the 
telephone  art,  and  national  telephone  networks  have 
now  become  a  vital  part  of  the  social  organism.  I  believe 
that  the  study  of  these  networks  from  the  standpoint 
of  biology  is  destined  to  yield  important  results,  and 
indeed,  that  an  investigation  of  the  remarkable  develop- 
ments of  the  automatic  machinery  used  in  modern 
telephone  switchboards  might  even  throw  light  on  the 
mechanism  of  the  mind  itself. 

Scientists  have  long  been  studying  the  theory  that 
man  has  advanced  to  his  present  high  estate  by  upward 
progress  in  the  biological  scale  from  a  microscopic  speck 
of  protoplasm  forming  the  biological  cell  or  unit  of  fife. 
They  have  pictured  him  as  composed  of  countless  millions 
of  these  living  creatures  forming  an  organic  entity  mar- 
velously  designed,  each  cell  performing  its  allotted  part 
in  that  exquisite  division  of  labor  which  characterizes 
this  biological  State. 

We  commonly  compare  a  nation  to  a  complex  living 
organism.  "  We  speak  of  the  body  politic,  of  the  functions 
of  its  several  parts,  of  its  growth,  and  of  its  diseases,  as 

[7] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


though  it  were  a  creature.  But  we  usually  employ  these 
expressions  as  metaphors,  little  suspecting,"  as  Spencer 
says,  "how  close  is  the  analogy,  and  how  far  it  will  bear 
carrying  out.  So  completely,  however,  is  a  society 
organized  upon  the  same  system  as  an  individual  being, 
that  we  may  almost  say  that  there  is  something  more 
than  analogy  between  them." 

Each  cell  has  its  allotted  and  specialized  work  to  do. 
Each  cell  must  be  fed,  and  live,  and  grow.  Sustenance 
must  be  obtained,  prepared,  and  assimilated,  and  the 
waste  removed.  The  physiological  mechanisms  for 
doing  these  things  and  many  other  things  besides,  have 
their  striking  counterparts  in  the  structure  of  organized 
society,  and  furnish  instructive  material  for  the  philo- 
sophic student.  But  to  us  of  the  telephone  art,  the  most 
marvelous  thing  of  all  is  the  nervous  system,  that  incon- 
ceivably complex  communication  network,  by  which 
the  activities  of  both  individual  and  society  are  regulated 
and  without  which  paralysis  and  death  would  result. 

We  are  told  that  the  cells  which  compose  the  nervous 
system  are  the  latest  to  appear  in  the  upward  march  of 
the  organism,  and  that  the  degree  of  their  complexity 
and  the  extent  of  their  differentiation  furnish  a  criterion 
for  determining  the  stage  of  progress  which  has  been 
attained.  Because  of  the  high  function,  almost  spiritual 
in  its  nature,  performed  by  these  nerve  cells,  they  have 
been  called  the  noble  cells.  I  have  long  felt  and  often 
expressed  the  feeling  that  because  of  this  the  workers 
in  the  telephone  art  are  engaged  in  a  high  calling,  building 
up  the  noble  cells  which  constitute  the  nervous  system 
of  the  Nation. 

As  in  the  animal  body,  these  cells  were  the  latest  to 
appear,  so  in  the  structure  of  organized  society  the  highest 
form  of  electrical  communication,  the  telephone,  is  the 
latest  to  appear — it  comes  only  at  the  stage  of  higher 
development.  And  again  as  in  the  animal  body,  the 
stage  of  development  of  the  nervous  system  is  an  index 
of  its  place  in  the  evolutionary  series,  so  I  believe  it 
will  be  found  in  any  social  organism  that  the  degree  of 

[8] 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 


development  reached  by  its  telephone  system  will  be 
an  important  indication  of  the  progress  which  it  has  made 
in  attaining  coordination  and  solidarity. 

The  use  of  the  spoken  word  to  convey  ideas,  dis- 
tinguishes man  from  all  other  created  things.  The 
extension  of  the  spoken  word  by  means  of  electrical 
systems  of  intercommunication  serves  to  connect  the 
nervous  system  of  each  unit  of  society  with  all  of  the 
others,  thus  providing  an  indispensable  element  in  the 
structure  of  that  inconceivably  great  and  powerful 
organism  which  many  biologists  feel  is  to  be  the  ultimate 
outcome  of  the  stupendous  evolution  which  society  is 
undergoing. 

That  such  an  organism,  thus  so  magnificently  con- 
ceived, would  be  the  outcome  of  the  higher  evolution 
of  man,  I  have  long  believed;  but  its  form  and  the 
nature  of  its  functioning,  I  could  not  imagine.  But  the 
great  work  of  Trotter,  who  has  studied  the  gregarious 
instinct  in  the  lower  animals  and  in  man,  permits  us 
to  contemplate  this  evolutionary  entity  from  a  new 
point  of  view.  He  has  pointed  out  that  nature,  having 
failed  in  her  giant  organisms,  in  which  so  many  individual 
cells  were  crowded  into  such  animals  as  her  giant  lizards 
and  the  mammoth  and  the  mastodon,  was  to  try  a  new 
method  which  was  to  dispense  with  gross  physical 
aggregations  of  cells  combined  into  one  body.  He  points 
out  that  the  flock,  the  herd,  the  pack,  the  swarm — new 
organizations — were  to  be  devised  by  nature,  and  to 
flourish  and  range  throughout  the  world,  and  that 
in  one  of  these  new  organizations,  human  society,  the 
individual  man  is  still  to  be  regarded  as  the  unit,  but 
not  constrained  as  is  the  cell  in  the  animal  body,  but 
free  to  move  about,  the  mind  alone  being  incorporated 
into  the  new  unit  by  the  marvelous  power  of  inter- 
communication. He  shows  that  the  power  of  these 
organisms  depends  on  the  capacity  for  intercommunica- 
tion among  their  members,  and  that  this  power  expands 
until  the  limits  of  this  intercommunication  are  reached. 

How  fundamental,  electrical  communication  systems 

[9] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


are,  in  the  tremendous  evolution  of  the  human  race 
which  is  now  being  manifested  in  the  organization  of 
society,  and  how  vital  to  the  welfare  of  mankind  is 
the  daily  work  of  telephone  men  and  women  everywhere, 
is  being  made  more  and  more  apparent  by  the  discoveries 
of  the  new  school  of  biologists. 

Speaking  always  of  communication  in  its  broadest 
meaning,  but  emphasizing  the  importance  of  speech, 
Trotter  says:  "The  capacity  for  free  intercommunica- 
tion between  individuals  of  the  species  has  meant  so 
much  in  the  evolution  of  man,  and  will  certainly  come  in 
the  future  to  mean  so  incalculably  more,  that  it  cannot 
be  regarded  as  anything  less  than  a  master  element  in 
the  shaping  of  his  destiny." 

And  again,  in  speaking  of  human  society  as  a  gregar- 
ious unit,  he  says:  "The  ultimate  and  singular  source  of 
inexhaustible  moral  power  in  a  gregarious  unit  is  the 
perfection  of  communion  amongst  its  individual 
members." 

As  long  as  intercommunication  was  limited,  he  tells 
us,  the  full  possibilities  of  nature's  new  experiment  were 
concealed.  But  at  length  appeared  man,  a  creature 
endowed  with  speech,  in  whom  this  capacity  for  inter- 
communication could  develop  indefinitely.  "At  once 
a  power  of  a  new  magnitude  was  manifest.  Puny  as 
were  his  individuals,  man's  capacity  for  communication 

soon  made  him  master  of  the  world In  his  very 

flesh  and  bones  is  the  impulse  towards  closer  and  closer 
union  in  larger  and  larger  fellowships.  To-day  he  is 
fighting  his  way  towards  that  goal,  fighting  for  the 
perfect  unit  which  nature  has  so  long  foreshadowed, 
in  which  there  shall  be  a  complete  communion  of  its 
members,  unobstructed  by  egoism  or  hatred,  by  harsh- 
ness or  arrogance  or  the  wolfish  lust  for  blood.  That 
perfect  unit  will  be  a  new  creature,  recognizable  as  a 
single  entity;  to  its  million-minded  power  and  knowledge 
no  barrier  will  be  insurmountable,  no  gulf  impassable, 
no  task  too  great."  f 

t  "Instincts  of  the  Herd  in  Peace  and  War"— W.  Trotter. 

[10] 


Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service 


Here  we  have  portrayed  the  forward  march  of  human- 
ity toiling  ever  onward  to  attain  its  goal.  The  realization 
that  their  wonderful  art  is  destined  to  play  such  an 
important  part  in  this  final  attainment,  opens  up  a 
never-ending  source  of  power  and  inspiration  for  tele- 
phone men  and  women  everywhere.  It  adds  a  new 
dignity  to  their  calling.  Already,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
human  voice  has  been  carried  with  the  speed  of  light 
across  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  across  our  continent, 
and  far  out  into  the  Pacific;  but  still  greater  things  are 
sure  to  come. 

It  is  the  mission  of  the  Pioneers  and  their  successors, 
and  their  associates  among  all  the  nations,  to  build  up 
a  telephone  system  extending  to  every  part  of  the  world, 
connecting  together  all  the  peoples  of  the  earth.  I 
believe  that  the  art  which  was  founded  by  Alexander 
Graham  Bell,  our  First  Pioneer,  will  provide  the  means 
for  transmitting  throughout  the  earth  a  great  voice 
proclaiming  the  dawn  of  a  new  era  in  which  will  be 
realized  that  grandest  of  all  our  earthly  aspirations — 
the  brotherhood  of  man. 

John  J.  Carty. 


[11] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Notes  on  Radio 

THE  following  notes  may  be  of  some  help  to  those 
who  are  trying  to  gain  a  better  idea  of  radio 
and  what  it  means  to  the  telephone  business. 
The  first  part  is  intended  to  assist  in  forming  a  clear 
picture  of  the  physical  nature  of  both  wire  and  radio 
transmission.  The  latter  part  is  a  brief  discussion  of 
the  fields  of  use  for  which  radio  has  been  developed,  or 
for  which  it  is  being  considered. 

Characteristics  of  Wire  Transmission 

It  is  undoubtedly  the  popular  idea  that  in  our  wire 
circuits  the  telephone  waves  are  inside  of  the  conductors, 
somewhat  in  the  manner  that  a  liquid  is  inside  of  the 
pipe  conducting  it.  This  is  a  very  incomplete  picture. 
It  is  true  that  electrical  currents  are  in  the  wires,  but 
the  energy  of  the  electromagnetic  waves  is  largely  out- 
side of  the  wires,  and  surrounds  them.  We  must  imagine 
these  invisible  waves,  in  the  case  of  our  open  wire  cir- 
cuits, filling  up  all  the  space  around  the  wires,  and 
within  a  distance  of  several  feet  of  them,  and  rushing 
along  the  circuit  at  a  speed  of  many  thousands  of  miles 
a  second,  but  prevented  from  spreading  and  guided 
by  the  wires  to  exactly  the  place  to  which  we  wish  the 
waves  to  go. 

In  these  wire  systems,  the  electromagnetic  waves 
(except  in  the  recent  carrier  systems)  are  transmitted 
just  as  they  come  from  the  telephone  transmitter,  that 
is,  they  have  the  same  frequencies  as  does  the  voice 
which  causes  them.  They  consist,  therefore,  of  con- 
stantly changing  complex  waves,  made  up  of  frequencies 
varying  from  perhaps  200  cycles  or  less  to  over  2500 
cycles  per  second. 

Characteristics  of  Radio  Transmission 

In  a  radio  system,  on  the  other  hand,  while  electro- 
magnetic waves  are  also  used,   these  are  transmitted 

[12] 


Notes  on  Radio 


into  wire  arrangements  which  we  know  as  "antennae," 
so  designed  that  a  part  of  the  waves  become  entirely 
detached  from  the  wires  and  spread  out  in  all  directions, 
with  no  wire  guides  whatever,  and  limited  in  spreading 
only  by  the  surface  of  the  earth  and  perhaps  also  by 
layers  of  the  upper  atmosphere  which  have  such  electrical 
characteristics  as  to  reflect  them  back. 

Thus,  in  our  radio  systems,  we  have  no  line  problems. 
We  have  acquired,  however,  several  new  sets  of  prob- 
lems. I  refer  to  (1)  putting  the  voice  waves  into  such 
a  condition  that  they  may  be  radiated  into  space  and 
received  from  space,  (2)  separating  the  different  radio 
messages  from  each  other,  and  (3)  the  problems  arising 
from  the  transmission  characteristics  of  the  space  through 
which  the  radio  waves  travel. 

Our  ordinary  telephone  waves  do  not  radiate  appre- 
ciably from  our  circuits,  partly  because  they  are  of  too 
low  frequency  to  be  effectively  sent  out  from  structures 
of  any  ordinary  size,  and  also  because  our  wire  circuits 
are  not  of  a  form  which  radiates  easily.  However,  if 
these  waves  were  liberated  into  space,  they  would  travel 
just  as  well,  and  in  fact  somewhat  better  than  the  higher 
frequencies  used  in  radio.  Supposing  they  could  be 
liberated,  however,  it  is  evident  we  would  be  met  by  the 
difficulty  that  all  of  our  messages  would  interfere  one 
with  another,  since  they  would  all  have  the  same  range 
of  frequencies,  and  since  radio  waves  spread  out  in  all 
directions. 

The  above  difficulties  are  overcome  in  radio  by 
generating  a  high  frequency  current  for  each  message 
we  wish  to  send,  and  causing  the  voice  currents  to  control 
the  magnitude  of  the  high  frequency  waves  that  are  sent 
out.  It  is  a  characteristic  of  high  frequency  waves 
that  they  may  be  radiated  from  comparatively  small 
antennae  systems.  By  employing  a  different  high 
frequency  for  each  of  the  telephone  messages  which  we 
wish  to  send,  we  may  at  any  receiving  point  separate 
any  particular  message  from  other  messages  which  may 
be  in  space  at  the  same  time,  provided  the  message  we 

[13] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


desire  is  at  a  frequency  differing  sufficiently  from  the 
frequencies  of  the  others.  This  separating  is  done  by 
using  so-called  electrical  tuning  or  electrical  filter  sys- 
tems, which  will  let  through  the  desired  frequencies, 
but  will  stop  all  others. 

It  should  be  noted  that  in  discussing  radio,  we  refer 
to  a  message  being  sent  out  at  a  certain  " frequency," 
or  at  a  certain  "wave  length."  All  radio  waves  travel 
practically  at  the  same  speed,  that  is,  the  speed  of  light, 
which  is  300,000,000  meters  in  a  second.  Now  the 
distance  traveled  in  a  second  is  the  frequency  multi- 
plied by  the  wave  length.  If  we  know  the  frequency, 
therefore,  we  can  divide  it  into  300,000,000,  and  obtain 
the  wave  length  and  vice  versa.  The  longer  the  wave 
length,  therefore,  the  lower  the  frequency. 

A  good  example  of  the  difference  in  frequency  required 
for  separate  messages  is  in  the  case  of  broadcasting. 
Until  recently,  all  private  broadcasting  had  been  at  a 
wave  length  of  360  meters,  which  is  a  frequency  of  about 
830,000  cycles  per  second.  It  has  now  been  decided 
to  permit  broadcasting  simultaneously  at  a  second  wave 
length  of  400  meters,  which  is  a  frequency  of  750,000 
cycles  per  second.  If  the  waves  were  any  closer  together 
in  frequency  than  this,  it  would  not  be  possible,  in  some 
sections,  for  many  of  the  present  types  of  receiving  sets 
to  listen  to  the  entertainment  being  sent  out  on  one 
without  also  overhearing  the  other  in  sufficient  amount 
to  cause  interference.  The  number  of  simultaneous 
messages,  therefore,  is  limited  by  the  degree  to  which 
the  receiving  sets  can  pick  up  one  message  and  separate 
it  from  all  others,  and  by  the  total  range  in  frequencies 
which  can  be  used  in  radio. 

"Message  Capacity  of  the  Ether" 

In  discussing  radio  we  commonly  think  of  space  as 
being  filled  with  a  medium  called  the  "ether,"  and  that 
it  is  this  medium  through  which  the  electromagnetic 
waves  are  transmitted.     There  is  considerable  question 

[14] 


Notes  on  Radio 


whether  this  is  a  proper  physical  picture,  but  it  is  any- 
how a  convenient  manner  of  speaking.  We  should 
note,  however,  that  if  there  is  an  "ether,"  the  electro- 
magnetic waves  which  we  employ  in  our  wire  systems 
are  transmitted  through  it  just  as  truly  as  are  the  radio 
waves.  With  wire  transmission,  however,  the  electro- 
magnetic waves  travel  through,  and  disturb  only  a 
relatively  small  region  in  the  ether  immediately  sur- 
rounding the  wires,  whereas  the  radio  waves  disturb 
the  ether  for  a  very  large  region  extending  in  all  direc- 
tions from  the  transmitting  station. 

We  sometimes  hear  in  radio  the  expression  "message 
capacity  of  the  ether."  By  this  is  meant  the  number  of 
simultaneous  radio  communications  that  can  be  carried 
out  in  any  region  without  interference.  Evidently 
this  depends  greatly  on  the  locations  of  the  stations,  on 
the  type  of  apparatus  used,  and  on  the  amount  of  inter- 
ference permitted.  Roughly  speaking,  however,  it  can 
be  said  that  if  the  entire  range  of  frequencies  which  have 
been  developed  for  radio  could  be  applied  to  radio 
telephony,  it  would  be  possible  with  the  type  of  sets  in 
general  use  to  establish  perhaps  twenty-five  simultaneous 
non-interfering  two-way  channels  in  any  given  region. 
In  view,  however,  of  radio  telegraphy  and  radio  broad- 
casting, of  the  radio  compass  and  beacon  stations  which 
the  government  is  establishing,  and  of  the  setting  aside 
of  wave  lengths  for  military  purposes,  difficulties  have 
already  arisen  in  obtaining  non-interfering  wave  lengths. 

The  radio  conference  which  was  brought  together 
by  the  Department  of  Commerce  to  consider  the  matter 
recommended  an  allocation  of  wave  lengths  which,  if 
carried  out,  would  leave  the  radio  telephone  situation  as 
follows: 

For  the  ship-to-shore  business,  a  range  of  frequencies 
is  allocated  which  would  permit  two  simultaneous  con- 
versations to  be  carried  on  in  any  one  region,  by  making 
use  of  the  best  methods  which  have  been  developed  in 
the  art.  This  space,  however,  is  not  set  aside  exclusively 
for  telephone  service,  but  may  also  be  occupied  with 

[15] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


certain  types  of  ship-to-shore  telegraph.  This  might 
seriously  interfere  with  the  telephone  service. 

For  trans-oceanic  telephony  no  space  was  definitely 
set  aside,  although  a  range  of  frequencies  was  designated 
which  would  be  sufficiently  wide  for  one  conversation, 
and  it  was  recommended  that  tests  of  such  transmission 
be  permitted  in  this  range. 

For  connection  between  fixed  points,  there  were  set 
aside  two  narrow  frequency  bands.  These  are  at  wave 
lengths  best  adapted  for  distances  of  several  hundred 
miles.  Each  of  these,  with  a  small  amount  of  further 
development  work,  could  be  made  to  carry  a  single 
conversation.  They  are  not  assigned  exclusively  to 
telephony,  and  so  may  be  interfered  with  by  telegraphy. 

In  each  of  the  above  cases,  we  have  in  mind  two-way 
communication  which  could  be  connected  into  the  wire 
system  so  that  the  radio  would  be  an  extension  of  the 
wire  service,  and  without  the  necessity  of  the  talkers 
using  "push  buttons"  or  other  mechanical  contrivances 
for  switching  their  sets  from  the  talking  to  the  listening 
condition.  The  present  art  requires  two  wave  lengths 
for  such  a  radio  communication,  since  the  same  wave 
length  cannot  ordinarily  be  used  for  each  of  the  two 
directions. 

Comparatively  liberal  provision  was  made  by  the 
committee  for  broadcasting  purposes.  Space  was  set 
aside  in  the  general  region  in  which  broadcasting  is 
now  being  done,  permitting  at  least  four  simultaneous 
broadcast  channels  with  present  sets  in  the  districts 
along  the  coast.  This  could  be  increased  by  at  least 
two  in  the  interior  of  the  country  by  using,  in  addition, 
wave  lengths  which  along  the  coast  are  employed  in 
marine  telegraphy.  Furthermore,  a  space  was  set 
aside  using  much  shorter  wave  lengths,  in  which  several 
more  broadcast  stations  could  work,  although  these 
wave  lengths  would  probably  be  less  satisfactory  for 
such  service.  The  above  is  in  addition  to  several  fre- 
quency bands  set  aside  for  government  and  other  official 
broadcasting. 

[16] 


Notes  on  Radio 


It  is  evident  that  the  above  does  not  give  much  room 
in  which  radio  telephony,  aside  from  broadcasting,  can 
develop.  However,  methods  have  been  worked  out 
theoretically,  and  to  some  extent  in  practice,  by  which 
it  would  be  possible  to  increase  the  message  capacity 
by  several  times.  Such  systems  bring  in  considerable 
complexity  and  expense,  and  these  increase  rapidly  as 
the  channels  are  crowded  closer  together.  With  develop- 
ments along  this  line,  however,  and  with  the  further 
developing  of  shorter  wave  lengths  than  are  now  in  use, 
we  believe  that  the  radio  message  possibilities  can  be 
increased  sufficiently  to  take  care  of  the  services  which 
require  radio. 

Transmission  Characteristics  of  the  "  Ether" 

Radio  transmission  is  generally  more  variable  than 
is  wire  transmission.  This  depends,  however,  largely  on 
the  wave  lengths  employed,  and  the  distances  covered. 
As  an  example,  the  power  received  from  the  usual  type 
of  broadcasting  station  at  a  distance  of  30  miles  is  usually 
fairly  constant.  At  200  miles,  if  the  distance  is  over 
land,  the  power  received  may  vary  hundreds  of  times 
within  a  few  hours,  or  even  within  a  few  minutes.  For 
longer  distances  the  amount  of  variation  rapidly  increases. 

Radio  transmission  over  water  is  much  less  variable 
than  over  land.  The  amount  of  variation  increases 
rapidly  as  the  wave  length  is  shortened. 

Perhaps  the  most  unhappy  feature  of  transmission 
through  space  is  the  well-known  "static."  This  appears 
to  come  from  lightning  and  other  electrical  disturbances 
in  space,  and  varies  tremendously  in  volume  from  summer 
to  winter,  from  day  to  day,  and  from  hour  to  hour. 
Tests  made  at  a  point  in  northern  New  Jersey  for  long 
wave  lengths  show  the  average  static  at  that  point  this 
summer  about  50  times  as  great  in  power  as  the  average 
static  last  winter.  Variations  of  25  times  in  static  power 
were  recorded  within  single  days.  As  it  is  generally 
possible  with  modern  receiving  sets  to  amplify  the 
received  signals  to  the  point  where  static  interference 

[17] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


becomes  so  loud  that  further  amplification  is  useless, 
this  large  variation  in  the  static  means  a  large  variation 
in  the  distance  to  which  the  station  may  be  heard. 

It  is  because  of  these  great  variations  in  transmission 
and  in  static  that  it  is  nearly  impossible  to  state  the 
"range"  over  which  a  station  may  be  heard.  For  example, 
under  favorable  conditions,  a  broadcasting  station  in 
the  vicinity  of  New  York  has  been  heard  far  out  on  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  Under  unfavorable  conditions,  the  same 
station  could  not  be  heard  satisfactorily  at  a  30  mile 
distance. 

Directivity  and  Secrecy 

Directivity  in  radio  consists  in  the  use  of  an  antenna 
system  so  arranged  that  it  does  not  radiate  equally  in 
all  directions,  but  sends  out  or  receives  very  much  better 
in  the  direction  of  the  station  with  which  it  is  operating 
than  it  does  in  other  directions. 

The  advantage  of  directivity  at  the  transmitting 
end  is  a  saving  in  power,  since  a  larger  percentage  goes 
in  the  desired  direction,  and  an  increase  in  the  degree  of 
privacy  of  the  message,  since  fewer  stations  will  be  in  the 
region  where  it  can  be  effectively  picked  up.  A  large 
difficulty  here  is  that  it  is  a  physical  law  that  it  is  not 
possible  to  devise  a  radiating  system  which  will  be 
efficient  and  which  will  also  give  sharp  directivity  unless 
the  antenna  structure  is  large  compared  to  the  wave 
length.  As  the  radio  waves  which  are  generally  in  use 
are  comparatively  long  (for  example  the  usual  broad- 
cast waves  are  over  1000  feet  in  length,  and  the  longest 
trans-oceanic  radio  telegraph  waves  over  ten  miles), 
it  is  not  possible,  without  large  expense,  to  give  such 
waves  more  than  a  small  degree  of  directivity  at  the 
transmitting  station.  In  receiving  systems,  however, 
efficiency  is  not  so  important,  as  it  can  be  made  up  to  a 
considerable  extent  by  amplifiers,  so  that  a  moderate 
degree  of  directivity  at  the  receiving  end  can  be  frequently 
employed.  This  has  the  advantage  of  cutting  down 
the  amount  of  disturbance  from  static  or  from  other 

[18] 


Notes  on  Radio 


stations  which  may  be  coming  in  from  directions  other 
than  that  from  which  the  desired  message  is  being 
received. 

Reports  have  been  given  out  of  tests  carried  on  in 
England  covering  directed  radio  system  with  15  meter 
wave  lengths  (20,000,000  cycles)  and  giving  a  much 
greater  degree  of  directivity  than  with  the  usual  wave 
lengths.  There  is  considerable  question,  however,  as 
to  the  usefulness  of  so  short  wave  lengths,  in  view  of 
the  readiness  with  which  they  are  absorbed. 

Various  means  have  been  proposed  for  giving  some 
degree  of  secrecy  to  radio  telephone  messages.  These 
have  depended  generally  on  some  action  at  the  sending 
point,  such  as  distortion  of  the  voice  waves,  adding  a 
noise  frequency  to  them,  continuously  varying  the  wave 
length  on  which  they  are  sent  out,  or  similar  propositions 
which  would  make  it  difficult  for  them  to  be  picked  up 
and  understood.  At  the  desired  receiving  point  these 
systems  depend  on  arrangements  for  removing  the 
distortion  or  noise,  or  compensating  for  the  changing 
wave  length.  While  it  is  undoubtedly  possible  to  devise 
a  secret  radio  method  which  it  would  be  practically 
impossible  to  tap,  it  would  involve  so  great  complication 
as  to  make  it  unsuitable  for  general  use.  Other  systems 
have  been  developed  which,  while  not  "secret"  are 
"private,"  in  that  they  could  be  tapped  only  by  those 
intending  to  do  so,  and  using  apparatus  not  generally 
owned  by  the  amateur.  Even  with  such  systems,  how- 
ever, the  complication  and  expense  of  any  so  far  developed 
are  larger  than  radio  services  can  generally  afford. 

With  this  general  discussion  of  radio,  it  will  be  inter- 
esting to  consider  some  of  the  fields  for  which  radio  has 
been  developed  or  considered. 

Telephone  Service  to  Ships  or  Other 
Moving  Vehicles 

A  radio  station  was  established  at  appoint  in  New 
Jersey,  and  radio  connections  set  up  to*afship  at  sea 
through  this  station  and  then  by  wires  to  points  as 

[19] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


distant  as  San  Francisco  and  Los  Angeles.  In  some 
of  the  tests,  connections  were  established  simultaneously 
to  two  ships  and  to  a  third  land  station.  The  nominal 
range  of  the  station  is  considered  to  be  200  miles.  Under 
favorable  conditions,  it  has  talked  to  a  ship  1600  miles 
distant.  Local  conditions  in  summer  may  interrupt 
the  service  at  distances  less  than  200  miles.  The  ulti- 
mate range  given  the  station  must,  of  course,  depend 
on  commercial  requirements  as  well  as  the  technical 
questions  involved.  Since  the  course  of  the  trans- 
oceanic liners  parallels  the  coast  for  a  considerable 
way,  it  would  be  possible  to  reach  such  ships  after  they 
are  out  of  range  of  a  New  Jersey  station,  by  other  stations 
on  the  coasts  of  New  England. 

A  paper  giving  technical  details  of  this  system  is 
in  preparation,  and  will  be  published  during  the  winter. 
At  the  present  time,  no  further  development  work  is 
being  done  on  this  system,  awaiting  the  working  out 
of  the  commercial  problems  which  are  involved  in  it. 

Another  development  now  being  considered  and  which 
may  be  undertaken  is  a  short  range  telephone  system 
for  use  around  the  important  harbors.  This  might  be 
of  considerable  importance  to  the  railroads  and  other 
companies  operating  tug  boats,  as  it  would  permit  the 
tug  boat  dispatchers  to  keep  closely  in  touch  with 
their  craft,  thus  more  efficiently  keeping  them  in  use. 
It  is  possible  that  no  wave  length  assignment  can  be 
found  for  this  service  in  the  range  now  generally  used 
for  radio,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  go  to  shorter  wave 
lengths. 

Radio  is  of  peculiar  importance  to  airships,  in  that 
it  furnishes  a  means  by  which  they  may  be  guided  to 
their  destinations.  If  they  ever  become  of  importance 
from  a  passenger  or  express-carrying  standpoint,  they 
will  bear  a  relation  to  the  Bell  System  similar  to  that 
of  the  ships  at  sea. 

Another'use  of  radio  telephony  which  may  ultimately 
be  made  is  that  of  connection  to  moving  trains.  This 
is  entirely  a  feasible  proposition,  but  the  cost  of  develop- 

[20] 


Notes  on  Radio 


ing,  setting  up  and  operating  such  a  system  at  present 
would,  we  believe,  be  too  large  in  comparison  with  the 
probable  amount  of  service  which  would  result. 

Radio  Across  Natural  Barriers 

Perhaps  the  most  spectacular  service  for  which 
radio  will  probably  be  applied  in  the  future  is  the  connec- 
tion of  the  wire  telephone  system  in  America  with  the 
wire  telephone  systems  in  Europe  and  in  other  continents. 
Communication  over  such  distances  was  shown  possible 
by  the  tests  of  the  Bell  Telephone  engineers  in  trans- 
mitting from  Arlington  to  Paris  and  Honolulu  in  1915. 
Large  developments  have  been  made  in  the  art  since 
that  time,  but  considerable  further  work  remains  to  be 
done  before  such  a  system  can  be  established  and  operated 
at  an  annual  charge  sufficiently  low  to  justify  it  com- 
mercially. There  may  also  be  difficulty  in  obtaining 
suitable  wave  lengths. 

The  Catalina  Island  system  was  the  first  radio 
telephone  system  to  go  into  regular  commercial  use. 
It  spans  a  25  mile  gap  of  water  between  the  mainland 
near  Los  Angeles  and  Catalina  Island.  The  details 
of  this  installation  have  already  been  published  in  the 
Proceeding  of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  for 
December,  1921.  It  is  the  only  case,  at  least  in  so  far  as 
information  has  been  published,  in  which  radio  is  fur- 
nishing a  commercial  service,  and  meeting  in  both 
transmission  and  signaling,  but  not  as  regards  secrecy 
or  economy,  the  ordinary  requirements  of  wire  service. 

There  are  undoubtedly  a  large  number  of  other  cases 
in  this  country  where  radio  will  be  used  for  establishing 
connections  with  districts  to  which  it  would  be  difficult 
or  impossible  to  maintain  wires.  This  will  probably  not 
be  done  on  any  large  scale,  until  radio  apparatus,  by 
further  development  has  been  somewhat  simplified  and 
cheapened. 

In  many  of  the  cases  where  radio  will  be  used  for 
reaching   outlying   points,    the   necessary   reduction   in 

[21] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


cost  to  prove  it  in  will  be  obtained  by  making  use  of 
systems  which  do  not  meet  the  requirements  of  ordinary 
wire  systems,  but  which  will  be  sufficiently  good  for 
the  limited  service  required  by  these  points.  For  example, 
in  one  case  recently  considered  it  was  thought  satisfactory 
for  the  system  to  operate  merely  between  a  pair  of 
telephone  sets,  one  at  each  terminal,  with  no  signaling 
devices  whatsoever,  and  with  communication  carried 
on  only  for  a  few  hours  each  day,  and  then  at  appointed 
times. 

Broadcasting 

A  service  for  which  radio,  by  its  inherent  nature,  is 
particularly  fitted,  is  that  of  broadcasting  music,  news, 
etc.,  to  a  large  number  of  people  who  can  listen  to  it  by 
means  of  comparatively  simple  receiving  sets.  This 
type  of  system  has  become  so  thoroughly  known  as  to 
require  no  explanation  here.  It  is  not  a  two-way  service, 
and  is  not,  therefore,  of  the  same  type  as  the  usual 
telephone  service.  In  this  case  the  usual  difficulties 
with  radio  of  lack  of  secrecy  and  of  spreading  out  over 
a  large  territory  are  the  particular  features  fitting  it  for 
broadcasting  economically  over  a  wide  area. 

Telephone  Service  for  Rural  Communities 

While,  from  the  inherent  nature  of  radio,  it  is  entirely 
absurd  to  consider  it  for  carrying  on  the  usual  telephone 
service  in  place  of  wire  systems  in  districts  which  are 
well  developed  in  population,  we  have  attempted  to 
determine  whether  it  could  be  developed  to  give  telephone 
service  at  a  sufficiently  low  cost  to  find  a  field  in  very 
sparsely  settled  country  districts. 

In  this  connection,  it  should  be  pointed  out  that 
radio  is  purely  a  method  of  transmission  of  messages. 
In  giving  telephone  service,  it  is  necessary  that  we  not 
only  have  means  of  transmitting  our  messages,  but  also 
means  of  connecting  the  transmitting  channels  together, 
so  that  any  two  subscribers  may  be  permitted  to  talk. 
This  is  the  function  of  the  central  office,   and  of  the 

[22] 


Notes  on  Radio 


operators  who  are  employed  there.     Radio  in  no  way 
avoids  the  necessity  for  this  switching  function. 

As  in  the  case  of  a  multi-party  wire  line,  it  would  be 
possible  to  arrange  with  radio  so  that  a  small  group  of 
subscribers  could  directly  connect  with  each  other. 
This,  however,  would  not  relieve  the  necessity  of  their 
being  able  to  connect  through  a  central  office  into  the 
wire  system,  in  order  to  reach  more  than  a  very  restricted 
district. 

A  radio  system,  for  connecting  together  a  group 
of  farmers  and  connecting  the  group  to  a  central  office, 
would  need  to  include  transmitting  and  receiving  appa- 
ratus, and  also  the  necessary  power  supply  and  calling 
devices,  in  addition  to  ordinary  substation  apparatus. 
Since  a  part  of  the  apparatus  would  need  to  be  con- 
tinuously energized  to  receive  signaling,  tube  renewals 
would  be  an  important  factor  in  the  annual  charges. 
It  is  evident  that  the  radio  art,  as  it  now  exists,  cannot 
meet  these  requirements  at  anything  like  the  $2.00  or 
$3.00  per  month  which  the  farmer  usually  pays  for  his 
wire  service.  Even  with  an  optimistic  estimate  as  to 
changes  which  can  be  brought  about  by  development,  it 
appears  that  in  the  rural  field,  as  elsewhere,  radio  te- 
lephony will  be  limited  to  giving  telephone  service  to 
comparatively  isolated  places,  or  under  conditions  which 
make  the  maintenance  of  wires  more  than  usually  diffi- 
cult. 

This  does  not  mean,  however,  that  low  power  radio 
transmitting  sets,  perhaps  for  use  in  combination  with 
broadcast  receiving  sets,  may  not  be  used  in  considerable 
numbers  as  an  amusement,  permitting  a  number  of 
people  in  a  community  to  talk  together  as  a  group  in 
the  evenings  or  at  other  appointed  times. 

Some  Conditions  of  Radio  Development 

The  tremendous  range  of  frequencies  and  energies 
employed  in  radio  bring  in  many  difficult  but  interesting 
technical    problems.      The   frequencies   employed    vary 

[23] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


from  around  50,000  cycles  per  second,  which  was  used 
in  telephoning  to  Paris  and  Honolulu,  to  frequencies  of 
around  20,000,000  cycles  per  second,  which  have  been 
employed  in  experimental  radio  work.  The  energy  put 
into  the  antenna  in  the  usual  broadcasting  radio  station 
is  about  Y%  kilowatt.  In  experimental  telephone  work, 
powers  have  been  produced  up  to  100  kilowatts.  These 
should  be  compared  to  about  0.1  watt,  which  is  the  maxi- 
mum voice  wave  energy,  under  usual  conditions,  that 
is  put  on  our  wire  circuits.  At  the  receiving  end  of 
radio  the  powers  are  extremely  small.  At  a  distance  of 
say  30  miles  from  a  broadcasting  station  the  usual 
amateur  antenna  will  pick  up  perhaps  a  few  millionths 
of  a  watt. 

From  the  discussion  which  we  have  given  it  may 
be  evident  why  it  is  that  the  development  engineer  has 
viewed  radio  with  somewhat  conflicting  emotions.  In 
perhaps  no  other  part  of  the  communication  art  have 
there  been  developed  more  beautiful  technical  methods 
or  apparatus,  or  is  there  presented  to  him  a  more  intensely 
interesting  group  of  technical  problems.  It  has  opened 
up  possibilities  of  giving  new  fields  of  telephone  service, 
and  the  results  which  it  has  yielded  and  promises  to 
yield  in  these  fields  appeal  greatly  to  his  imagination,  as 
they  do  to  that  of  the  general  public.  Yet  in  perhaps 
no  other  field  has  the  development  engineer  dealt  neces- 
sarily with  factors  inherently  so  variable,  or  so  little 
under  his  control,  or  has  the  development  work  yielded 
so  little  in  results  of  practical  commercial  importance, 
as  compared  to  the  large  expenditures  made.  Further- 
more we  know  that  to  put  radio  telephony  into  such  shape 
that  it  can  give  those  services  for  which  it  is  fitted  will 
require  that  we  continue  intensive  development  for  many 
years. 

We  have  in  mind,  however,  that  with  the  constantly 
increasing  demands  for  all  types  of  communications  the 
radio  field,  limited  though  it  is  in  scope,  may  be  expected 
to  grow  to  considerable  proportions.  Furthermore  we 
are  watching  with  large  interest  the  apparently  great 

[24] 


Notes  on  Radio 


appeal  of  radio  telephone  broadcasting  to  the  general 
public.  As  already  noted,  the  difficulties  of  radio  for 
ordinary  telephone  work,  that  is,  the  spreading  out  over 
wide  territory  and  non-secrecy  are  just  the  characteristics 
which  are  desirable  in  broadcasting.  It  may  be  that 
here  there  is  a  service  in  which  radio  telephony  can 
assume  considerable  commercial  importance,  and  much 
more  than  justify  the  large  amount  of  development  work 
which  must  be  given  to  it. 

0.  B.  Blackwell. 


[25] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Service  in  the  Making 

IT  is  easy  to  define  good  service.  From  the  view- 
point of  the  person  desiring  to  talk,  it  consists  in 
being  able  to  reach  promptly  and  without  con- 
fusion any  person  desired  and  to  talk  satisfactorily  and 
without  interruption.  To  give  good  service,  however, 
under  present  conditions  is  a  difficult  problem  for  the 
telephone  companies  and  it  becomes  increasingly  so  year 
by  year.  It  is  also  seldom  appreciated  how  important 
a  part  the  subscribers  themselves  play  in  the  giving  of 
telephone  service.  The  person  desired  must  have  a 
telephone  or  be  near  one  and  he  should  answer  a  call 
promptly  and  courteously.  He  should  have  sufficient 
telephone  faculties  so  that  his  lines  will  not  be  busy  an 
undue  portion  of  the  time.  If  he  has  a  private  branch 
exchange,  he  should  provide  himself  with  competent 
operators,  and  if  he  does  not  answer  the  telephone  him- 
self, he  should  make  provision  for  someone  else  to  answer 
it  properly.  The  calling  subscriber  should  know  how 
to  make  his  calls,  he  should  give  the  call  accurately  and 
clearly  to  the  operator,  and  he  should  pay  attention  to 
her  repetition.  He  should  know  how  to  use  the  trans- 
mitter and  receiver  so  as  to  obtain  the  maximum  effi- 
ciency from  those  instruments.  He  should  know  the 
significance  of  such  signals  as  the  audible  ringing  signal, 
and  he  should  know  how  to  signal  the  operator.  Sub- 
scribers on  party  lines  should  refrain  from  interference 
with  other  persons  on  their  lines  who  may  be  talking.  If 
there  is  failure  in  any  of  these  ways,  the  subscriber  can- 
not receive  satisfactory  service  although  the  telephone 
company  does  everything  in  its  power. 

Responsibilities  of  the  Telephone  Company 

Coming  to  the  responsibilities  of  the  telephone  com- 
pany, mention  should  be  made  of  the  commercial  depart- 
ment which  handles  the  business  relations  with  subscribers 
and  which  aids  them  in  providing  themselves  with  proper 
facilities   to  handle  their  telephone  business.     It  must 

[26] 


Service  in  the  Making 


also  provide  adequate  directories  so  that  the  subscriber 
may  know  with  whom  he  can  talk  and  it  must  see  that 
proper  attention  is  given  to  all  suggestions  or  complaints. 
However,  the  functions  of  the  telephone  company  in 
giving  service  which  are  most  commonly  recognized  are 
the  provision  of  adequate  plant  properly  maintained 
and  the  work  of  the  traffic  department  which  operates 
the  plant  and  performs  the  actions  necessary  to  connect 
one  subscriber  with  another.  It  is  with  traffic  work 
that  this  article  is  primarily  concerned,  but  any  descrip- 
tion of  telephone  service  which  did  not  mention  the 
important  functions  of  the  subscribers  themselves  and 
of  the  commercial,  plant  and  engineering  departments 
would  be  incomplete. 

Problems  of  the  Traffic  Department 

The  most  difficult  problem  of  the  traffic  department 
is  to  maintain  a  satisfactory  grade  of  service  in  the  face 
of  the  continual  increase  in  size  and  complexity  of  the 
telephone  system.  If  we  think  of  the  early  days  of  the 
telephone  when  subscribers  were  few  and  exchanges  small 
and  not  inter-connected,  the  operating  work  seems  sim- 
ple as  compared  with  the  problems  of  today.  I  have 
in  my  office  a  copy  of  the  first  telephone  directory  issued 
in  1878  and  it  contains  fifty  names  and  no  numbers. 
If  you  can  now  visualize  such  an  exchange,  the  sub- 
scribers would  call  by  name  for  the  few  other  people 
having  telephone  service  and  it  would  be  easy  for  an 
operator  to  handle  the  simple  equipment  and  to  make 
connection  with  one  of  the  few  lines  which  might  be 
desired,  to  ring  on  that  line  and  to  take  down  the  con- 
nection when  the  conversation  was  over.  No  record 
need  be  made  of  the  call  since  the  charges  would  be  on 
a  flat  rate  basis,  and  beyond  ordinary  attention  and 
courtesy,  the  requirement  for  telephone  operators  would 
be  simple.  But  conditions  such  as  those  are  not  found 
today  and  the  present  Bell  Telephone  System  with  its 
Connecting  Companies  consists  of  a  vast  and  complicated 

[27] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


network,  representing  an  investment  of  over  two  billion 
dollars  and  providing  means  for  connecting  any  two  of 
nearly  14,000,000  stations  which  may  be  located  any- 
where in  the  United  States  or  in  Cuba  or  in  portions  of 
Canada  and  Mexico. 

The  most  complicated  portions  of  the  telephone  sys- 
tem are  naturally  those  in  large  cities  and  the  surround- 
ing territory,  and  in  the  case  of  the  largest  metropolitan 
area,  New  York,  some  1,400,000  stations  connected  with 
260  offices  are  located  within  a  thirty-mile  radius.  Even 
in  the  case  of  a  call  between  two  subscribers  in  the  same 
office,  the  work  of  the  traffic  department  has  long  since 
changed  from  the  simple  conditions  forty  years  ago  and 
it  becomes  increasingly  difficult  year  by  year.  Ten 
thousand  lines  and  upwards  of  twenty  thousand  stations 
may  be  connected  to  a  single  office  and  to  make  even 
the  simplest  kind  of  connection  in  large  cities,  the  services 
of  at  least  two  operators  are  now  required.  It  would 
be  physically  impossible  to  make  telephone  connections 
now  with  the  apparatus  of  early  days  and  the  develop- 
ment of  improved  telephone  plant  has  more  than  kept 
pace  with  even  the  enormous  growth  in  business.  To 
provide  good  service  to  the  subscribers,  to  assist  the 
operators,  and  to  aid  in  overcoming  the  increasingly 
difficult  conditions,  vast  amounts  of  machinery  are  now 
provided,  much  of  which  is  automatic  in  operation,  and 
the  operator  of  today  must  be  skilled  in  the  use  of  all 
this  modern  plant.  For  example,  the  operator  no  longer 
rings  the  called  subscriber  but  that  important  action  is 
performed  automatically  and  mention  might  also  be 
made  of  the  methods  for  distributing  the  calls  so  as  to 
assure  prompt  attention  by  any  one  of  a  group  of  oper- 
ators, of  the  call  circuits  by  means  of  which  the  operator 
answering  the  subscriber  enlists  the  aid  of  another 
operator  necessary  to  complete  the  connection,  and  of 
the  many  automatic  signals  by  means  of  which  the  oper- 
ator follows  the  progress  of  the  call,  advises  the  sub- 
scriber if  the  line  is  busy  and  attends  his  wishes  if  further 
action    is    necessary.    By    means    of    these    automatic 

[28] 


Service  in  the  Making 


signals  the  operator  knows  at  all  times,  without  listen- 
ing on  the  connection,  whether  the  subscriber  is  at  his 
telephone,  whether  he  has  answered  the  call,  whether 
he  has  finished  talking  and  hung  up  and  whether  he 
wishes  to  make  another  call  or  attract  the  operator's 
attention  for  some  other  purpose.  These  automatic 
signals  are  transmitted  over  considerable  distances  and 
in  the  case  of  a  call  between  New  York  and  Philadelphia, 
for  instance,  one  operator  has  control  of  the  connection 
and  is  provided  with  just  as  complete  signals  from  the 
subscriber  at  the  distant  point  as  from  the  one  in  her 
own  city.  Development  work  is  now  being  carried  on 
which  will  extend  still  further  the  distance  over  which 
automatic  signals  can  be  transmitted  and  thus  improve 
the  service  and  simplify  the  work  of  the  operators. 

Machine  Switching  System 

There  is  a  marked  tendency  to  make  the  apparatus 
more  and  more  automatic  so  that  the  subscriber  him- 
self can  follow  the  progress  of  his  call  and  know  when  a 
line  called  is  busy  or  when  the  bell  is  ringing  and  the 
called  subscriber  is  slow  to  answer,  without  waiting  for 
the  operator  to  advise  him  on  these  matters.  The 
latest  development  in  this  direction  is  the  machine 
switching  system  which  is  now  coming  into  use  and  on 
which  the  general  staff  was  working  for  a  long  time. 
This  system  calls  for  apparatus  more  complicated  than 
any  previously  employed  in  telephone  work  but  it  provides 
means  for  the  entire  handling  of  a  local  call  by  machinery 
under  direction  from  the  subscriber.  It  might  be  thought 
that  the  introduction  of  the  machine  switching  system 
would  mean  the  gradual  elimination  of  the  telephone 
operator,  but  such  is  not  the  case.  The  growth  of  the 
business  is  so  rapid  and  there  will  always  be  so  many 
calls,  including  long  distance,  toll  and  special,  as  well 
as  local  calls,  which  cannot  be  handled  entirely  by  machin- 
ery, that  very  large  numbers  of  operators  will  always  be 
required  and  for  a  good  many  years  to  come  the  use  of 

[29] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


the  machine  switching  system  means  simply  that  the 
increase  in  the  operating  forces  will  be  less  than  if  the 
manual  system  were  retained. 

With  the  great  growth  of  the  business,  it  has  become 
necessary  to  count  the  calls  at  the  larger  places  in  order 
to  make  the  charges  fair  to  all  patrons,  and  for  this 
purpose  there  are  registering  devices  and  special  clocks 
for  the  operators'  assistance.  With  the  continual  move- 
ment among  subscribers,  furthermore,  means  must 
be  provided  so  that  the  operators  will  know,  without 
stopping  to  refer  to  a  list,  if  a  subscriber  has  given  up 
his  telephone  service,  if  he  has  moved  to  another  office, 
or  if  for  any  reason  his  line  is  in  trouble,  and  the  operators 
must  be  constantly  alert  to  note  and  report  those  con- 
ditions to  the  calling  subscriber. 

Complications  in  Metropolitan  Areas 

The  preceding  description  has  been  concerned  largely 
with  a  single  office,  and  even  one  of  these  large  offices 
is  a  tremendously  complicated  set  of  machinery  requir- 
ing in  some  cases  the  services  of  as  many  as  four  hundred 
operators.  Within  thirty  miles  of  New  York,  however, 
there  is  not  one,  but  two  hundred  and  sixty  offices,  many 
of  which  are  as  large  as  the  present  design  of  apparatus 
will  permit.  The  calling  subscriber,  furthermore,  expects 
to  be  connected  promptly  with  any  one  of  these  two 
hundred  and  sixty  offices,  and  the  operators  must  know 
instantly  the  proper  method  of  making '^connection  to 
each  office,  and  she  must  have  facility  in  using  the 
machinery  provided  for  those  connections.  Direct  trunk 
circuits  are  provided  to  offices  to  which  there  is  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  business.  Offices  to  which  there  is 
less  business  are  ^reached  through  other  offices  by  tan- 
dem or  double  tandem  methods,  the  essential  circuit 
arrangement,  operating  methods  and  service  being  sim- 
ilar to  that  where*  there 'are  direct  trunks.  In  the  case 
of  a  call  which  is  double  tandemed,  however,  four  oper- 
ators   are    required    to    complete    a   single    connection. 

[30] 


Service  in  the  Making 


Offices  to  which  there  are  relatively  few  calls,  usually 
those  in  the  outlying  sections,  are  reached  by  special 
operating  methods  through  what  are  known  as  toll 
boards,  and  three  of  these  connecting  centers  are  required 
to  reach  all  of  the  260  offices.  Beyond  the  metropolitan 
area,  calls  are  handled  through  another  form  of  toll  or 
long  distance  board,  of  which  more  will  be  said  a  little 
later.  When  we  consider  that  the  subscriber  simply 
announces  the  office  name  and  number  desired,  it  will 
be  evident  that  the  operator  must  be  well  trained  and 
expert  to  know  instantly  through  which  one  of  many 
channels  that  office  is  reached  and  the  proper  operating 
method  and  equipment  to  employ  in  each  case.  The 
resulting  complications  of  the  switchboard  itself  are 
necessarily  very  great,  with  facilities  for  operating  in 
hundreds  of  different  directions.  It  is  difficult  to  give 
a  comprehensive  picture  of  the  intricate  trunk  plant 
connecting  the  different  offices,  but  it  may  be  of  interest 
to  state  that  in  the  city  of  New  York  as  much  under- 
ground cable  plant  is  required  to  inter-connect  about 
one  hundred  offices  as  is  needed  to  connect  1,000,000 
stations  with  their  own  offices.  While  the  New  York 
metropolitan  area  has  the  largest  population  and  the 
most  complicated  telephone  system,  there  are  similar 
conditions  in  the  case  of  all  large  cities,  and  the  problems 
of  the  traffic  department  are  constantly  increasing  with 
the  growth  in  the  business. 

Toll  and  Long  Distance  Calls 

Mention  has  been  made  of  toll  and  long  distance  calls, 
which  are  those  between  two  offices  not  in  the  same 
exchange  area  and  for  which  a  special  charge  is  made 
in  proportion  to  the  distance.  In  no  phase  of  telephone 
work  have  the  developments  been  more  startling  than 
in  extending  the  range  of  long  distance  calls.  The  first 
toll  circuits  were  short  and  consisted  of  open  wires  con- 
necting nearby  cities.  The  operating  methods  were 
relatively  simple  and  the  operator  answering  the  sub- 

[31] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


scriber  could  herself  make  connection  over  the  few  toll 
circuits  then  existing.  Today,  however,  a  subscriber 
can  talk  across  the  continent  and  even  to  islands  beyond 
the  continent,  as  in  the  case  of  Cuba — by  means  of  sub- 
marine cables,  and  Catalina — by  means  of  wireless 
working  from  the  mainland.  Whereas  the  first  toll 
circuits  consisted  of  a  few  miles  of  open  wires,  it  would 
take  several  pages  to  even  describe  a  telephone  circuit 
connecting  Boston,  for  example,  with  Catalina  Island 
or  Havana.  In  addition  to  thousands  of  miles  of  open 
wire,  there  are  hundreds  of  miles  of  cable  either  under- 
ground or  aerial,  there  are  loading  coils  to  overcome  the 
capacity  of  the  cables,  there  are  repeaters  to  supply  new 
energy  to  the  conversation  on  its  long  journey,  there 
are  submarine  cables  or  wireless  links  to  cross  the  rivers 
and  the  sea,  and  there  are  innumerable  equipment  devices 
at  the  many  offices  through  which  the  calls  must  route. 
The  wires  stretch  across  deserts  and  over  mountains 
where  they  are  frequently  the  only  indication  of  civiliza- 
tion. When  we  consider  that  the  slightest  break  in  the 
7,000  miles  of  wire  or  in  any  of  the  many  pieces  of  ap- 
paratus would  prevent  a  transcontinental  conversation, 
it  is  a  constant  marvel  that  telephone  plant  can  be  built 
and  maintained  with  the  necessary  degree  of  perfection. 
The  work  of  operating  a  long  distance  call  is  also  dif- 
ficult and  it  is  an  enormous  stride  from  the  early  days 
of  short  toll  circuits  over  which  two  operators  could 
complete  a  call  to  the  present  transcontinental  con- 
nections, to  handle  each  of  which  from  ten  to  sixteen  or 
more  operators  are  necessary.  A  call,  for  example, 
from  Augusta,  Maine,  to  Catalina  Island  must  be  switch- 
ed at  Portland,  New  York,  Chicago,  San  Francisco, 
Los  Angeles  and  Long  Beach,  and  the  operating  methods 
must  be  carefully  worked  out  and  the  operators  them- 
selves must  be  expert  in  order  that  there  may  be  perfect 
cooperation  on  such  a  call.  That  sort  of  call  is  a  strik- 
ing illustration  of  the  necessity  for  uniform  and  standard 
operating  methods  and  practices  throughout  the  Bell 
System  and  a  large  force  of  men  is  continuously  engaged 

[32] 


Service  in  the  Making 


in  the  study  of  these  methods  and  in  the  development 
of  improved  practices. 

Magnitude  of  Traffic  Work 

The  magnitude  of  traffic  department  operations  can 
perhaps  be  visualized  by  the  statement  that  the  Bell 
owned  companies  alone  employ  130,000  operators  to 
serve  some  9,000,000  stations,  which  make  over  11,- 
000,000,000  calls  a  year,  and  we  are  still  far  from  the 
end.  If  we  look  forward  to  1940,  there  will  probably  be 
25,000,000  telephones  in  the  United  States,  and  the  com- 
plexities of  telephone  plant  and  operations  increase  much 
more  rapidly  than  the  number  of  stations.  The  130,000 
operators  are  located  in  5,800  offices,  and  it  is  a  difficult 
problem  to  properly  house  and  care  for  this  large  force. 
The  telephone  buildings  and  land  alone  represent  an 
investment  of  over  $150,000,000  and,  as  an  interesting 
detail,  in  the  single  item  of  lunches,  which  are  provided 
only  in  the  larger  cities  where  the  girls  cannot  conveniently 
go  home  for  lunch,  there  is  a  considerable  business  turn- 
ing over  some  $8,000,000  a  year. 

In  spite  of  the  great  growth  in  the  business  and  the 
enormous  increase  in  its  complications,  American  tele- 
phone service  today  is  the  best  that  it  has  ever  been,  and 
the  telephone  operators  and  the  traffic  supervising  forces 
may  well  be  gratified  at  the  record  they  have  made  and 
are  making  in  public  service.  It  is  no  time,  however, 
to  rest  on  past  accomplishments,  since  the  traffic  problems 
of  the  future  will  be  more  difficult  than  those  of  the  past. 
If  the  traffic  departments  continue  to  work  with  the  same 
zeal  and  intelligence,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe 
that  they  will  be  equal  to  the  demands  upon  them,  and 
I  hope  that  this  short  article  will  give  some  picture  of 
their  problems  and  of  the  work  of  telephone  operating, 
which  has  become  one  of  the  principal  and  best  considered 
occupations  for  women. 

K.   W.   Waterson. 


[33] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Poles 

NEXT  to  the  telephone  instrument  itself,  the 
element  of  telephone  plant  which  is  most 
familiar  to  the  public  is  the  pole.  In  attempt- 
ing to  visualize  the  enormous  number  of  poles  required 
by  the  Bell  System,  it  may  be  helpful  to  consider  that 
the  nearly  15,000,000  poles  now  in  use  would  furnish 
sufficient  material  for  a  railroad  trestle,  thirty  feet  high, 
reaching  from  Chicago  to  Buenos  Aires.  Additions  and 
replacements  call  for  three-quarters  of  a  million  new 
poles  each  year,  or  enough  to  build  a  telephone  line  two- 
thirds  of  the  distance  around  the  earth.  These  com- 
parisons may  also  serve  to  indicate  the  magnitude  and 
the  consequent  importance  of  the  pole  problem  in  the 
Bell  System. 

Much  work  has  been  done  by  Bell  System  engineers 
to  enable  pole  lines  to  be  designed  so  as  to  meet  service 
conditions  most  economically.  This  has  included  in- 
vestigations of  the  stresses  in  the  poles  and  other  portions 
of  the  line  under  such  wind  and  ice  loads  as  may  reason- 
ably be  expected  to  occur  in  the  locality  where  the  line 
is*constructed,  experiments  to  determine  the  strengths 
of  many  different  kinds  of  timber  and  researches  into 
the  effects  of  various  preservatives  in  increasing  the 
durability  of  poles. 

The  most  economical  poles  for  use  in  any  particular 
section  of  the  country  are  those  poles  which  will  with- 
stand the  required  load  at  the  minimum  annual  cost. 

The  load  carried  by  a  pole  depends  upon  the  weight 
of  the  wires  or  cables  which  it  sustains  and  the  pressure 
of  the  wind  upon  them.  The  most  severe  loads  occur 
when  the  wires  or  cables  are  heavily  coated  with  ice  and 
a  strong  wind  is  blowing  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to 
the  line. 

Factors  which  affect  the  load,  in  addition  to  the  num- 
ber and  size  of  wires  and  cables,  are  the  lengths  of  spans 
between  poles,  the  climatic  conditions  (wind  and  ice)  to 

[34] 


Poles 

which  the  line  is  exposed,  and  the  degree  of  shelter  of  the 
line,  as  by  hills,  forests  or  buildings. 

The  annual  cost,  which  includes  return  on  invest- 
ment, taxes,  reserve  for  replacement  and  maintenance, 
depends  chiefly  on  first  cost  and  length  of  life. 

Into  the  first  cost  of  the  pole,  in  place,  enter  such  items 
as  the  price  at  the  woods,  the  freight  rate  (depending 
on  the  weight  of  the  pole  and  the  distance  of  the  place 
where  it  is  to  be  used  from  the  point  of  supply),  and  the 
cost  of  hauling  and  erecting. 

The  length  of  life  depends  upon  a  variety  of  factors, 
the  most  important  of  which  (apart  from  questions  of 
inadequacy  and  obsolescence)  are  the  character  of  the 
timber,  whether  or  not  a  preservative  treatment  is 
employed  and,  if  so,  the  nature  of  the  treatment,  the 
local  climatic  conditions  and  the  original  size  of  the  pole. 

The  importance  of  the  latter  factor,  the  original 
size  of  the  pole,  is  due  to  the  fact  that  those  who  are 
responsible  for  the  plant  and  the  service  have  to  decide, 
for  every  type  of  construction,  taking  into  account  all 
the  conditions  of  location,  exposure  and  use,  how  little 
sound  wood  may  remain  at  the  ground  line  section  of 
the  pole  before  it  should  be  replaced  on  account  of  decay. 
If  the  original  size  of  the  pole  is  only  slightly  more  than 
this  critical  size  at  which  replacement  should  be  made, 
the  life  of  the  pole  will  be  very  short  as  decay  will  reduce 
the  size  at  the  ground  line  to  the  critical  size  within  a 
few  years. 

On  the  other  hand,  whereas  a  pole  of  huge  size  at  the 
ground  line  would  have  a  very  long  life  before  decaying 
sufficiently  to  require  replacement,  the  cost  of  so  stout 
a  pole  might  readily  be  so  great  that  its  annual  cost 
would  exceed  that  of  a  smaller  and  cheaper  pole. 

Principal  Kinds  of  Pole  Timber 

The  principal  kinds  of  wood  used  for  poles  are  eastern 
cedar,  western  cedar,  chestnut,  and  yellow  pine.  The 
eastern  cedar  now  used  for  poles  comes  mainly  from 

[35] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Minnesota.  There  are  also  extensive  tracts  in  Canada, 
and  some  in  northern  Maine.  In  years  past  enormous 
quantities  have  been  cut  in  both  the  northern  and  south- 
ern peninsulas  of  Michigan,  and  in  northern  Wisconsin. 
Locations  in  swamps  and  along  streams  afford  favorable 
conditions  for  the  growth  of  this  timber.  Under  normal 
conditions  cedar  poles  require  from  one  hundred  to  two 
hundred  years  to  grow.  Western  cedar  grows  on  both 
the  eastern  and  western  slopes  of  the  Cascade  Mountains 
and  on  the  western  slope  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in 
the  extreme  northwest  section  of  the  United  States  and 
adjoining  parts  of  Canada.  Chestnut  is  found  prin- 
cipally along  the  Atlantic  Coast  and  in  the  Appalachian 
Mountain  regions.  North  of  Virginia,  chestnut  has 
within  recent  years  been  practically  exterminated  by 
the  chestnut  blight.  While  the  blight-killed  trees  have 
been  available  for  poles,  this  region,  after  being  cut  over, 
will,  in  general,  cease  to  be  a  source  of  future  supply, 
at  least  for  many  years.  To  what  extent  the  blight  will 
enter  the  region  south  of  Virginia,  where  are  found  the 
principal  stands  of  chestnut  timber,  cannot  be  answered 
at  the  present  time.  Chestnut  grows  more  rapidly  than 
cedar,  an  average  chestnut  pole  requiring  from  forty  to 
sixty  years  to  grow.  Yellow  pine  grows  principally  in 
the  south  Atlantic  and  gulf  states.  Pine  grows  quickly, 
on  the  average  taking  somewhat  less  time  than  chestnut 
to  produce  poles. 

Strength  and  Weight 

Chestnut,  yellow  pine,  and  western  cedar  are  about 
equal  in  strength.  Eastern  cedar  has  about  70  per  cent, 
of  the  strength  of  these  timbers.  The  values  as  to  tim- 
ber strength  which  form  the  basis  for  pole  line  design  in 
the  Bell  System  have  been  derived  by  our  engineers 
from  experiments  on  poles  which  have  been  tested  by 
breaking  them  under  measured  loads.  The  figures  are 
considerably  smaller  than  those  frequently  found  in 
text  books  on  strengths  of  materials.     The  difference 

[36] 


Poles 

is  due  to  the  defects  found  in  the  actual  poles,  whereas 
the  small  specimens  subjected  to  the  ordinary  laboratory 
tests  are  so  selected  as  to  be  clear  and  straight-grained. 
Tests  recently  conducted  on  some  old  cedar  poles  that 
had  been  many  years  in  service  show  that  there  is  but 
little,  if  any,  tendency  for  the  fibre  strength  to  deteriorate 
when  the  wood  remains  sound. 

There  is  considerable  difference  in  the  weights  of  the 
different  pole  timbers.     This  has  a  direct  bearing  on  the 
costs  of  transportation  and  distribution  and,  to  some 
extent,    affects    the    cost    of    erecting.     Chestnut    and 
creosoted  yellow  pine  poles  weigh  almost  twice  as  much 
as  cedar  poles  of  the  same  size.     In  the  case  of  yellow 
pine  the  treating  process  adds  about  a  third  to  the  weight 
of  the  untreated  pole.     The  degree  of  seasoning  has  a 
considerable  effect  on  the  weights  of  poles.     Chestnut 
poles  are  ordinarily  shipped  in  a  fairly  green  condition, 
whereas  cedar  poles  are  frequently  held  at  a  concentra- 
tion point  for  a  sufficient  time  to  season  partially,  at 
least.     Except  in  the  case  of  unusually  tall  poles,  the 
weakest  section  is  at  or  close  to  the  ground  line.     For 
poles  of  a  given  length  and  kind  of  timber,  the  breaking 
strength  varies  theoretically  with  the  cube  of  the  diam- 
eter at  the   weakest   section.     This  relation  serves  to 
show  why  it  is  that  thick  poles  are  so  much  stronger  than 
slim  poles.     For  example,  a  pole  12  inches  in  diameter 
at  the  ground  line  is  70  per  cent,  stronger  than  one  10 
inches  in  diameter,  and  a  15-inch  pole  is  240  per  cent, 
stronger  than  a  10-inch  pole.     This  relation  also  explains 
why  it  is  that  a  limited  amount  of  "hollow  heart"  has 
only  a  trifling  effect  on  the  strength  of  a  pole. 

Only  those  kinds  of  timber  which  are  most  durable 
after  the  trees  are  cut  are  suitable  for  poles.  Hardness 
and  density  of  the  wood  seem  to  have  no  effect  on  its 
durability.  The  durability  of  short-lived  timber  can, 
however,  be  increased  greatly  by  suitable  preservative 
treatment.  This  is  necessary  in  the  case  of  yellow  pine, 
and  is  advantageous  in  many  cases  with  other  kinds  of 
timber.     The   action   of  the   preservative   in   retarding 

[37] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


decay  can  perhaps  be  more  readily  understood  after  a 
brief  explanation  of  the  nature  of  decay  in  timber. 

Nature  of  Decay 

Wood  is  composed  of  a  multitude  of  minute  elon- 
gated cells  which  he  closely  side  by  side  to  form  the  wood 
structure.  The  surfaces  of  these  cells  are  in  contact 
with  each  other  and  are  held  together  firmly  by  a  cement- 
like tissue.  When  timber  is  fractured  there  is  a  tearing 
away  of  these  cemented  surfaces.  The  decay  of  timber 
is  caused  by  the  activity  of  low  forms  of  plant  life,  prin- 
cipally in  the  form  of  fungus  threads,  which  feed  upon 
and  dissolve  the  walls  of  these  wood  cells.  These  organ- 
isms are  so  minute  that  a  powerful  microscope  is  re- 
quired to  see  them,  yet  their  work  results  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  billions  of  feet  of  timber  every  year.  They  can 
grow  either  in  light  or  darkness,  but  all  of  them  require 
certain  amounts  of  air,  moisture,  heat,  and  food;  the 
latter  being  the  wood  itself.  If  one  or  more  of  these 
things  is  lacking  the  organism  cannot  live  and  the  decay 
of  timber  will  not  take  place.  Wood  constantly  sub- 
merged in  water  does  not  rot,  because  there  is  an  insuffi- 
cient supply  of  air.  On  the  other  hand,  if  wood  can  be 
kept  dry  it  will  not  decay,  because  there  will  then  be  too 
little  moisture. 

The  decay-producing  fungi  do  not  flourish  in  ordinary 
soils  at  a  depth  of  more  than  about  two  feet,  on  account 
of  the  lack  of  air.  The  atmospheric  moisture  is  suffi- 
cient to  permit  the  development  of  the  dry-rot  fungus. 
Wood  freshly  cut  contains  enough  water  at  all  seasons 
of  the  year  to  enable  the  decay  organisms  to  flourish. 
In  the  case  of  cedar  and  chestnut  poles,  the  portion  of 
the  pole  above  ground  does  not  ordinarily  decay,  except 
at  a  very  slow  rate.  The  butt  end  of  the  pole,  deeply 
buried  in  the  ground,  although  frequently  permanently 
damp,  does  not  get  sufficient  air  for  rapid  decay  to  take 
place.  It  is  near  the  ground  line,  where  the  earth  holds 
the  moisture  and  keeps  the  wood  damp  for  long  periods 
in  the  presence  of  air,  that  decay  is  most  rapid.     Pre- 

[38] 


Poles 

servatives  act  antiseptically  to  kill  the  fungus  growths 
that  produce  decay.  They  are  also  effective  to  some 
extent  in  preventing  the  entrance  of  moisture  by  plug- 
ging the  pores  of  the  wood. 

Preservatives 

Various  metallic  salts,  such  as  zinc  chloride,  copper 
sulphate,  and  corrosive  sublimate,  have  been  used  in 
this  country  and  in  Europe  for  preserving  timber  for 
various  uses,  but  experience  has  shown  that  dead  oil  of 
coal  tar,  usually  termed  coal  tar  creosote,  or  simply 
creosote,  is  more  effective  for  pole  preservation  than 
these  metallic  salts.  While  the  preservative  action  is 
probably  due  to  the  poisonous  effects  of  water  soluble 
constituents  of  the  preservative,  it  is  also  important 
that  the  preservative  as  a  whole  should  not  be  freely 
soluble  in  water  as  then  it  would  be  leached  from  the 
timber  too  quickly.  It  is  also  obvious  that  the  use  of 
materials  poisonous  to  human  beings  and  domestic 
animals  is  undesirable. 

Bell  System  engineers  early  appreciated  the  advan- 
tages of  creosote  as  a  preservative,  and  for  fully  twenty- 
five  years  they  have  been  acquiring  data  as  to  the  results 
obtained  from  its  use.  This  has  been  done  by  placing 
large  numbers  of  experimentally  treated  poles  alternately 
with  untreated  poles  in  lines  in  various  parts  of  the 
country  ^nd,  at  regular  intervals,  usually  every  three 
years,  carefully  measuring  the  extent  of  decay  in  both 
the  treated  and  untreated  poles.  Examinations  thus 
made  of  thousands  of  poles  treated  in  various  ways  have 
enabled  trustworthy  and  reliable  results  to  be  obtained 
from  which  to  determine  the  added  life  resulting  from 
the  treatment. 

While  our  experiments  have  largely  been  directed 
toward  discovering  the  best  methods  of  using  coal  tar 
creosote,  we  have  by  no  means  neglected  to  test  many 
other  kinds  of  preservatives.  In  fact,  our  experiments 
have  included  every  known  preservative  which  has 
offered  promise  of  success.     At  the  present  time  numerous 

[39] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


preservative  materials  and  processes  are  undergoing 
preliminary  trial  in  a  special  laboratory  room  main- 
tained at  a  temperature  and  humidity  favorable  to  decay, 
where  test  specimens  of  timber,  to  which  the  new  materials 
and  methods  have  been  applied,  are  placed  in  close 
proximity  to  the  decay-producing  fungi.  By  this  means 
results  are  obtained  in  a  few  years  which  are  fairly  com- 
parable to  those  which  would  require  considerably  longer 
under  actual  service  conditions. 

Yellow  pine,  although  a  strong  and  otherwise  satis- 
factory pole  timber,  decays  rapidly,  particularly  in  the 
South,  if  used  without  preservative.  Moreover,  the 
decay  is  not  confined  to  the  ground  line,  but  speedily 
affects  the  entire  pole  in  the  absence  of  suitable  treat- 
ment. Fortunately,  the  structural  character  of  this 
timber  is  such  that  it  can  readily  be  treated.  All  yellow 
pine  poles  used  in  the  Bell  System  are  creosoted  through- 
out their  entire  length.  The  usual  method  of  apply- 
ing this  treatment  requires  a  somewhat  elaborate  plant, 
the  principal  feature  being  the  treating  cylinder,  of 
which  there  are  several  at  each  of  the  larger  plants.  The 
average  modern  treating  cylinder  ranges  from  120  to 
130  feet  in  length  and  from  6  to  7  feet  in  diameter.  It 
is  constructed  like  a  steel  boiler  shell,  with  one  or  both 
ends  hinged  so  that  they  can  be  opened.  The  timber 
to  be  treated  is  piled  on  small  cars  which  run  on  rails 
that  lead  directly  into  the  cylinder  at  one  end.  After 
the  timber  is  moved  into  the  cylinder  the  latter  is  tightly 
sealed  and  filled  with  steam.  The  timber  is  steamed 
for  several  hours,  the  length  of  time  and  the  temperature 
being  regulated  bj'  the  specifications  which  our  engineers 
have  prepared  in  the  light  of  all  their  experience  with 
these  matters.  The  steaming  softens  and  opens  the 
wood  cells  and  liquifies  and  removes  the  resinous  and 
sappy  constituents  of  the  timber.  After  the  steaming 
is  discontinued  a  vacuum  is  applied  to  the  cylinder. 
This  assists  in  evaporating  the  water  left  in  the  timber 
after  the  steaming  process.  When  the  vacuum  has  done 
its  work,  the  pumping  is  stopped  and  the  cylinder  filled 

[40] 


Poles 

from  a  large  tank  containing  hot  creosote.  After  the 
cylinder  is  completely  filled,  pressure  sufficient  to  force 
the  specified  amount  of  oil  into  the  timber  is  applied. 
After  the  pressure  is  released  the  oil  is  pumped  back  into 
the  tank  and  the  difference  in  the  initial  and  final  read- 
ings of  the  gauge  attached  to  the  tank  shows  the  amount 
of  oil  that  has  been  absorbed  by  the  timber. 

In  the  case  of  cedar  and  chestnut  the  portion  of  the 
pole  above  the  ground  line  has  normally  a  very  long 
life.  It  is  the  portion  of  the  pole  at  or  just  below  the 
ground  line  which  decays  most  rapidly.  For  this  reason 
much  attention  has  been  given  to  methods  for  applying 
preservatives  to  the  butt  end  of  the  pole,  extending  up 
for  about  a  foot  above  the  ground  line,  and  leaving  the 
upper  portion  of  the  pole  untreated.  The  simplest  way 
of  doing  this  is  to  apply  the  preservative  like  paint  with 
a  brush.  In  order  that  definite  information  might  be 
obtained  as  to  the  value  of  these  brush  treatments,  the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  in  1902, 
initiated  a  series  of  experiments  jointly  with  the  United 
States  Forest  Service.  Several  hundred  poles  were  in- 
cluded in  these  tests.  All  the  preservatives  used  were 
carefully  analyzed.  The  experiments  included  brush 
treatments  with  several  different  kinds  of  carbolineum, 
dead  oil  of  coal  tar,  and  a  number  of  kinds  of  wood  cre- 
osote. Some  of  these  poles  were  set  in  the  coast  region 
of  Georgia,  where  conditions  are  favorable  to  rapid  decay, 
and  some  were  set  in  western  Pennsylvania  and  New 
York.  The  treated  poles  were  set  alternately  with  un- 
treated poles,  in  order  that  comparisons  might  be  made. 

Another  line  of  experimentation  which  has  been  car- 
ried out  by  this  company  in  cooperation  with  the  Forest 
Service  has  been  the  treatment  of  pole  butts  with  cre- 
osote by  the  so-called  "open  tank"  process.  With  this 
method  the  butts  of  the  poles  are  placed  in  a  tank  and 
immersed  in  creosote  to  a  point  about  one  foot  above  the 
ground  line.  The  creosote  is  then  heated  above  the 
boiling  point  of  water,  generally  by  means  of  steam  pipes 
within  the  tank.     This  converts  the  water  in  the  wood 

[41] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


cells  into  steam,  most  of  which  escapes  by  bubbling 
through  the  oil.  The  air  in  the  wood  cells  is  also  ex- 
panded and  partially  expelled.  After  the  pole  has  been 
thoroughly  heated  in  this  manner,  the  hot  creosote  is 
quickly  replaced  by  cool  creosote,  or  the  poles  are  quickly 
transferred  to  another  tank  containing  cold  oil.  In  either 
case  the  effect  is  to  form  a  partial  vacuum  in  the  wood 
cells,  allowing  the  creosote  to  be  forced  into  the  timber 
by  atmospheric  pressure.  These  poles  have  been  in- 
spected regularly  and  a  large  amount  of  information 
obtained  as  to  the  extension  of  their  life  resulting  from 
the  treatment. 

Improvements  in  treating  have  recently  been  made 
whereby,  by  perforating  the  sapwood  of  the  pole  for  a 
short  distance  above  and  below  the  ground  line,  it  is 
made  easier  for  the  creosote  to  enter  the  wood  at  this 
section  of  the  pole,  and  more  uniform  depths  of  pene- 
tration are  secured.  The  perforations  are  generally  from 
a  quarter  to  a  half  inch  deep,  and  are  closely  spaced. 

Untreated  chestnut  rots  considerably  faster  than 
untreated  cedar.  For  this  reason,  coupled  with  the 
expectation  of  future  scarcity  of  chestnut,  work  is  being 
actively  pushed  which  is  expected  to  lead  to  the  installa- 
tion of  local  treating  plants,  within  the  areas  from  which 
the  supply  of  chestnut  poles  is  now  being  drawn,  so  that 
the  poles  may  be  concentrated  at  these  points  and  given 
an  effective  treatment,  extending  from  the  butt  to  a 
point  above  the  ground  line  when  the  pole  is  set.  The 
first  of  these  plants,  with  a  capacity  of  10,000  poles  a 
year,  is  scheduled  for  completion  by  the  end  of  this  year. 

Creosote  contains  various  volatile  and  soluble  con- 
stituents, which  very  gradually  escape  from  treated  tim- 
ber during  protracted  exposure  to  the  elements.  Cre- 
osoted  poles  that  have  been  in  service  from  10  to  25  years 
have  been  removed  from  the  line  and  the  creosote  ex- 
tracted from  them  and  analyzed  with  great  care.  As 
the  original  composition  of  the  creosote  had  been  very 
carefully  determined  by  analysis  at  the  time  when  the 
poles  were  treated,  it  has  been  possible  to  discover  what 

[42] 


Poles 

changes  had  taken  place  in  it.  Investigations  of  this 
kind  are  still  going  on.  They  are  important  in  that 
they  furnish  data  that  enables  our  engineers  to  revise 
the  specifications  for  the  creosote  in  order  to  obtain  the 
grade  that  is  best  suited  to  the  work.  They  are  showing 
that  most  of  the  constituents  of  the  creosote  tend  slowly 
to  escape  from  the  treated  timber,  the  action  being  more 
rapid  in  the  portions  of  the  poles  which  are  above  ground. 
The  rate  of  escape,  however,  is  so  slow  that  the  value 
of  the  treatment  is  well  established. 

Poles  of  Steel  and  Concrete 

The  question  is  sometimes  asked  why  poles  of  steel 
or  of  reinforced  concrete  are  not  more  generally  used 
instead  of  wood  poles.  Our  engineers  in  1909,  designed 
a  series  of  concrete  poles  of  which  a  large  number  were 
constructed.  Some  of  these  were  tested  and  their  actual 
breaking  load  was  found  to  be  close  to  the  computed 
values.  The  remainder  of  these  poles,  about  500  in  all, 
were  placed  in  actual  service  in  pole  lines  in  various  parts 
of  the  United  States,  in  order  that  their  behavior  under 
the  stresses  due  to  wind  and  sleet  loads,  the  vibration 
caused  by  the  wires  and  cables,  and  the  effects  of  frost, 
lightning,  and  other  actions  of  the  elements  might  be 
observed.  The  poles  are  being  inspected  every  three 
years. 

The  mo^t  expensive  element  in  a  reinforced  concrete 
pole  is  the  steel  reinforcement.  Steel  is  vastly  more 
expensive  per  cubic  foot  than  either  concrete  or  wood. 
In  order  to  obtain  reinforced  concrete  poles  comparable 
in  strength  with  the  wooden  poles  generally  used  in  the 
telephone  plant,  so  much  steel  is  required  that  poles  of 
reinforced  concrete  or  steel  are  much  more  expensive 
than  wooden  poles,  even  at  the  prices  which  obtain  at 
the  present  time. 

Looking  into  the  Future 

These  concrete  poles  have  not  been  made  with  the 
thought  that  they  or  any  other  concrete  poles  will  gen- 

[43] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


erally  supersede  wooden  poles  within  a  short  time.  They 
have  been  placed  in  service  so  that  experience  with  them 
will  be  obtained  which  will  serve  as  a  guide  to  our  engi- 
neers in  the  future,  should  the  time  ever  come  when  the 
relative  costs  of  these  poles  in  comparison  with  wood  are 
such  as  to  indicate  that  their  use  might  be  justifiable. 

It  is  the  aim  of  our  engineers  in  the  conduct  of  this, 
as  well  as  all  of  our  experimental  work,  to  anticipate 
future  conditions  and  such  new  requirements  as  may  be 
brought  about  thereby,  sufficiently  in  advance  so  that 
we  shall  be  able  to  develop  and  have  ready  thoroughly 
tried-out  materials  and  methods  when  these  are  required, 
to  the  end  that  the  orderly  expansion  of  the  business 
will  not  be  checked  and  the  Associated  Companies  forced 
to  install  new  and  untried  materials  in  their  plants. 
This  work  is  one  portion  of  the  Bell  System  policy  of 
preparedness. 

Frederick  L.  Rhodes. 


[44J 


World's  Telephone  Statistics 

ON  January  1,  1921  there  were  20,850,550  tele- 
phones in  the  world;  of  these  13,329,379,  or  64%, 
were  in  the  United  States  and  12,601,935,  or  60%, 
were  connected  to  the  Bell  System.  The  number  of 
telephones  in  all  the  countries  of  Europe  combined  was 
5,289,606,  or  25%  of  the  world's  total ;  all  other  countries 
had  2,231,565  telephones,  or  only  11%  of  the  world's 
total.  During  the  seven  years  1914  to  1920,  inclusive, 
5,962,000  telephones  were  added  to  the  telephone  sys- 
tems of  the  world,  an  increase  of  40%.  The  total  num- 
ber of  telephones  at  the  beginning  of  1921  was  equivalent 
to  1.2  instruments  for  each  100  of  the  world's  population. 

The  Scope  Of  The  Statistics 

These  figures  summarize  the  results  of  a  compilation 
of  the  world's  telephone  statistics  for  January  1,  1921 
recently  completed  and  published  by  the  Chief  Statisti- 
cian's Division  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company,  from  which  the  accompanying  tables  and 
charts  have  been  taken.  Owing  to  the  war,  which 
interrupted  our  lines  of  communication  with  many  foreign 
countries  on  statistical  matters,  this  compilation  consti- 
tutes the  first  complete  summary  of  its  kind  which  has 
been  made  since  that  for  January  1,  1914.  Upon  the 
termination  of  the  war,  communication  was  gradually 
reestablished  with  officials  of  foreign  telephone  systems, 
both  Government  and  private;  and  it  is  upon  data 
obtained  through  the  courteous  cooperation  of  such 
officials  that  the  present  compilation  is  based.  It  should 
perhaps  be  pointed  out  that  the  preparation  of  such  a 
compilation,  depending  as  it  does  upon  the  relatively 
slow  processes  of  correspondence  with  various  types  of 
organizations  in  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  necessarily 
requires  the  expenditure  of  considerable  time  if  com- 
plete results  are  to  be  secured. 

Despite  the  disturbed  conditions  which  have  prevailed 
in  many  parts  of  the  world,  accurate  official  information 

[45] 


£ 


M  CO  X 

<n  i  co 


© 


8     e 
£2-2 


-       la? 
2       *    fc 


^j<  xcoco     «-«©eN  « 
n"  ©  ©  ©     i-icod 


OS 

p 

@ 

P 

o 
u 

>* 

0 

Q 
S3  » 

o  4 

•^     J; 

"3 
W    H 

SI 


E  -^2 

S3 

ft,® 


e-i  ^-  x  .-*     o^isN 

0«CN       <-i©0© 


Oi©C  **  ©ox© 

t»  ©  »0  X  t~ 1-  cc  © 

eo  e^cst-^  eo  ©  i-i  85 

©"©""iOtjT  ^gVTcToO 

NiiJH^  CO        iH 
WOO 
CO 


*  ©  ©  co  •*      Win©© 

*.£  r~co-*>N       HH0D9 

id  n  j-      -^      eo 

eu  5  to  so 

O  CO 


Tj<©M»>.»-iC^t^XeOO*t'-i.OXX»-'5iCt>.<N©Tt<«CeOiO 

©eo©eoc^c^c<i©t^©cs)ic©t>.©M©'-H©co«t>.^H 


8     1 


I  i 


©t»  ©  ^  mcc  © 

ec  co  ^  c  c  l-  Tf 

©„:o  »  ■*  teg  © 

<-"©"«"■        c-r 

X 


O 


ONO>00 
X  CD  6  06  CO 

■<*<_XiO'H_<Ni 

eo©     r» 


■^  x  © 


— * 

S3  3 


< 


B£ 


=  a  o  i-.Z, 


-      !    - 


0|J|  | 


4. 

>• 

o 
U0Q> 

Ci 

Sua 

ti  8 


su 


5-3 

c  5 


"S  s 


f    S    >   C   3   ^  •- 
5  r   *"   i 


•gfc 


o 

r-1 


■d  3 
So 
I! 

o-Z 


b  a     " 

£.52    § 


GOts-<NCOCOCsCOCOls-CsCO 

©  O  N -^  lO  ■*  00  CO  Tf  CO  tJ* 
UJ    r- 1  lO  ^H  CO  »-H  t^  1©  |>  CO 
i-H    f-H     |  i-H 


6?        fcS$S&S 


o 


o 


8       B 
CO  o 

003 

ft  ui  T3 

5  ftg- 
H    (I, 


CO<-iCOC©t-<<N©CN»OCO'* 

HOoddddoHod 


0000 
0000 


NNO 

odd 


MHtOOHH 

1   *° 

N 

•^OiCNOO 

O 

H 

2 

a) 

1 

fcggs&sss&s^&sgs&sss 


5*1 


co  «o  05  CO 
H  CO  lO  <N 


CO 
CI 


SS&S&S 


&s&s&ses&s^ 


£ 


8 


COI^^hI^COCOCOPJi— ICOGO 
lO^HOSCO^-^COGOOOl 

•5      10  iq©  oq^eo^c^'*  ic_co^oq^oq_ 

•s    co'~cfio'or«rco'   ocroftxTi-r 

£       ,-h        COCN  CM 


00QJ-O 
CO  CO  O  CM 
CM  ■*  "3  CO 


©CM"* 
»©  CM 
(M  tJi  LO 


O^tOOJHO 
OONWK3H 

o_ic  ro^Tfi  Tt<  co 
•*"■>*•«*  00  cvfcf 

MMHOOrt 
<M 


S  CO  Is- "*  Is- CO  ^H  GO  © -H  CO 

a>-2  iQ^htPCO-<*I(MCO>O00CO 

►  0.  eo'frf  cocTcefcf     co"cm~co 

•C  Q  ^H        CO  CM  CM 


is 

o 


iCCOCM 
<M  CO 


CO  GO 
CO  OS 

coco 


000 

CO  CD 
CM  O 


■  OiCO 

co  Is- 

GO 

■  t~t. 

0  co 

CO 

•CM  CO 

-#  PM 

CO 

:  ^h  * 

0 

CO 

tH 

T-l 

CM 

—I       >> 


OONM 
OOOt^ 
O  "O  ^O  rfi 


©  CM  CO 
CCON 

CM  ■*  o 


CO  o  lO 

>0  CM 

l^  O  CM 

©  TjTeo 

O  CM  CO 

.-H  CM 


OS  lO  CO 
CO  "3  Is- 
■*  OS  © 


0 

OS 

co 

•-» 

05 

■* 

0 

fc 

3 

1 

S 

o> 

a 

co 

CM 

O 

c 

OS 

ja 

o 

I— 

w 
< 

w 

H 
P 

c 


a 
3 

4,1-5 

4). 2 

-  o 


•-»     ^ 


.  .a  £  3  g  c  3 

(<J3   O  i   fl   {/   >< 

cOUOHPhShP 


2  ^ 

P    N 


o 


"m  rt  C  u 

!S  N   fl   ^ 


o 

PI   cj   d 

C5    O    O 


rH<< 


"jd  a 

X  +j  •  — 

H  O   C 

a  aa^ 

SWPO 


o  1° 

co.S 


c  « 


.2:  5 

—'  a. a 


S  J  •§  g 

W3    3   S   « 

o 


•is 

3hC 


ft<2 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


was  received  for  almost  all  countries,  including  the  new 
European  states  created  as  a  result  of  the  peace  treaties. 
In  the  case  of  those  countries  for  which  it  was  impossible 
to  secure  wholly  authoritative  figures  for  January  1, 
1921,  estimates  were,  of  course,  necessary;  but  practically 
without  exception  it  was  possible  to  base  these  estimates 
upon  official  data  for  earlier  years,  and  accordingly  the 
margin  of  error  to  which  thej'  are  subject  is  undoubtedly 
very  small.  In  the  table  on  "  Telephone  Development 
of  the  World,  By  Countries",  it  was  not  considered  prac- 
ticable to  show  data  separately  for  each  individual 
country;  for  purposes  of  condensation  the  less  important 
countries  and  political  divisions  in  each  of  the  major 
continental  divisions  have  been  grouped  under  the  des- 
ignation "Other  Places".  In  the  case  of  Europe,  "Other 
Places"  include  Albania,  Armenia,  Azerbaijan,  Azores, 
Canary  Islands,  Dantzig,  Esthonia,  Faroe  Islands,  Fiume, 
Georgia,  Gibraltar,  Iceland,  Latvia,  Lithuania,  Luxem- 
burg, Madeira,  Malta,  Monaco,  and  Turke}r;  and  the  fact 
that  official  data  were  secured  for  nearly  all  of  these 
places  in  which  there  were  any  telephones  at  all  is  an 
indication  of  the  completeness  of  the  figures.  In  the 
preparation  of  the  compilation,  statistics  on  telephone 
revenues  and  investment  were  secured;  but  as  a  result 
of  the  inflated  condition  of  many  foreign  currencies, 
these  statistics  have  little  comparative  significance  and 
consequently  have  not  been  published. 

Comparative  Telephone  Development 
of  Countries 

In  point  of  the  extent  of  telephone  service  relative 
to  population,  the  table  on  "Telephone  Development  of 
the  World,  By  Countries"  shows  that  the  United  States, 
with  12.4  telephones  per  100  population  on  January  1, 
1921,  still  leads  all  other  countries  by  a  substantial 
margin.  Moreover,  it  is  significant  that  the  countries 
next  in  rank  in  telephone  development — Canada  with 
9.8  telephones  per  100  population  and  Denmark  with 

[48] 


World's  Telephone  Statistics 


7.7 — are  countries  in  which  private  operation  of  telephone 
service  predominates. 


DISTRIBUTION   OF  THE  WORLD'S  TELEPHONES 
-  January  I.   1921  - 

GERMANY- 


GREAT  BRITAIN- 
FRANCE- 

ALL  OTHER 

EUROPEAN 

COUNTRIES 


ALL   OTHER 

COUNTRIES 

It  °/0 


UNITED    STATES 
C4% 


TELEPHONES     PER    100    POPULATION 

—  January  I,  1921  ■— 

0  2  4  6  8  10 


UNITED  STATES 

CANADA 

DENMARK 

NEW  ZEALAND 

SWEDEN 

NORWAY 

AUSTRALIA 

SWITZERLAND 

GERMANY 

NETHERLANDS 

AUSTRIA 

GREAT  BRITAIN 

ARGENTINE 

FRANCE 

BELGIUM 

CHILE 

CZECHO-SIDVAKIA 

JAPAN 

BRAZIL 

ITALY 

POLAND 

MEXICO 

SPAIN 

CHINA 

TOTAL  WORLD 


Telephones   per  100  population 


Europe  as  a  whole  has  only  1.2  telephones  per  100 
population,  a  stage  of  development  reached  in  the  United 

[49] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


States  as  early  as  1900.    Among  the  individual  European 
states,  the  highest  number  of  telephones  per  100  popula- 


TELEPHONE     DEVELOPMENT 

IN     UNITED     STATES    AND    EUROPE 

—  1877   to   1921  — 


lb 
14 
12 

10 
8 
6 
4 
2 

U 

111 

EC 

1   i 

STATE 

1    . 

S 

9 

EUR 

'■ 

=■ 

0 

r-    o>   •-   m   ir>  r~   o   —   comr-m   —   mmt^cn   —  m   in  r-   o>  •-   mm 

r-f^CD(DtCOD<Da)0)a)(7)0)C)oOOO    —    —     -     —     —     CJpJCNJ 
<D0D<I>tD(D(D(i)lD(D0D(D(DO)O)CnO>C7><r)(J)Cr><,,O)Cnc)O) 


January   1st  of  each  year 


TELEPHONE    CONVERSATIONS    PER    CAPITA 
— 'Year  1920* — 

O       10      20     30     40      50      60     70      60      90     100    110     120    130 


40    1*0     160 


0       to      20      30     40      50      60     70     BO     90     K)0     110     120     130    i40     150    160 
Telephone  conversatjons  per  capita 

tion  is  found  in  the  Scandinavian  countries — Denmark 
(7.7),  Sweden  (6.6)  and  Norway  (5.0)— in  all  of  which 

[50] 


World's  Telephone  Statistics 


the  service  has  been  developed  largely  by  private  ini- 
tiative, although  in  Sweden  the  Government  has  now 
acquired  most  of  the  private  systems.  Despite  the  fact 
that  Germany  has  only  3.0  telephones  per  100  popula- 
tion, it  ranks  ahead  of  Great  Britain  with  2.1  and  France 
with  1.2.  Italy  has  only  0.3  telephones  for  each  100 
of  its  inhabitants,  a  figure  which  is  equalled  by  Poland 
and  exceeded  by  Czecho-Slovakia. 

In  South  America,  the  best  developed  country  from 
a  telephone  standpoint  is  Uruguay,  which  can  boast  of 
1.5  telephones  per  100  population,  whereas  Argentine 
shows  only  1.3.  As  is  to  be  expected,  Japan  leads  the 
Asiatic  states  in  telephone  development;  but  with  all 
its  progressiveness,  Japan  still  has  only  0.6  telephones 
per  100  inhabitants.  Africa  is  as  barren  telephonically 
as  is  Asia.  In  Oceania,  Australia  (4.3)  and  New  Zealand 
(7.0)  rank  high  as  against  those  comparable  European 
countries  in  which  telephone  service  has  been  controlled 
by  Governmental  agencies,  but  their  development  is 
low  when  compared  with  United  States  standards. 

Changes  Since  1914 

The  last  column  in  the  table  on  "  Telephone  Develop- 
ment of  the  World,  By  Countries"  shows  the  percentage 
increase  since  January  1,  1914  in  the  number  of  telephones 
in  each  country.  These  percentage  increases  should, 
of  course,  be  interpreted  in  the  light  of  the  absolute 
number  of  telephones  at  the  beginning  of  the  period, 
since  those  countries  which  had  relatively  few  telephones 
on  January  1,  1914  naturally  tend  to  show  the  largest 
increases  in  terms  of  percentages.  With  this  qualifica- 
tion, however,  the  figures  afford  a  good  indication  of 
the  progress  that  has  taken  place  in  the  telephone  world 
during  the  \ears  1914-1920,  inclusive. 

In  the  United  States,  the  number  of  telephones 
increased  by  40%,  as  compared  with  an  increase  of  32% 
in  Europe.  In  absolute  numbers,  the  increase  in  the 
United  States  was  about  3,800,000  telephones, — a  figure 

[51] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


almost  equal  to  the  total  number  of  telephones  in  use 
in  all  Europe  on  January  1,  1914.  Among  the  European 
countries,  telephone  growth  has  been  diversely  affected 
by  war  influences  and  by  changes  in  territorial  bound- 
aries. In  Austria  and  Hungary  loss  of  territory  sub- 
stantially reduced  the  total  number  of  telephones, 
though  telephones  per  100  population  have  increased 
in  both  countries  because  the  lost  territory  was,  as  a 
whole,  the  least  developed.  Of  the  new  states  created 
as  a  result  of  the  war,  the  largest  number  of  telephones 
(77,195)  is  in  Czecho-Slovakia,  though  Poland  with 
72,450  telephones  is  not  far  behind.  In  the  neutral 
countries  telephone  growth  has  naturally  been  more 
rapid  than  in  the  belligerent  nations;  indeed,  in  most 
of  the  former  countries  the  war  gave  an  exceptional 
stimulus  to  the  extension  of  the  service.  Thus,  in  Den- 
mark the  number  of  telephones  almost  doubled  during 
the  seven  years  covered  by  the  table,  while  the  increases 
in  The  Netherlands,  Norway,  Sweden,  Spain  and  Switzerland 
were  also  relatively  large.  In  Belgium,  German  invasion 
and  occupation  seriously  crippled  the  service;  but  the 
recovery  after  the  war  was  rapid  and  on  January  1,  1921 
there  were  almost  as  many  telephones  in  use  in  Belgium 
as  in  1914.  In  France,  Great  Britain  and  Italy  tele- 
phone growth  was  practically  halted  during  the  war, 
but  substantial  increases  were  recorded  in  the  years 
1919  and  1920;  in  the  case  of  France,  the  increase  was 
augmented  by  the  acquisition  of  Alsace-Lorraine  and 
the  purchase  of  the  telephone  system  of  the  American 
Expeditionary  Forces.  In  Germany  the  number  of 
telephones  apparently  increased  slightly  throughout  most, 
if  not  all,  of  the  war  period;  and  despite  its  territorial 
losses  the  absolute  gain  in  telephones  during  the  seven 
years  1914-1920  was  greater  in  Germany  than  in  any 
other  European'country. 

In  South  America,  Asia,  Africa  and  Oceania  a  steady 
extension  of  telephone  service  is  indicated  in  almost 
every  country. 

[52] 


TELEPHONE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  IMPORTANT  CITIES,  JANUARY  1, 1921 

Estimated 

n       *          a  0-*     /  /^-  p°Pulation  Number  of  Telephones 

Country  and  City  (or  (City  or  Exchange  Telephones  per  100 

Exchange  Area)  Area)  Population 

Australia:* 

Melbourne 767,000  48  461  6  3 

Sydney 899,000  58,594  65 

Austria: 

Vienna..." 1,842,000  98,000  53 

Belgium: 

Antwerp 502,000  10,028  2  0 

Brussels 885,000  23,809  2 '  7 

Denmark  : 

Copenhagen 666,000  96,008  14  4 

France: 

Lyons 562,000  10,986  2  0 

Marseilles 586,000  11,859  2  0 

Paris 2,906,000  159,692  55 

Germany: 

Berlin 2,170,000  199,555  9  2 

Cologne 634,000  35,514  66 

Dresden 529,000  33,150  63 

Hamburg-Altona 1,155,000  85,748  7  4 

Leipzig 604,000  38,830  6  4 

Munich 631,000  42,174  67 

Great  Britain:* 

Birmingham 1,273,000  26,477  2  1 

Dublin 387,000  11,213  29 

Edinburgh 420,000  16,561  3 '  9 

Glasgow 1,260,000  43,263  3  4 

Leeds 536,000  12,999  2  4 

Liverpool 1,190,000  38,475  3  2 

London 7,069,000  330,002  47 

Manchester .  1,591,000  46,313  2.9 

Hungary: 

Budapest 926,000  24,205  2.6 

Italy: 

Milan 718,000  15,000*  2  1 

Naples 780,000  6,800*  0  9 

Rome 689,000  13,000*  1  9 

Turin 517,000  7,500*  1.5 

Japan : 

Osaka 1,253,000  33,004  2  6 

Tokio 2,173,000  64,564  3.0 

Netherlands 

Amsterdam 642,000  31,392  4  9 

The  Hague 353,000  22,393  6*3 

Rotterdam 510,000  24,848  4.9 

New  Zealand:* 

Auckland 158,000  9,791  6  2 

Wellington : 107,000  10,375  9 . 7 

Norway  :f 

Christiania 256,000  29,802  116 

Bergen 97,000  6,970  7.2 

Portugal  : 

Lisbon 820,000  9,939  1.2 

Sweden: 

Goteborg 202,000  23,778  118 

Stockholm 376,000  1 18,180°  31 . 4° 

SwiTiERLAND : 

Berne 112,000  10,016  8  9 

Geneva 136,000  13,714  10  1 

Zurich 211,000  20,023  9.5 

United  States: 

New  York 5,708,000  892,198  15.6 

Chicago 2,755,000  575,840  20.9 

Total  of  the  30  cities  in 

U.  S.  with  over  250,- 

000  population 25,176,000  4,201,614  16.7 

*  Statistics  as  of  March  31,  1921.  t  Statistics  as  of  June  30.  1920.  J  Number  of  subscribers. 

0  The  greater  p.  it  of  this  development  was  secured  by  a  private  company  which  was  purchased 
by  the  Government  in  1918.  On  January  1,  1921  the  process  of  merging  the  company's  plant 
with  the  Government's  local  system  was  not  fully  completed  and  the  total  number  of  tele- 
phones still  included  a  certain  number  of  duplicates. 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Comparative  Telephone  Development  Of  Cities 

Referring  to  the  table  on  "  Telephone  Development 
of  Important  Cities",  the  superiority  of  telephone  devel- 
opment in  the  United  States  is  again  clear.  With  the 
exception  of  a  few  cities  in  the  Scandinavian  countries 
and  one  city  in  Switzerland,  none  of  the  foreign  cities 
has  a  development  as  high  as  10  telephones  per  100 
population,  while  the  30  United  States  cities  with  over 
250,000  population  show  an  average  development  of 
16.7  telephones  per  100  inhabitants.  Indeed,  several 
American  cities  have  as  many  telephones  as  there  are 
in  the  whole  of  such  important  European  countries  as 
France  or  Italy.  From  an  American  standpoint,  even 
such  metropolitan  centers  as  London  and  Paris  are 
woefully  under-developed.  In  the  case  of  Stockholm, 
for  which  a  development  of  31.4  telephones  per  100 
population  is  reported,  the  number  of  telephones  includes 
a  certain  number  of  duplicates  and  the  development  is 
consequently  overstated.  Due  to  the  energetic  initiative 
of  the  Stockholm  Telephone  Company,  which  operated 
the  greater  part  of  local  service  in  Stockholm  up  to  1918, 
it  is  true  that  this  city  has  attained  a  far  higher  telephone 
development  than  any  other  foreign  city;  but  it  is  prob- 
able that  if  proper  allowance  were  made  for  duplicate 
telephones,  Stockholm  would  be  found  to  rank  below 
the  highest  developed  cities  in  the  United  States. 

In  comparing  the  development  of  the  cities  shown  in 

this  table  with  the  development  of  the  corresponding 

countries  as  shown  in  the  first  table,  a  marked  disparity 

between  the  development  of  the  cities  and  that  of  the 

countries  in  which  they  are  located  will  be  noted  in  the 

case  of  most  of  the  foreign  countries.     This  disparity 

reflects  the  fact  that  in  foreign  countries  telephone  service 

is  confined  principally  to  the  cities.     One-third  of  all 

the  telephones  in  France  are  in  Paris;  London  also  has 

one-third  of  all  the  telephones  in  Great  Britain.     Except 

in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  rural  telephone  service 

is  almost  unknown.  c    T      . 

S.  L.  Andrew. 

[54] 


Abstracts  of  Recent  Technical  Papers 
from  Bell  System  Sources 

Measurement  of  direct  Capacities,1  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Camp- 
bell. In  distinction  to  "mutual  capacity"  and  "ground- 
ed capacity"  the  concept  and  measurement  of  "direct 
capacity"  is  very  useful  to  the  telephone  engineer,  en- 
abling him  to  control  cross-talk  and  to  determine  more 
completely  how  telephone  circuits  behave  under  all  pos- 
sible connections.  The  article  describes  typical  methods 
for  measuring  direct  capacity,  direct  admittance  and 
direct  impedance  and  indicates  that  the  substitution 
alternating  current  bridge  method,  devised  some  years 
ago  by  Mr.  E.  H.  Colpitts,  Assistant  Chief  Engineer  of 
the  Western  Electric  Company,  is  a  very  satisfactory 
method. 

Education  and  the  Art  of  Electrical  Communication,  - 
by  E.  B.  Craft.  On  July  21,  Mr.  E.  B.  Craft,  Chief 
Engineer  of  the  Western  Electric  Company,  delivered 
an  address  on  the  above  subject  from  his  office,  to  a 
large  gathering  of  teachers,  assembled  in  the  Lincoln 
School  of  Teachers'  College,  New  York  City.  The 
address  was  carried  over  a  telephone  circuit  and  pro- 
jected by  the  Bell  loud-speaker  in  the  manner  which 
has  now  become  so  familiar.  Mr.  Craft  pointed  out  that 
while  the  problems  of  the  teachers  are  steadily  becoming 
more  complex,  it  may  be  possible  to  adapt  many  of  the 
developments  of  present  day  science,  including  some  of 
those  which  the  telephone  engineers  have  originated,  to 
aid  in  the  solution  of  teaching  problems. 

The  speaker  emphasized  the  great  importance,  to 
those  who  are  preparing  for  technical  positions  in  the 
industries,  of  broad  fundamental  training  as  well  as  a 
super-structure  of  specialized  training.  To  quote  "There 
is  no  part  of  education,  from  the  primary  school  to  the 
highest  training  of  the  graduate  school,  in  which  we  [the 

'See  Bell  System  Technical  Journal — July  1922 — Page  18,  and  Journal  of 
the  Optical  Society  of  America  and  Review  of  Scientific  Instruments — Aug.,  1922. 

issued  in  pamphlet  form  by  the  Western  Electric  Company. 

[55] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Bell  Telephone  System]  do  not  have  a  vital  interest  and 
do  not  feel  the  effect  of  every  improvement  in  educa- 
tional methods." 

Mr.  Craft  also  outlined  briefly  the  training  courses 
which  the  Western  Electric  Company  has  established 
for  those  of  its  employees  who  must,  for  one  reason  or 
another,  close  their  academic  training  upon  graduation 
from  high  school.  This  course  runs  for  three  succes- 
sive years,  and  in  character  and  difficulty  is  entirely  com- 
parable to  the  courses  offered  by  high-grade  technical 
schools. 

The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  normal  ears,1  by  H. 
Fletcher  and  R.  L.  Wegel.  A  large  amount  of  work 
has  been  done  during  the  last  fifty  years  in  an  endeavor 
to  determine  the  minimum  amount  of  sound  that  the 
human  ear  can  perceive,  but  the  results  of  different 
investigators  have  varied  throughout  a  wide  range.  It 
is  important  for  the  proper  engineering  of  the  telephone 
plant  to  know  the  sensitiveness  of  the  ears  of  the  average 
telephone  user.  For  this  reason,  the  present  investiga- 
tion was  undertaken.  Apparatus  is  described  for  produc- 
ing pure  tones,  ranging  in  frequency  from  60  cycles  to 
6000  cycles,  and  in  intensity  from  tones  so  faint  as  to 
be  inaudible,  to  tones  which  are  so  loud  as  to  be  painful 
to  the  ear.  Frequency-sensitivity  curves  have  thus 
far  been  obtained  for  approximately  100  normal  and  20 
abnormal  ears.  On  the  average,  the  minimum  audible 
pressure  variation  decreases  regularly  from  about  0.15 
dyne  /cm2  at  60  cycles,  to  0.001  dyne  /cm2  at  1000  cycles, 
and  is  then  approximately  constant  up  to  at  least  4000 
cycles.  Persons  who  require  throughout  the  speech 
range  (600  to  4000  cycles)  about  0.1  dynes /cm2  are  called 
slightly  deaf;  those  requiring  1  dyne /cm2  can  still  follow 
ordinary  conversation;  those  requiring  10  dynes /cm2 
belong  to  the  class  who  may  be  benefitted  by  ear  trumpets 
or  amplifiers.  A  pressure  variation  of  approximately 
1000  dynes /cm2  can  be  felt  and  produces  a  sensation 
of  pain. 

'Physical  Review— Vol.  19,  p.  553,  June,  1922. 

[56] 


Technical  Papers 


Static  interference  as  a  function  of  wave  length,1  by  H. 
T.  Friis  and  L.  J.  Sivian.  The  purpose  of  this  note  is 
to  comment  upon  a  recent  theoretical  investigation  by 
M.  Abraham  of  the  relative  immunity  from  atmospheric 
disturbances  in  closed  loop  and  open  aerial  forms  of 
receiving  antennas,  and  upon  a  subsequent  paper  by  L. 
B.  Turner  on  the  ratio  between  signal  intensity  and 
static  intensity  as  a  function  of  signal  wave  length.  The 
calculations  in  the  latter  paper  are  based  on  Abraham's 
results  which  are  believed  to  be  an  error  by  the  present 
authors.  They  arrive  at  results  which  indicate  that 
for  any  given  range  of  signaling  the  optimum  wave  length 
is  the  same  for  both  loop  and  open  antennas. 

The  Fire-fly  as  an  illuminani,2  by  Herbert  E.  Ives. 
The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  review  the  results  of  a 
series  of  studies  made  some  years  ago  on  the  physical 
properties  of  the  light  emitted  by  the  fire-fly.  Much 
interest  has  been  bestowed  upon  the  fire-fly's  light  because 
it  appears  to  be  produced  very  efficiently  and  its  secret, 
when  understood,  may  have  great  practical  value.  The 
most  important  practical  questions  to  be  answered  in 
studying  an  illuminant  are  three:  How  much  light  does 
it  produce;  how  efficiently  does  it  produce  the  light; 
what  is  the  quality  of  the  light? 

These  questions  the  author  considers  in  turn.  He 
finds  that  although  the  amount  of  light  which  the  fire- 
fly emits  per  unit  area  of  its  body  is  very  small  compared 
to  a  flame  or  heated  filament,  it  is  sufficiently  intense 
to  be  entirely  practicable  for  many  illuminating  pur- 
poses. The  efficiency  of  the  fire-fly's  light  can  only  be 
roughly  estimated  but  appears  to  be  ten  or  even  twenty 
times  that  of  the  best  artificial  illuminants.  Spectrum 
analysis  of  the  light  from  the  species  Photinus  Pyralis 
revealed  the  fact  that  practically  all  the  rays  he  in  a 
narrow  region  of  the  spectrum  between  the  orange  and 
green.  The  fight,  although  it  lies  in  that  part  of  the 
spectrum  for  which  the  human  eye  is  most  sensitive  and 

'Wireless  World  and  Radio  Review — June  3,  1922. 

'Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  Vol.  194,  p.  213,  August,  1922. 

[57] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


would  be  very  useful  for  making  fine  detail  visible,  would, 
of  course,  not  render  true  color  values. 

Critical  Frequency  Relations  in  Scotopic  Vision,1  by 
Herbert  E.  Ives.  If  the  eye  is  fixed  upon  a  source  of 
light  before  which  a  black  revolving  disc  with  openings 
in  it  periodically  intercepts  the  light,  for  low  speeds  the 
revolution  of  the  disc  will  be  apparent  as  a  "flickering" 
of  the  light's  source.  At  very  rapid  speeds,  no  flicker 
will  be  apparent,  the  source  of  light  appearing  steady. 
There  will  be  an  intermediate  speed  at  which  the  flicker 
just  becomes  apparent  as  the  rotation  of  the  disc  is 
decreased  and  just  disappears  as  its  rotation  is  increased. 
The  present  paper  is  a  study  of  certain  phenomena  of 
vision  which  are  encountered  in  working  with  such 
flicker  apparatus.  The  author  shows  that  so  long  as 
the  intensity  of  the  light  source  is  large  enough  to  give 
color  or  "cone"  vision,  the  critical  speed  at  which  flicker 
just  appears,  or  disappears  diminishes  steadily  as  the 
intensity  of  the  source  of  light  is  diminished.  When  the 
intensity  has  been  reduced  to  the  point  at  which  "cone" 
vision  disappears  and  only  colorless  or  "rod"  vision 
remains,  the  critical  speed  remains  constant  although 
the  intensity  of  the  light  may  be  still  very  much  reduced. 

The  relationship  between  critical  speed  and  the  shape, 
or  wave  form  of  the  intercepting  segments  of  the  rotat- 
ing disc  is  also  discussed  and  an  empirical  relation  arrived 
at. 

The  Voltage-Current  relation  in  central  anode  Photo- 
Ekctric  cells,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thornton  C.  Fry. 
The  paper  supplies  a  theoretical  discussion  of  the  fact 
noted  by  one  of  the  authors  that  in  the  case  of  some 
potassium  cells,  the  voltage  required  to  give  the  saturation 
value  of  the  photo-electric  current  increases  as  the 
frequency  of  the  light  used  to  excite  the  emission  is 
raised.  The  results  of  the  analysis  agree  as  to  order  of 
magnitude  with  observations  to  the  effect  that  40  volts 
and  160  volts  were  required  in  a  certain  photo-electric 

•Journal  of  the  Optical  Society  of  America  and  Review  of  Scientific  Infltru" 
ments— Vol.  6,  p.  254-268,  May,  1922. 


[58] 


Technical  Papers 


cell  to  give  saturation  for  wave  lengths  5500  A  and  4500  A 
respectively.  This  effect  should  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion whenever  cells  of  the  type  specified  are  used  to  com- 
pare the  intensities  of  radiations  of  different  spectral 
distributions. 

Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  section  of  the  New  York- 
Chicago  Cable,1  by  J.  J.  Pilliod.  Engineering  and  con- 
struction features  involved  in  a  complete  telephone 
cable  system  over  300  miles  in  length  and  connecting 
Philadelphia  and  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  are  described  in 
this  paper.  The  cable  is  designed  to  operate  as  an 
extension  of  the  Boston- Washington  under-ground  cable 
system  with  which  it  connects  at  Philadelphia.  It  is 
also  designed  for  operation  in  connection  with  the  Pitts- 
burgh-Chicago cable  now  under  construction,  and  other 
cable  projects  included  in  a  comprehensive  fundamental 
plan. 

Beginning  with  the  fundamental  factor  of  public 
requirements  for  communication  service  between  cities 
separated  by  various  distances,  there  are  next  considered 
the  methods  available  to  provide  this  service.  Small- 
gage,  quadded,  aerial  cable,  which  was  decided  upon 
for  use  in  this  section  after  careful  economic  studies,  is 
described  in  a  general  way  and  the  important  advan- 
tages of  the  application  of  loading  and  telephone  repeaters 
are  outlined.  The  use,  in  connection  with  this  cable, 
of  the  recently  developed  metallic  telegraph  system  for 
cables  is  referred  to  and  some  facts  are  given  regarding 
power  plants,  test  boards  and  buildings.  A  few  of  the 
many  possible  combinations  of  cable  and  equipment 
facilities  into  complete  telephone  circuits,  each  of  which 
will  furnish  the  required  service  in  the  most  economical 
manner  are  illustrated. 

The  necessity  of  complete  coordination  of  the  many 
factors  involved  in  a  project  of  this  kind  is  emphasized. 

The  relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of  Grounding  Power 
networks  to  inductive  effects  in  neighboring  Communication 

»See  Bell  System  Tech.  Journal,  July  1922,  and  Journal  of  the  A.  I.  E.  E. 
August  1922. 


[59] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Circuits,1  by  H.  M.  Trueblood.  This  paper  discusses, 
with  reference  particularly  to  its  inductive  interference 
aspects,  a  method  of  grounding  power  system  neutrals 
due  to  W.  Petersen,  a  German  engineer.  The  distinctive 
feature  of  this  system  is  the  employment  in  the  con- 
nection between  neutral  and  ground,  of  an  inductance 
adjusted  to  resonate  at  fundamental  frequency  with 
the  total  direct  capacity  of  the  system  to  ground.  It 
is  pointed  out  that  this  arrangement,  proposed  originally 
solely  as  a  means  of  protecting  the  power  sj^stem  from 
the  effects  of  accidental  grounds,  also  possesses  advan- 
tages of  considerable  importance  from  the  standpoint 
of  inductive  interference.  Chief  among  these  are,  first, 
the  prevention  of  the  large  residual  currents  of  funda- 
mental frequency  which  occur  in  systems  grounded 
through  zero  or  a  low  impedance  at  times  of  accidental 
grounds,  and  which  may  induce  high  voltages  in  exposed 
circuits;  and,  second,  the  prevention,  under  normal  oper- 
ating conditions  of  triple  harmonic  residual  voltages  and 
currents  which  are  frequently  a  troublesome  source  of 
noise  in  telephone  circuits  exposed  to  power  circuits 
grounded  in  the  manner  common  in  this  country.  The 
paper  also  explains  the  characteristic  action  of  the  res- 
onant system,  by  virtue  of  which  the  reactance  coil  func- 
tions as  a  protective  device  for  the  power  system  at  times 
of  accidental  faults,  and  discusses  the  possibility  of  over- 
voltages  at  times  of  fault.  A  comparison  in  some  detail 
of  the  Petersen  system  with  other  methods  of  grounding 
(including  the  non-grounded  system),  with  respect  both 
to  fundamental  and  harmonic  frequencies,  is  given. 

The  sensitivity  and  precision  of  the  Electrostatic  Trans- 
mitter for  measuring  sound  intensities,2  by  E.  C.  Wente. 
The  transmitter  described  is  the  same  in  principle  as 
that  described  by  the  author  in  1917  and  now  generally 
known,  but  certain  changes  have  been  made  which  render 
its  sensitivity  independent  of  changes  in  temperature, 

'Bell  System  Technical  Journal,  July  1922;  also  Contribution  from  the 
Jefferson  Physical  Laboratory,  Harvard  University — Vol.  15,  1921-22. 


2See  Physical  Review— Vol.  19,  p.  498,  May,  1922. 

[60] 


Technical  Papers 


pressure  and  humidity.  The  sensitivity  is  also  constant 
over  long  periods  of  time.  Combined  with  an  amplifier 
of  ordinary  design  the  transmitter  has  an  overall  sen- 
sitivity which  is  practically  uniform  from  25  to  8000 
cycles.  The  apparatus  can  also  be  made  highly  selective 
and  almost  any  desired  sensitivity  can  be  obtained  by 
using  a  tuned  amplifier  in  connection  with  a  vibration 
galvanometer.  The  average  sensitivity  of  the  trans- 
mitter alone  is  about  0.35  millivolts  per  dyne  per  square 
centimeter. 

A  new  type  of  High  Power  Vacuum  Tube,1  by  Dr.  W. 
Wilson.  This  paper  describes  two  remarkably  powerful 
water-cooled  vacuum  tubes  which  have  been  developed 
in  the  Bell  System  Research  Laboratory.  The  small 
tube  is  capable  of  delivering  about  10  kilowatts  of  high 
frequency  energy  and  the  larger  tube,  although  less  than 
three  feet  in  length  and  weighing  only  ten  pounds,  is 
capable  of  generating  100  kilowatts.  The  principle  of 
operation  of  the  water-cooled  tube  is  identical,  from  an 
electrical  point  of  view,  with  that  of  the  small  tubes  which 
are  now  so  familiar  as  telephone  repeaters  and  radio 
detectors,  but  their  practicability  has  only  been  made 
possible  by  a  new  and  striking  development  in  the  art 
of  sealing  metal  to  glass.  To  Mr.  W.  G.  Houskeeper, 
of  the  Bell  Laboratory,  goes  the  credit  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  type  of  vacuum  seals  which  are  utilized  in 
the  new  tubes. 


JSee  Bell  System  Technical  Journal— July  1922— Page  4. 

[61] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


DEATH  OF  DR.  ALEXANDER  GRAHAM  BELL 

AMONG  the  most  impressive  of  the  tributes  to  the 
.  memory  of  Alexander  Graham  Bell,  who  died  on 
August  2,  was  that  of  the  telephone  system  which  bears 
his  name. 

As  the  body  of  the  inventor  was  being  laid  at  rest 
on  the  summit  of  Beinn  Breagh,  near  his  summer  home 
at  Baddeck,  Nova  Scotia,  on  August  4,  service  was  sus- 
pended for  one  minute  on  all  lines  of  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  and  its  associated  com- 
panies, both  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  There 
could  be  no  more  striking  illustration  of  the  importance 
of  Bell's  invention,  or  a  more  fitting  testimonial  to  the 
regard  in  which  his  name  is  held  by  those  who  are  carry- 
ing on  the  public  service  which  he  began,  than  that,  in 
honor  of  the  genius  who  first  gave  voice  to  the  telephone, 
nearly  14,000,000  instruments — which  trace  their  lineage 
to  his  first,  crude  device — should  become  momentarily 
silent. 

Immediately  upon  receipt  of  the  news  of  Dr.  Bell's 
death  H.  B.  Thayer,  president  of  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company  sent  the  following  tele- 
gram to  Mrs.  Bell: 

"In  behalf  of  all  the  men  and  women  of  the  telephone  sys- 
tem which  bears  his  name,  I  extend  our  deepest  sympathy  and 
express  our  grief  in  the  passing  of  Dr.  Bell.  History  will  record 
the  inestimable  value  of  his  services  to  mankind,  but  we  who 
are  carrying  on  in  the  telephone  art  founded  on  his  great  dis- 
covery are  peculiarly  appreciative  of  his  genius." 

To  this  message  Mrs.  Bell  replied: 

"Thank  the  men  and  women  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Sys- 
tem for  their  message  of  sympathy.  The  consideration  and 
affection  they  have  always  shown  him  whenever  occasion  offered 
has  always  touched  me  deeply  and  is  my  comfort  now." 

Simultaneously  with  the  sending  of  President  Thayer's 
message  it  was  directed  that  flags  on  all  buildings  through- 

[62] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


out  the  system  should  be  flown  at  half-mast  until  after 
the  funeral  services. 

Memorial  resolutions  were  passed  by  the  Directors 
of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  at 
a  meeting  held  on  August  15.  Quite  fittingly  this  tribute 
is  recorded  as  coming,  not  merely  from  the  Bell  System 
as  an  organization,  but  on  behalf  of  the  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  telephone  workers  of  the  world. 

The  resolutions  follow: 

"In  the  death  of  Alexander  Graham  Bell  the  civilized  world 
mourns  for  a  man  who  thought  fearlessly,  worked  tirelessly  and 
served  generously  to  relieve  the  unfortunate  and  to  benefit 
humanity. 

"He  was  the  inventor  of  the  telephone  because  his  thoughts 
adventured  into  new  and  untried  Gelds  of  science,  because  his 
enthusiasm  for  discovery  was  sufficient  to  overcome  all  dif- 
ficulties, because  his  practical  mind  demanded  a  consummation 
of  his  theories  in  practical  results,  and  because  he  was  inspired  to 
contribute  greatly  to  the  common  good. 

"As  an  investigator  he  was  intelligent  beyond  the  genius 
of  his  age.  In  the  invention  of  the  telephone  he  founded  the 
art  of  transmitting  speech  electrically,  a  new  and  invaluable 
contribution  to  the  humanizing  of  mankind. 

"He  was  one  of  the  few  in  history  who  lived  to  see  the  child 
of  his  brain  developed  into  a  world-wide  service.  This  was 
the  only  reward  he  sought  and  this  reward  was  fully  his. 

"  Whereas,  this  company  was  founded  upon  and  is  devoted 
to  the  development  of  his  invention  for  the  service  of  humanity, 
it  seems  proper  that  we,  the  directors  of  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company,  for  ourselves  and  in  behalf  of 
the  men  and  women  of  the  Bell  System,  should  spread  upon 
our  records  our  recognition  of  the  debt  owed  to  Alexander 
Graham  Bell  by  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  telephone  workers 
of  the  world  for  the  opportunity  for  service  which  his  invention 
made  possible." 


NINTH  MEETING  OF  THE  TELEPHONE 
PIONEERS  OF  AMERICA 

THE  ninth  meeting  of  the  Telephone  Pioneers  of 
America  was  held  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  on  Septem- 
ber 29  and  30,  1922.  Sixty  delegates,  representing 
nineteen  chapters,  and  ten  of  the  twelve  officers  attended 
the  sessions  of  the  General  Assembly.    Members  of  the 

[63] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


association  and  their  relatives  brought  the  total  atten- 
dance up  to  1200. 

The  organization  has  more  than  doubled  its  mem- 
bership since  the  last  meeting,  the  report  of  the  secretary 
showing  that  since  January  1,  1921,  the  enrollment  has 
grown  from  1742  to  4276,  a  net  gain  of  2534.  The 
adoption,  a  year  ago,  of  a  new  form  of  organization 
under  which  local  chapters  have  been  instituted  in 
various  sections  of  the  country,  has  tended  to  increase 
interest  in  the  work  of  the  Pioneers.  Twenty-one  years 
of  service  in  the  telephone  business  is  one  of  the  require- 
ments of  membership. 

The  General  Assembly  which,  under  a  constitutional 
amendment  also  passed  a  year  ago,  is  the  legislative 
body  of  the  organization,  adopted  several  important 
changes  in  the  by-laws  and  elected  officers  for  the  coming 
year  as  follows:  President,  Leonard  H.  Kinnard, 
President  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Pennsyl- 
vania; Senior  Vice-President,  F.  A.  Stevenson,  Director 
of  the  Long  Lines  Department,  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company;  Vice-Presidents,  James  T.  Moran, 
President  of  the  Southern  New  England  Telephone  Com- 
pany; J.  A.  Stewart,  Vice-President  of  the  New  York 
Telephone  Company,  E.  A.  Reed,  President  of  the  Ohio 
Bell  Telephone  Company.  The  secretary  and  the 
treasurer  are  appointed  by  the  executive  committee. 

Members  elected  to  the  Executive  Committee  for 
one  year  were  B.  A.  Kaiser,  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  Company,  and  J.  E.  Warren,  Southern  Bell 
Telephone  Company,  while  Verne  Ray,  Illinois  Bell 
Telephone  Company;  Miss  Mary  Miller,  Bell  Telephone 
Company  of  Pennsylvania,  and  E.  K.  Hall,  Vice-Presi- 
dent of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Com- 
pany, were  elected  for  two-year  terms. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  association  John  J. 
Carty,  the  retiring  president,  made  an  address  in  which 
he  paid  an  eloquent  tribute  to  Dr.  Alexander  Graham 
Bell,  inventor  of  the  telephone.  This  address  appears 
in  full  elsewhere  in  this  issue  of  the  Quarterly.     The 

[64] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


association  also  took  suitable  action  in  memory  of  Dr. 
Bell. 

One  of  the  features  of  the  gathering  of  the  Pioneers 
was  a  meeting  in  the  new  Municipal  Auditorium,  at 
which  a  crowd  of  about  15,000  listened  to  a  demonstra- 
tion of  the  loud  speaker,  with  "roll  calls"  of  the  repeater 
stations  along  the  line  between  San  Francisco  and 
Havana,  Cuba.  Musical  programs  were  presented  at 
each  end  of  the  line.  Newton  D.  Baker,  former  Secretary 
of  War,  and  Mayor  Fred  H.  Kohler  of  Cleveland  addressed 
the  audience. 

An  informal  get-together  dance,  an  outing  at  the 
Cleveland  Yacht  Club,  at  which  the  Pioneers  were 
the  luncheon  guests  of  the  Western  Electric  Company, 
and  a  delightful  entertainment  by  employees  of  the 
Ohio  Bell  Telephone  Company  were  other  attractions. 
The  banquet,  an  annual  event  at  which  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  acts  as  host  to 
the  Pioneers  and  their  guests,  was  held  at  the  Masonic 
Temple.  General  Carty  presided  and  addresses  were 
made  by  President  H.  B.  Thayer  of  the  A.  T.  &  T.  Co. 
and  L.  H.  Kinnard,  President-elect  of  the  Pioneers 
organization.  

DR.  BELL'S  APPRECIATION  OF  THE 
TELEPHONE  SERVICE 

AT  the  meeting  of  the  Telephone  Pioneers,  the  Presi- 
xjL  dent,  John  J.  Carty,  read  this  letter  from  Mrs. 
Alexander  Graham  Bell,  which  shows  that  there  is  no 
foundation  for  the  published  rumor  of  Dr.  Bell's  dislike 
for  the  telephone. 

"Beinn  Bhreagh,  near  Baddeck,  N.  S. 
"Dear  Mr.  Carty: 

"I  am  beginning  to  get  distressed  over  the  many 
statements  the  papers  have  been  publishing  of  Mr.  Bell's 
dislike  of  the  telephone. 

"Of  course,  he  never  had  one  in  his  study.  That  was 
where  he  went  when  he  wanted  to  be  alone  with  his 

[65] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


thoughts  and  his  work.    The  telephone,  of  course,  mea 
intrusion  by  the  outside  world. 

"And  the  little  difficulties  and  delays  often  attendi 
the  establishment  of  conversation  in  even  well  manag 
telephone  circuits  did  irritate  him,  so  that  as  a  rule 
preferred  having  others  send  and  receive  messages.  B 
all  really  important  business  over  the  telephone  he  trai 
acted  himself. 

"There  are  few  private  houses  more  complete 
equipped  with  telephones  than  ours  at  1331  Connectic 
Avenue,  and  there  was  nothing  that  Mr.  Bell  was  mc 
particular  about  than  our  telephone  service  here.  I 
nearly  all  of  the  thirty-five  odd  years  we  have  been  h( 
he  saw  personally  to  its  proper  working.  We  ne\ 
could  have  come  here  in  the  first  place  or  continued  he 
but  for  the  telephone  which  kept  us  in  close  touch  w 
doctors  and  neighbors  and  the  regular  telegraph  office. 

"He  saw  to  it  that  we  should  be  able  to  reach  that 
any  time,  day  or  night.  It  was  owing  to  this  telephc 
system  that  we  were  able  to  come  and  stay  up  here  1; 
summer.     Our  physician  fives  sixty  miles  away  in  Sydn< 

"I,  myself,  called  him  up  at  half-past  five  A.M.  tl 
last  day;  he  answered  immediately,  and  all  through  tl 
day  the  telephone  served  Mr.  Bell  faithfully  and  w< 
bringing  to  him  first  one  then  another  whom  he  call 
for.  Afterwards  the  telegrams  from  all  over  came  poi 
ing  in  day  and  night — telephoned  over  without  delay 
mistake. 

"It  even  accomplished  what  seemed  almost  impos 
ble — the  reaching  of  Mr.  Charles  Bell  at  Megantic  Can 
Maine. 

"There  were  relays,  of  course,  but  it  was  done 
telephone — not  from  one  big  city  to  another — but  fr< 
one  isolated  country  station  to  another — from  Cans 
to  the  United  States. 

"Mr.  Bell  did  like  to  say  in  fun,  'Why  did  I  e^ 
invent  the  Telephone/  but  no  one  had  a  higher  apprec 
tion  of  its  indispensableness  or  used  it  more  freely  wr 
need  was — either  personally  or  by  deputy — and  he  v 

[66] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


really  tremendously  proud  of  it  and  all  it  was  accom- 
plishing. He  appreciated  the  honor  of  being  first  to  talk 
from  New  York  to  San  Francisco,  was  awed  by  the 
wonder  of  its  performance  at  that  dinner  at  the  New 
Willard,  followed  with  interest  its  usefulness  during  the 
war,  and  the  development  shown  at  Arlington  last  autumn. 

"Mr.  Bell's  one  regret  about  the  telephone  was  that 
his  wife  could  not  use  it  or  follow  his  early  work  in  sound. 

"I  honestly  believe  this  had  much  to  do  with  his  not 
going  on  with  the  photophone  experiments  and  engaging 
instead  in  aerial  work  the  progress  of  which  I  could  see 
as  well  as  he. 

"I  shall  always  be  so  thankful  that  the  telephone 
worked  so  well  that  last  day— serving  its  father  so  loyally. 

"  Yours  very  sincerely, 

"Mabel  G.  Bell. 
"August  24,  1922." 


PREFERRED  STOCK  ISSUE  OF  THE  NEW 
YORK  TELEPHONE  COMPANY 

THE  New  York  Telephone  Company  recently  offered 
$25,000,000  worth  of  its  preferred  stock  to  its 
subscribers.  The  subscription  was  open  only  one  day. 
The  amount  offered  was  $82,500,000  and  the  applicants 
numbered  107,754. 

Like  similar  issues  offered  during  the  past  year  by 
other  Associated  Companies  of  the  Bell  System,  this 
issue  was  a  preferred,  cumulative  stock,  offered  at  par. 
Applicants  were  given  the  option  of  paying  for  their 
allotment  in  full  or  in  monthly  payments  of  $5  or  mul- 
tiples thereof,  with  interest  at  six  per  cent  on  install- 
ments as  paid.  The  dividend  rate  on  the  issue  is  six 
and  one  half  per  cent. 

A  majority  of  the  applicants  elected  the  partial  pay- 
ment option  and  applications  for  small  allotments  pre- 
dominated. Under  the  single  payment  option,  there 
were  41,648  applications  for  a  total  of  470,268  shares. 

[67] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


The  applications  under  the  partial  payment  plan  totaled 
66,106  for  326,447  shares. 

Applications  for  ten  shares  or  less  constituted  over 
70  per  cent  of  those  received,  while  over  60  per  cent  were 
for  five  shares  or  less.  There  were  22,124  applications 
for  one  share,  17,737  for  two  shares,  5,483  for  three  shares, 
2,290  for  four  shares  and  15,514  for  five  shares.  The 
applications  for  from  six  to  ten  shares  totaled  12,630, 
representing  $12,091,500  and  the  applications  from  eleven 
to  nineteen  shares  numbered  1,379  and  represented 
$1,996,700.  Applications  for  the  maximum  number  of 
twenty  shares  numbered  24,609  and  represented  a  par 
value  of  $49,218,000. 

The  allotment  basis  was: 

1  to  2  shares  inclusive 1  share 

3  to  8  shares  inclusive 2  shares 

9  to  15  shares  inclusive 3  shares 

16  to  19  shares  inclusive 4  shares 

19  to  20  shares,  inclusive 5  shares 

Realizing  that  subscribers  might  be  disappointed 
because  of  the  cutting  down  of  allotments  and  might 
wish  to  obtain  stock  for  investment  purposes,  it  was 
arranged  to  offer  to  them  a  number  of  shares  of  the  stock 
of  the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
sufficient  to  enable  each  one  to  bring  the  total  number 
of  his  shares  up  to  the  number  he  originally  applied  for. 
This  stock  was  offered  at  the  prevailing  market  price, 
to  be  paid  for  outright  or  in  installments,  as  provided 
in  the  case  of  the  original  offer.  Approximately  60,000 
shares  of  the  A.  T.  &  T.  Co.  stock  were  applied  for  under 
this  offer  by  over  9,500  persons. 


NEW  ISSUE  OF  AMERICAN  TELEPHONE  AND 
TELEGRAPH  COMPANY  STOCK 

IN    order  to  provide  plant  to  meet  existing  and  ex- 
pected   demands   for  service,   the   Directors   of    the 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  on  August 

[68] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


24  offered  to  holders  of  record  as  of  September  8,  1922, 
an  issue  of  new  common  stock,  on  the  basis  of  one  share 
of  new  for  each  five  shares  outstanding.  Upon  this 
basis  the  amount  to  be  offered  will  be  approximately 
$115,000,000. 

The  purpose  of  the  issue  and  the  circumstances  which 
prompted  the  decision  of  the  Directors  to  offer  it  were 
explained  in  a  statement  of  President  H.  B.  Thayer  which 
accompanied  its  announcement.  He  pointed  out  that 
the  demand  for  telephone  service  shows  no  abatement, 
that  the  growth  of  the  business  provided  an  opportunity 
for  the  investment  of  additional  funds,  and  that  any 
further  issue  of  stock  was  improbable  for  a  considerable 
period  to  come. 

Mr.  Thayer  said: 

"During  the  past  two  years  of  adverse  business  conditions 
the  demand  for  telephone  service  has  shown  no  abatement. 
During  that  periond  there  have  been  a  million  telephones  added 
to  the  Bell  System  and  there  are  now  on  file  unfilled  applications 
for  about  200,000  telephones. 

"This  continuing  expansion  of  the  telephone  business  re- 
quires additional  plants  and,  in  view  of  the  prospects  of  better 
general  business,  even  greater  than  normal  growth  is  expected. 

"By  a  substantial  issue  of  stock  at  this  time  the  growth  of 
the  business  for  a  considerable  period  to  come  will  be  provided 
for  without  further  stock  offering  to  stockholders. 

"The  company  is  in  funds  to  meet  the  balance  now  out- 
standing of  its  $50,000,000  note  issue,  due  October  1,  1922, 
and  the  funds  from  the  stock  issue  will  provide  for  extension  of 
the  National  telephone  system." 

In  business  and  financial  circles  unusual  interest  was 
evinced  in  the  company's  announcement  as  indicative 
of  the  national  business  trend  and  it  inspired  much  com- 
ment on  the  remarkable  development  of  the  telephone 
business  and  the  soundness  of  telephone  securities  by 
reason  of  this  development. 

The  privilege  of  subscribing  for  the  new  issue  is 
evidenced  by  warrants  for  full  shares  or  fractional  shares, 
which  have  been  mailed  to  stockholders  of  record  as  of 
September  8.  Certificates  of  the  new  stock  will  be  issued 
only  upon  warrants  calling  for  full  shares,  but  combina- 

[69] 


Bell  Telephone  Quarterly 


tions  of  rights  for  fractional  shares  may  be  made  by 
their  purchase  and  sale.  The  rights  evidenced  by  the 
warrants  may  be  transferred  by  assignment. 

Payment  for  the  shares  subscribed  for  is  to  be  made 
in  three  installments  of  $20,  $40,  and  $40,  on  November 
1,  1922,  March  1,  1923  and  July  2,  1923,  interest  at  the 
rate  of  six  per  cent  per  annum  on  the  respective  pay- 
ments from  their  due  dates  being  allowed.  The  full 
amount  may  be  paid  on  November  1,  1922  or  March  1, 
1923,   with   adjustments   as  to  dividends  and  interest. 

The  subscription  privilege  closes  on  November  1, 
1922. 


EXPERIMENTAL  BROADCASTING  STATION 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

IT  was  announced  in  the  July  number  of  the  Quarterly 
that  a  license  would  probably  be  issued  shortly  for 
the  new  broadcasting  station  at  24  Walker  Street,  New 
York  City.  This  license  became  effective  July  25th  and 
as  expected  permitted  the  station  to  operate  during 
certain  daylight  hours  and  on  Thursday  evenings.  This 
restricted  time  schedule  was  made  necessary  by  the  fact 
that  the  United  States  Department  of  Commerce  was 
not  ready  at  that  time  to  issue  a  broadcasting  license 
for  other  than  360  meters. 

On  October  2nd  the  original  license  was  superseded 
by  one  granting  permission  to  broadcast  on  400  meters. 
As  a  result,  a  new  time  schedule  has  gone  into  effect 
assigning  the  afternoon  hour  from  4:30  to  5:30  every 
week-day  and  the  evenings  from  8  to  10  on  Monday, 
Wednesday,  Thursday  and  Saturday. 

Beginning  July  25th  when  the  first  license  was  issued, 
steps  were  taken  to  interest  prospective  users  of  these 
broadcasting  facilities.  The  results  obtained  up  to 
October  2nd  were  very  encouraging  but  it  was  apparent 
that  a  license  to  operate  only  one  night  a  week  con- 
stituted a  very  real  handicap  to  the  building  up  of  busi- 
ness.    The  new  time  schedule  with  permission  to  use 

[70] 


Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences 


a  wave  length  of  400  meters  has  materially  improved 
this  situation.  With  a  desirable  hour  every  afternoon 
and  four  evenings  a  week  every  effort  will  be  made  to 
popularize  this  new  radio  service,  and  it  is  expected  that 
in  the  near  future  evidence  will  be  at  hand  indicating 
how  extensively  it  will  be  used  by  the  public. 


[71] 


1111 


% 


v   tfS 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY 

VOLUME  I,  1922 
INDEX 

Abbott,  W.  R.,  President,  Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company April,  p.  63 

Abstracts  of  Recent  Technical  Papers  from  Bell  System  Sources: .  .October,  p.  55 

Measurement  of  Direct  Capacities,  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Campbell p.  51 

Education  and  the  Art  of  Electrical  Communication,  by  E.  B.  Craft,  .p.  55 
The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal  Ears,  by  H.  Fletcher  and  R.  L. 

Wegel P-  56 

Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of  Wave  Length,  by  H.  T.  Friis  and 

L.  J.  Sivian p.  57 

The  Fire-fly  as  an  Illuminant,  by  Herbert  E.  T\ es p.  57 

Critical  Frequency  Relations  in  Scotopic  Vision,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives. .  p.  58 
The  Voltage-Current  Relation  in  Central  Anode  Photo-Electric  Cells, 

by  Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thronton  C.  Fry p.  58 

Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  Section  of  the  New  York-Chicago  Cable,  by 

J.  J.  Pilliod p.  59 

The  Relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of  Grounding  Power  Networks  to 
Inductive  Effects  in  Neighboring  Communication  Circuits,  by  H.  M. 

Trueblood p.  59 

The  Sensitivity  and  Precision  of  the  Electrostatic  Transmitter  for 

Measuring  Sound  Intensities,  by  E.  C.  Wente p.  60 

A  New  Type  of  High  Power  Vacuum  Tube,  by  Dr.  W.  Wilson p.  61 

American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  Annual  Meeting  of.  .April,  p.  62 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  Organization  Changes 

April,  p.  63 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  Stock,  New  Issue  of 

October,  p.  68 
Analysis  of  the  Energy  Distribution  in  Speech,  by  I.  B.  Crandall  and  D. 

MacKenzie,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Andrews,  S.  L.:  Planning  a  Big  Business  Ahead,  Note  on July,  p.  53 

Andrew,  S.  L.:  Some  Notes  on  Statistics April,  p.  38 

Andrews,  S.  L.:  The  Recent  Parliamentary  Investigation  of  the  Telephone 

Situation  in  Great  Britain July,  p.  23 

Andrew,  S.  L.:  World's  Telephone  Statistics October,  p.  45 

Annual  Convention  of  National  Chamber  of  Commerce July,  p.  57 

Annual  Convention  of  National  Electric  Light  Association,  The July,  p.  56 

Annual  Meeting,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company.  .  .  .April,  p.  62 

Barnard,  C.  I.:  Business  Principles  in  Organization  Practice July,  p.  44 

Bell,  Alexander  Graham,  Death  of October,  p.  62 

Bell,  J.  H.:  Composite  Telegraphy  and  Telephony,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Bell  System  Technical  Journal,  The July,  p.  63 

Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company,  The  Work  of  the,  by  D.  F.  Houston 

April,  p.  13 
Blackwell,  O.  B.:  Notes  on  Radio October,  p.  12 

1 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

Bloom,  Edgar  S.,  Vice  President,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Co. 

April,  p.  63 

Broadcasting  Station,  Experimental,  New  York  City July,  p.  60 

Broadcasting  Station,  Experimental,  New  York  City October,  p.  70 

Business  Principles  in  Organization  Practice,  by  C.  I.  Barnard July,  p.  44 

Campbell,  Dr.  G.  A. :  Measurement  of  Direct  Capacities,  Note  on 

October,  p.  55 
Carty,  John  J.:  Address  at  the  Civic  Forum,  Philadelphia,  March  8,  1922 

April,  p.  57 

Carty,  J.  J.:  Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service October,  p.     1 

Carty,  John  J.:  The  Telephone's  Development April,  p.  23 

Central  Anode  Photo-Electric  Cells,  The  Voltage-Current  Relation  in,  by 

Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thornton  C.  Fry,  Note  on October,  p.  58 

Charlesworth,  H.  P.:  Progress  in  Cooperation  with  the  National  Electric 

Light  Association July,  p.  49 

Composite  Telegraphy  and  Telephony,  by  J.  H.  Bell,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Conference  of  Personnel  Group,  by  Bancroft  Gherardi July,  p.  39 

Craft,  E.  B.:  Education  and  the  Art  of  Electrical  Communication,  Note  on 

October,  p.  55 
Crandall,  I.  B.  and  D.  MacKenzie:  Analysis  of  the  Energy  Distribution  in 

Speech,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Critical  Frequency  Relations  in  Scotopic  Vision,  by  Herbert  E.   Ives, 

Note  on October,  p.  58 

Crunden,  Allen  B. :  Sleet  Storms July,  p.  14 

Cumberland  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  Organization  Changes 

April,  p.  64 

Death  of  Dr.  Alexander  Graham  Bell October,  p.  62 

Dedication  of  the  Lincoln  Memorial July,  p.  58 

Direct  Capacities,  Measurement  of,  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Campbell,  Note  on 

October,  p.  55 
Dr.  Bell's  Appreciation  of  the  Telephone  Service October,  p.  65 

Ear,  The  Relative  Sensitivity  of  the,  at  Different  Levels  of  Loudness,  by 

D.  MacKenzie,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Ears,  The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal,  by  H.  Fletcher  and  R.  L. 

Wegel,  Note  on October,  p.  56 

Education  and  the  Art  of  Electrical  Communication,  by  E.  B.  Craft, 

Note  on October,  p.  55 

Electrical  Communication,  Education  and  the  Art  of,  by  E.  B.  Craft, 
Note  on October,  p.  55 

Electrostatic  Transmitter  for  Measuring  Sound  Intensities,  The  Sensitiv- 
ity and  Precision  of  the,  by  E.  C.  Wente,  Note  on October,  p.  60 

Energy  Distribution  in  Speech,  Analysis  of  the,  by  I.  B.  Crandall  and 

D.  MacKenzie,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Executive  Work,  Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and,  by  W.  S.  Gifford 

July,  p.     5 

Experimental  Broadcasting  Station,  New  York  City July,  p.  60 

Experimental  Broadcasting  Station,  New  York  City October,  p.  70 

Fire-fly  as  an  Illuminant,  The,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

First  Aid  Contests,  The  Loud  Speaker  at July,  p.  69 

2 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

Fletcher,  Harvey :  The  Nature  of  Speech  and  Its'Interpretation,  Note  on 

July,  p.  51 
Fletcher,  H.,  and  R.  L.  Wegel:  The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal  Ears, 

Note  on October,  p.  56 

Foreword,  by  H.  B.  Thayer April,  p.     1 

Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal  Ears,  The,  by  H.  Fletcher  and  R.  L. 

Wegel,  Note  on October,  p.  56 

Friis,  H.  T.  and  L.  J.  Sivian:  Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of  Wave 

Length,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

Fry,  Thornton  C.  and  Herbert  E.  Ives:  The  Voltage-Current  Relation  in 

Central  Anode  Photo-Electric  Cells,  Note  on October,  p.  58 

General  Carty's  Address  at  the  Civic  Forum,  Philadelphia,  March  8,  1922 

April,  p.  57 

Gherardi,  Bancroft:  Conference  of  Personnel  Group July,  p.  39 

Gherardi,  Bancroft:  Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Relations  of 

Supply  and  Signal  Circuits April,  p.  38 

Gifford,  W.  S.,  Address  at  Boston,  March  9,  1922 April,  p.  59 

Gifford,  W.  S.:  Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and  Executive  Work 

July,  p.     5 

Grant  Centennial,  The July,  p.  57 

Great  Britain,  The  Recent  Parliamentary  Investigation  of  the  Telephone 

Situation  in,  by  S.  L.  Andrew July,  p.  23 

Griswold,  A.  H.:  The  Radio  Telephone  Situation April,  p.     2 

Grounding  Power  Networks  to  Inductive  Effects  in  Neighboring  Com- 
munication Circuits,  The  Relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of,  by  H.  M. 
Trueblood,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Hale,  F.  O.,  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  Illinois  Bell  Telephone 

Company April,  p.  64 

Hearing,  The  Physical  Examination  of,  and  Binaural  Aids  for  the  Deaf, 

by  R.  L.  Wegel,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Houston,  D.  F.:  The  Work  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company 

April,  p.  13 

Ideals  of  the  Telephone  Service,  by  J.  J.  Carty October,  p.     1 

Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company,  Organization  Changes April,  p.  63 

Ives,  Herbert  E.:  Critical  Frequency  Relations  in  Scotopic  Vision,  Note  on 

October,  p.  58 

Ives,  Herbert  E.:  The  Fire-fly  as  an  Illuminant,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

Ives,  Herbert  E.  and  Thronton  C.  Fry:  The  Voltage-Current  Relation  in 

Central  Anode  Photo-Electric  Cells,  Note  on October,  p.  58 

Jewett,  F.  B.:  Loud  Speaker  Developments,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Jewett,  Frank  B.,  Vice  President,  Western  Electric  Company April,  p.  64 

Lincoln  Memorial,  Dedication  of  the July,  p.  58 

Loud  Speaker  at  First  Aid  Contests,  The July,  p.  59 

Loud  Speaker  Demonstrations  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of  Penn- 
sylvania   July,  p.  58 

Loud  Speaker  Developments,  by  F.  B.  Jewett,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

MacKenzie,  D.:  The  Relative  Sensitivity  of  the  Ear  at  Different  Levels  of 
Loudness,  Note  on July,  p.  52 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

MacKenzie,  D.  and  I.  B.  Crandall:  Analysis  of  the  Energy  Distribution 

in  Speech,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

McGovern,  W.  R.,  President,  Wisconsin  Telephone  Company April,  p.  64 

Measurement  of  Direct  Capacities,  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Campbell,  Note  on 

October,  p.  55 

National  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Annual  Convention  of July,  p.  57 

National  Electric  Light  Association,  Annual  Convention  of July,  p.  56 

National  Electric  Light  Association,  Progress  in  Cooperation  with,  by 

H.  P.  Charlesworth July,  p.  49 

Nature  of  Speech  and  Its  Interpretation,  The,  by  Harvey  Fletcher,  Note  on 

July,  p.  51 
New  Issue  of  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  Stock .  October,  p.  68 

New  Radio  Law  and  Radio  Regulations July,  p.  60 

New  Type  of  High  Power  Vacuum  Tube,  A,  by  Dr.  W.  Wilson,  Note  on 

October,  p.  61 
New  York-Chicago   Cable,    Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  Section   of   the,   by 

J.  J.  Pilliod,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

New  York  Telephone  Company,  Organization  Changes April,  p.  63 

New  York  Telephone  Company,  Preferred  Stock  Issue  of  the.  .  .  .October,  p.  67 

Ninth  Meeting  of  the  Telephone  Pioneers  of  America October,  p.  63 

Notes  on  Radio,  by  O.  B.  Blaekwell October,  p.  12 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences April,  p.  55 

Ship  to  Shore  Radio  Telephone  Test,  March  5,  1922 p.  55 

General  Carty's  Address  at  the  Civic  Forum,  Philadelphia,  March  8, 

1922 p.  57 

Mr.  Gifford's  Address  at  Boston,  March  9,  1922 p.  59 

Patent  Suit  of  General  Squier p.  60 

Annual  Meeting  of  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  The  p.  62 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences July,  p.  54 

The  Ship  to  Shore  Radio  Demonstration  at  Harrisburg,  April  6 p.  54 

Annual    Convention    of    the    National    Electric    Light    Association, 

May  16 p.  56 

The  Grant  Centennial,  April  27 p.  57 

Annual  Convention  of  the  National  Chamber  of  Commerce,  May  16 .   p.  57 

Dedication  of  the  Lincoln  Memorial,  May  30 p.  58 

Loud  Speaker  Demonstrations  by  the  Bell  Telephone  Company  of 

Pennsylvania,  April  2S-29 p.  58 

The  Loud  Speaker  at  First  Aid  Contests p.  59 

New  Radio  Law  and  Radio  Regulations p.  60 

Experimental  Broadcasting  Station,  New  York  City p.  60 

Subscriber  Ownership  in  Wisconsin p.  61 

The  Bell  System  Technical  Journal p.  63 

Theo.  N.  Vail  Honored  by  Old  Time  Telegraphers p.  64 

Notes  on  Recent  Occurrences October,  p.  62 

Death  of  Dr.  Alexander  Graham  Bell,  August  2,  1922 p.  62 

Ninth  Meeting  of  the  Telephone  Pioneers  of  America,  September  19 

and  30,  1922 p.  63 

Dr.  Bell's  Appreciation  of  the  Telephone  Service p.  65 

Preferred  Stock  Issue  of  the  New  York  Telephone  Company p.  67 

New  Issue  of  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  Stock .    .   p.  68 
Experimental  Broadcasting  Station,  New  York  City p.  70 

4 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

Organization  and  Executive  Work,  Some  Thoughts  on,  by  W.  S.  Gifford 

July,  p.     5 

Organization  Changes April,  p.  63 

American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company p.  63 

New  York  Telephone  Company p.  63 

Illinois  Bell  Telephone  Company p.  63 

Southern  Bell  and  Cumberland  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Companies    p.  64 

Wisconsin  Telephone  Company p.  64 

Western  Electric  Company p.  64 

Organization  Practice,  Business  Principles  in,  by  C.  I.  Barnard July,  p.  44 

Patent  Suit  of  Gen.  Squier April,  p.  60 

Pennsylvania,    Loud    Speaker    Demonstrations   of    the    Bell    Telephone 

Company  of July,  p.  58 

Personnel  Group,  Conference  of,  by  Bancroft  Gherardi July,  p.  39 

Petersen  System  of  Grounding  Power  Networks,  The  Relation  of  the,  to 
Inductive  Effects  in  Neighboring  Communication  Circuits,  by  H.  M. 

Trueblood,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  Section  of  the  New  York-Chicago  Cable,  by  J.  J. 

Pilliod,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Photo-Electric  Cells,  The  Voltage-Current  Relation  in  Central  Anode,  by 

Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thornton  C.  Fry,  Note  on October,  p.  58 

Physical  Examination  of  Hearing  and  Bianural  Aids  for  the  Deaf,  The, 

by  R.  L.  Wegel,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Pilliod,  J.  J.:  Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  Section  of  the  New  York-Chicago 

Cable,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Planning  a  Big  Business  Ahead,  by  S.  L.  Andrew,  Note  on July,  p.  53 

Poles,  by  F.  L.  Rhodes October,  p.  34 

Preferred  Stock  Issue  of  the  New  York  Telephone  Company October,  p.  67 

Presidents  of  Bell  System  in  Conference  at  Yama  Farms,  June,  1922  (Il- 
lustration)   July,  opp.  p.     1 

Progress  in  Cooperation  with  the  National  Electric  Light  Association,  by 

H.  P.  Charlesworth July,  p.  49 

Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Relations  of  Supply  and  Signal  Cir- 

duits,  by  Bancroft  Gherardi April,  p.  38 

Public  Service  Commission,  New  York,  Testimony  of  John  J.  Carty, 

The  Telephone's  Development April,  p.  23 

Radio,  Notes  on,  by  O.  B.  Blackwell October,  p.  12 

Radio  Demonstration  at  Harrisburg,  The  Ship  to  Shore July,  p.  54 

Radio  Law  and  Radio  Regulations,  New July,  p.  60 

Radio  Telephone  Situation,  The,  by  A.  H.  Griswold April,  p.     2 

Radio  Telephone  Test,  Ship  to  Shore,  March  5,  1922 April,  p.  55 

Recent  Parliamentary  Investigation  of  the  Telephone  Situation  in  Great 

Britain,  The,  by  S.  L.  Andrew July,  p.  23 

Reid,  Frederick  H.,  Vice  President,  Southern  Bell  and  Cumberland  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Companies April,  p.  64 

Relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of  Grounding  Power  Networks  to  Induc- 
tive Effects  in  Neighboring  Communication  Circuits,  The,  by  H.  M. 

Trueblood,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Relative  Sensitivity  of  the  Ear  at  Different  Levels  of  Loudness,  The,  by 

D.  MacKenzie,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Rhodes,  F.  L. :  Poles October,  p.  34 

5 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

Scotopic  Vision,  Critical  Frequency  Relations  in,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives, 

Note  on October,  p.  58 

Sensitivity  and  Precision  of  the  Electrostatic  Transmitter  for  Measuring 

Sound  Intensities,  The,  by  E.  C.  Wente,  Xote  on October,  p.  60 

Service,  Ideals  of  the  Telephone,  by  J.  J.  Carty October,  p.     1 

Service  in  the  Making,  by  K.  W.  Waterson October,  p.  26 

Ship  to  Shore  Radio  Demonstration  at  Harrisburg,  The July,  p.  54 

Ship  to  Shore  Radio  Telephone  Test,  March  5,  1922 April,  p.  55 

Sivian,  L.  J.  and  H.  T.  Friis:  Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of  Wave 

Length,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

Sleet  Storms,  by  Allen  B.  Crunden July,  p.  14 

Some  Notes  on  Statistics,  by  S.  L.  Andrew April,  p.  38 

Some  Thoughts  on  Organization  and  Executive  Work,  by  W.  S.  Gifford 

July,  p.     5 
Sound   Intensities,   The  Sensitivity   and   Precision   of    the   Electrostatic 

Transmitter  for  Measuring,  by  E.  C.  Wente,  Note  on October,  p.  60 

Southern  Bell  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company,  Organization  Changes 

April,  p.  64 

Squier,  George  O.,  Patent  Suit  of April,  p.  60 

Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of  Wave  Length,  by  H.  T.  Friis  and  L.  J. 

Sivian,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

Statistics,  Some  Notes  on,  by  S.  L.  Andrew April,  p.  38 

Statistics,  World's  Telephone,  by  S.  L.  Andrew October,  p.  45 

Subscriber  Ownership  in  Wisconsin July,  p.  61 

Supply  and  Signal  Circuits,  Progress  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Relations 

of,  by  Bancroft  Gherardi April,  p.  38 

Technical  Papers  from  Bell  System  Sources,  Abstracts  of  Recent .   October,  p,  55 

Measurement  of  Direct  Capacities,  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Campbell p.  55 

Education  and  the  Art  of  Electrical  Communication,  by  E.  B.  Craft .  .  p.  55 
The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal  Ears,  by  H.  Fletcher  and  R.  L. 

Wegel p.  56 

Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of  Wave  Length,  by  H.  T.  Friis  and 

L.  J.  Sivian p.  57 

The  Fire-fly  as  an  Illuminant,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives p.  57 

Critical  Frequency  Relations  in  Scotopic  Vision,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives.  .  p.  58 
The    Voltage-Current    Relation    in    Central    Anode    Photo-Electric 

Cells,  by  Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thornton  C.  Fry p.  58 

Philadelphia-Pittsburgh  Section  of  the  New  York-Chicago  Cable,  by 

J.  J.  Pilliod p.  59 

The  Relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of  Grounding  Power  Networks  to 

Inductive   Effects    in    Neighboring    Communication    Circuits,    by 

H.  M.  Trueblood p.  59 

The  Sensitivity  and  Precision  of  the  Electrostatic  Transmitter  for 

Measuring  Sound  Intensities,  by  E.  C.  Wente p.  60 

A  New  Type  of  High  Power  Vacuum  Tube,  by  Dr.  W.  Wilson p.  61 

Technical  Papers  Published  During  Quarter July,  p.  51 

Analysis  of  the  Energy  Distribution  in  Speech,  by  I.  B.  Crandall 

and  D.  MacKenzie p.  51 

The  Nature  of  Speech  and  Its  Interpretation,  by  Harvey  Fletcher.  .  .  p.  51 
The  Physical  Examination  of  Hearing  and  Binaural  Aids  for  the  Deaf, 

by  R.  L.  Wegel p.  51 

6 


BELL  TELEPHONE  QUARTERLY  INDEX,  VOLUME  I 

The  Relative  Sensitivity  of  the  Ear  at  Different  Levels  of  Loudness, 

by  D.  MacKenzie p.  52 

Loud  Speaker  Developments,  by  F.  B.  Jewett p.  52 

Composite  Telegraphy  and  Telephony,  by  J.  H.  Bell p.  52 

Planning  a  Big  Business  Ahead,  by  S.  L.  Andrew p.  53 

Telegraphy  and  Telephony,  Composite,  by  J.  H.  Bell,  Note  on July,  p.  5 

Telephone's  Development,  The,  by  John  J.  Carty April,  p.  23 

Telephone  Pioneers  of  America,  Ninth  Meeting  of  the October,  p.  63 

Telephone  Service,  Dr.  Bell's  Appreciation  of  the October,  p.  65 

Telephone  Situation  in  Great  Britain,  The  Recent  Parliamentary  In- 
vestigation of  the,  by  S.  L.  Andrew July,  p.  23 

Telephony,  Composite  Telegraphy  and,  by  J.  H.  Bell,  Note  on July,  p.  52 

Thayer,  H.  B. :  Foreword April,  p.     1 

Thayer,  H.  B.:  What  Are  We  Trying  To  Do? July,  p.     1 

Theo.  N.  Vail  Honored  by  Old  Time  Telegraphers July,  p.  64 

Trueblood,  H.  M.:  The  Relation  of  the  Petersen  System  of  Grounding 
Power  Networks  to  Inductive  Effects  in  Neighboring  Communication 
Circuits,  Note  on October,  p.  59 

Vacuum  Tube,  A  New  Type  of  High  Power,  by  Dr.  W.  Wilson,  Note  on 

October,  p.  61 

Vail,  Theo.  N.,  Honored  by  Old  Time  Telegraphers July,  p.  64 

Voltage-Current  Relation  in  Central  Anode  Photo-Electric  Cells,  The,  by 

Herbert  E.  Ives  and  Thornton  C.  Fry,  Note  on October,  p.  58 

Waterson,  K.  W.:  Service  in  the  Making October,  p.  26 

Wave  Length,  Static  Interference  as  a  Function  of,  by  II .  T.  Friis  and 

L.  J.  Sivian,  Note  on October,  p.  57 

Wegel,  R.  L.:  The  Physcial  Examination  of  Hearing  and  Binaural  Aids 

for  the  Deaf,  Note  on July,  p.  51 

Wegel,  R.  L.  and  H.  Fletcher:  The  Frequency-Sensitivity  of  Normal  Ears, 

Note  on October,  p.  56 

Wente,  E.  C:  The  Sensitivity  and  Precision  of  the  Electrostatic  Trans- 
mitter for  Measuring  Sound  Intensities,  Note  on October,  p.  60 

Western  Electric  Company,  Organization  Changes April,  p.  64 

What  Are  We  Trying  To  Do?  by  H.  B.  Thayer July,  p.     1 

Wilson,  Eugene  S.,  Vice  President,  New  York  Telephone  Company .  April,  p.  63 
Wilson,  W.:  A  New  Type  of  High  Power  Vacuum  Tube,  Note  on.  .October,  p.  61 

Wisconsin,  Subscriber  Ownership  in July,  p.  61 

Wisconsin  Telephone  Company,  Organization  Changes. April,  p.  64 

Work  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Securities  Company,  The,  by  D.  F.  Houston 

April,  p.  13 

World  Electric  Communication,  Address  by  John  J.  Carty April,  p.  57 

World's  Telephone  Statistics,  by  S.  L.  Andrew October,  p.  45 

Yama  Farms  Conference  of  Presidents  of  Bell  System,  June,  1922  (Il- 
lustration)   July,  opp.  p.     1 


TK 
1 

v.l 


Bell  telephone  magazine 


'JBhiwrpl  ^    — 
''WPlJBfld  Sci."*- 


Engineering 


PLEASfc  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


ENGIN  STORAGE